Professional Documents
Culture Documents
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
DIRECTIONAL OVERCURRENT PROTECTION RELAY
GRD140 - xxxD
(Ver. 5.0)
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Safety Precautions
Before using this product, please read this chapter carefully.
This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the GRD140. Before
installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read and understood.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
CAUTION
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DANGER
Never allow the current transformer (CT) secondary circuit connected to this equipment to be
opened while the primary system is live. Opening the CT circuit will produce a dangerously high
voltage.
WARNING
Exposed terminals
Do not touch the terminals of this equipment while the power is on, as the high voltage generated
is dangerous.
Residual voltage
Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power supply. It
takes approximately 30 seconds for the voltage to discharge.
Fiber optic
When connecting this equipment via an optical fiber, do not look directly at the optical signal.
CAUTION
Earth
CAUTION
Operating environment
The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient temperature, humidity and dust
detailed in the specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration.
Ratings
Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check that they
conform to the equipment ratings.
Do not attach and remove printed circuit boards when the DC power to the equipment is on, as this
may cause the equipment to malfunction.
External circuit
When connecting the output contacts of the equipment to an external circuit, carefully check the
supply voltage used in order to prevent the connected circuit from overheating.
Connection cable
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Modification
Do not modify this equipment, as this may cause the equipment to malfunction.
Disposal
This product does not contain expendable supplies nor parts that can be recycled. When disposing
of this equipment, do so in a safe manner according to local regulations as an industrial waste. If
any points are unclear, please contact our sales representatives.
Plastics material
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Contents
Safety Precautions
1.
Introduction
2.
Application Notes
10
2.1
10
10
17
21
48
50
53
56
59
63
65
65
69
73
77
80
80
82
83
84
87
87
91
96
96
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3.
Technical Description
100
3.1
100
100
105
105
105
106
108
109
109
109
110
111
3.2
3.3
Hardware Description
3.1.1 Outline of Hardware Modules
Input and Output Signals
3.2.1 AC Input Signals
3.2.2 Binary Input Signals
3.2.3 Binary Output Signals
3.2.4 PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) Function
Automatic Supervision
3.3.1 Basic Concept of Supervision
3.3.2 Relay Monitoring
3.3.3 CT Failure Supervision
3.3.4 VT Failure Supervision
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.4
3.5
3.6
4.
126
4.1
126
126
128
129
129
132
135
141
146
148
195
199
199
200
200
201
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
6.
112
113
114
114
114
115
116
117
117
118
118
121
123
123
123
124
124
125
User Interface
4.2
5.
Installation
202
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Receipt of Relays
Relay Mounting
Electrostatic Discharge
Handling Precautions
External Connections
202
202
202
202
203
204
6.1
6.2
204
205
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
7.
205
205
206
207
207
207
208
209
211
211
224
224
225
225
226
228
228
228
229
230
230
231
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix A Programmable Reset Characteristics and Implementation of Thermal
Model to IEC60255-8
233
237
243
283
287
303
305
313
Appendix I
349
355
359
367
371
383
425
Appendix P Ordering
431
The data given in this manual are subject to change without notice. (Ver.5.0)
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
1. Introduction
GRD140 series relays provide four stage non-directional and directional overcurrent protection
for distribution networks, and back-up protection for transmission and distribution networks.
The GRD140 series has three models and provides the following protection schemes in all models.
Directional overcurrent protection and directional zero phase sequence overcurrent
protection for earth fault with definite time or inverse time characteristics
Instantaneous directional overcurrent protection and instantaneous directional zero phase
sequence overcurrent protection for earth fault
Model 110 provides directional earth fault protection and directional sensitive earth fault
protection.
Models 400 and 401 provides three-phase directional phase fault protection and directional earth
fault protection.
Models 420 and 421 provides three-phase directional phase fault protection, and directional earth
and sensitive earth fault protection.
All models include multiple, high accuracy, overcurrent protection elements (for phase and/or
earth fault) with inverse time and definite time delay functions. All phase, earth and sensitive earth
fault overcurrent elements can be independently subject to directional control.
In addition, GRD140 provides multi-shot, three phase auto-reclose, with independent sequences
for phase fault, and earth fault and sensitive earth fault. Auto-reclosing can also be triggered by
external protection devices.
Other protection functions are available according to model type, including thermal protection to
IEC60255-8, negative sequence overcurrent protection, under/overvoltage and
under/overfrequency protections. See Table 1.1.1 for details of the protection functions available
in each model.
All models provide continuous monitoring of internal circuits and of software. External circuits
are also monitored, by trip circuit supervision, CT and VT supervision, and CB condition
monitoring features.
A user-friendly HMI is provided through a backlit LCD, programmable LEDs, keypad and
menu-based operating system. PC access is also provided, either for local connection via a
front-mounted RS232 port, or for remote connection via a rear-mounted RS485, fibre optic port or
Ethernet LAN port. The communication system allows the user to read and modify the relay
settings, and to access data gathered by the relays metering and recording functions. Further, data
communication with substation control and automation systems is supported according to the IEC
61850 and IEC 60870-5-103 standards.
Data available either via the relay HMI or communications ports includes the following functions.
The GRD140 series provides the following functions for all models.
Metering
Fault recording
Event recording
Disturbance recording (available via communications ports)
Table 1.1.1 shows the members of the GRD140 series and identifies the functions to be provided
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
by each member.
Table 1.1.1 Series Members and Functions
Model Number
GRD140 110D
Directional Phase Fault O/C OC(67/50P, 67/51P): 1st stage to 4th stage
Directional Earth Fault O/C EF(67/50N, 67/51N): 1st stage to 4th stage
Directional Sensitive Earth Fault O/C SEF(67/50N, 67/51N): 1st stage to 4th stage
400D
420D
401D
421D
Directional Negative Phase Sequence Overcurrent NOC(67/46): 1st and 2nd stage
Fault Locator
CT Supervision
VT Supervision
1st
stage to
4th
stage
Auto-reclose (79)
Self supervision
CB State Monitoring
Iy Alarm
CB Operate Time Alarm
Metering
Fault records
Event records
Disturbance records
IEC60870-5-103 Communication
IEC61850 communication
Note: The 4th stage of OC, EF, SEF, OV and UV, and the 2nd stage of UC, NOC, ZOV and NOV
are for alarm.
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2. Application Notes
2.1
Stage 4
Stage 1
Figure 2.1.1
10
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Operate time
TC
TC
The inverse time overcurrent protection elements have the IDMT characteristics defined by
equation (1) in accordance with IEC 60255-151:
c
t (G ) TMS
I
1
Is
(1)
where:
t = operating time for constant current I (seconds),
I = energising current (amperes),
Is = overcurrent setting (amperes),
TMS = time multiplier setting,
k, ,, c = constants defining curve.
Nine curve types are available as defined in Table 2.1.1. They are illustrated in Figure 2.1.3.
Any one curve can be selected for each IDMT element by scheme switch [MC].
Table 2.1.1 Specification of IDMT Curves
Curve Type (IEC 60255-151)
Curve Description
tr
0.14
0.02
13.5
80
120
0.0515
0.02
0.114
4.85
19.61
0.491
21.6
28.2
0.1217
29.1
US CO8 Inverse
5.95
0.18
5.95
0.02394
0.02
0.01694
2.261
Note: tr and are used to define the reset characteristic. Refer to equation (2).
In addition to above nine curve types, GRD140 can provide a user configurable IDMT curve. If
required, set the scheme switch [MC] to CON and set the curve defining constants k, a, c.
11
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The following table shows the setting ranges of the curve defining constants.
Curve defining constants
Range
Step
0.000 30.000
0.001
0.00 5.00
0.01
0.000 5.000
0.001
tr
0.000 30.000
0.001
0.00 5.00
0.01
1000
100
100
10
10
LTI
NI
1
MI
VI
VI
CO2
CO8
EI
EI
0.1
0.1
1
10
100
10
100
Figure 2.1.3
IDMT Characteristics
12
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Definite time reset
The definite time resetting characteristic is applied to the IEC/IEEE/US operating characteristics.
If definite time resetting is selected, and the delay period is set to instantaneous, then no
intentional delay is added. As soon as the energising current falls below the reset threshold, the
element returns to its reset condition.
If the delay period is set to some value in seconds, then an intentional delay is added to the reset
period. If the energising current exceeds the setting for a transient period without causing tripping,
then resetting is delayed for a user-definable period. When the energising current falls below the
reset threshold, the integral state (the point towards operation that it has travelled) of the timing
function (IDMT) is held for that period.
This does not apply following a trip operation, in which case resetting is always instantaneous.
Dependent time reset
The dependent time resetting characteristic is complied with IEC 60255-151 depending time reset
characteristic, and is defined by the following equation:
tr
t (G ) RTMS
I
1 I S
(2)
where:
t = time required for the element to reset fully after complete operation (seconds),
I = energising current (amperes),
Is = overcurrent setting (amperes),
tr = time required to reset fully after complete operation when the energising current is zero
(see Table 2.1.1),
RTMS = reset time multiplier setting.
= constants defining curve.
Figure 2.1.4 illustrates the dependent time reset characteristics.
13
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Time (s)
100.00
EI
VI
10.00
CO8
MI
CO2
1.00
0.1
1
Current (Multiple of Setting)
Figure 2.1.4
TC
TC
14
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.1.3 Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection
In conjunction with inverse time overcurrent protection, additional overcurrent elements provide
instantaneous or definite time overcurrent protection.
OC1 to OC4 and EF1 to EF4 are phase fault and earth fault protection elements, respectively. Each
element is programmable for instantaneous or definite time delayed operation. (In case of
instantaneous operation, the delayed pick-up timer is set to 0.00.) The phase fault elements operate
on a phase segregated basis, although tripping is for three phase only.
Selective Instantaneous Overcurrent Protection
When applied to radial networks with several feeder sections where ZL (impedance of the
protected line) is large enough compared with ZS (the impedance between the relay and the power
source), and the magnitude of the fault current for a local end fault is much greater (3 times or
more, or (ZL+ZS)/ZS3, for example) than that for a remote end fault under the condition that ZS
is maximum, the pick-up current can be set sufficiently high so that the operating zone of the
elements do not reach the remote end of the feeder, and thus instantaneous and selective protection
can be applied.
This high-set overcurrent protection is applicable and effective particularly for feeders near the
power source where the setting is feasible, but the longest tripping times would otherwise have to
be accepted.
As long as the associated inverse time overcurrent protection is correctly coordinated, the
instantaneous protection does not require setting coordination with the downstream section.
Figure 2.1.6 shows operating times for instantaneous overcurrent protection in conjunction with
inverse time overcurrent protection. The shaded area shows the reduction in operating time by
applying the instantaneous overcurrent protection. The instantaneous protection zone decreases as
ZS increases.
Operate time
TC
TC
The current setting is set 1.3 to 1.5 times higher than the probable maximum fault current in the
event of a fault at the remote end. The maximum fault current for elements OC1 to OC4 is
obtained in case of three-phase faults, while the maximum fault current for elements EF1 to EF4 is
obtained in the event of single phase earth faults.
2.1.1.4 Staged Definite Time Overcurrent Protection
When applying inverse time overcurrent protection for a feeder system as shown in Figure 2.1.7,
well coordinated protection with the fuses in branch circuit faults and high-speed protection for
the feeder faults can be provided by adding staged definite time overcurrent protection with
time-graded OC2 and OC3 or EF2 and EF3 elements.
15
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Fuse
GRD140
Figure 2.1.7
Configuring the inverse time element OC1 (and EF1) and time graded elements OC2 and OC3 (or
EF2 and EF3) as shown in Figure 2.1.8, the characteristic of overcurrent protection can be
improved to coordinate with the fuse characteristic.
Time (s)
OC1
OC2
OC3
Fuse
Current (amps)
Figure 2.1.8
16
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.2
GRD140
Load
GRD140
Non-directional
Directional
B
GRD140
GRD140
Non-directional
Figure 2.1.9
Directional
17
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
0.4s
GRD140
1.0s
GRD140
GRD140
GRD140
0.1s
0.7s
GRD140
1.3s
Non-directional
GRD140
0.4s
GRD140
1.0s
GRD140
GRD140
0.1s
GRD140
1.3s
Non-directional
Figure 2.1.10
0.7s
G1
G2
F2
Figure 2.1.11
F1
The protection is performed by setting the directional element at points 1, 2 and 3 to operate only
when the fault current (F1: solid lines) flows in from source G1 and at points a, b and c to operate only
when the fault current (F2: dotted lines) flows in from source G2, with grading provided by time
delays.
18
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.2.2 Directional Characteristics
Figure 2.1.12 illustrates the directional characteristic, with the forward operate zone shaded. The
reverse zone is simply a mirror image of the forward zone. The forward operate zone or reverse
operate zone is selectable by the scheme switch [OC-DIR], [EF-DIR], [SE-DIR] and [NC-DIR].
As shown in Figure 2.1.13, each directional characteristic is composed of a forward directional
characteristic, reverse directional characteristic and overcurrent thresholds.
Boundary of Operation
(leading)
CA + 90
Boundary of Operation
CA + 90
+87.5(leading)
CA + 60
CA + 60
CA + 30
CA + 30
10 x Is
10 x Is
5 x Is
5 x Is
CA - 180
CA - 180
CA
Reverse
Operate
Zone
Forward
Operate
Zone
CA
Reverse
Operate
Zone
CA - 30
Forward
Operate
Zone
CA - 60
CA - 60
CA - 90
CA - 90
Boundary of Operation
(lagging)
Boundary of Operation
- 87.5(lagging)
Figure 2.1.12
Reverse
CA - 30
Directional (Forward)
Stage
4
3
2
1
&
1-4
Forward
&
1-4
Reverse
+: lead angle
0
: lag angle
Vpol
Directional (Reverse)
: Characteristic angle
Figure 2.1.13
Directional element
Polarising signals for directional elements are shown in Figure 2.1.14. Polarisation for directional
phase overcurrent element OC is achieved by the 90 quadrature method, whereby the phase angle
of each current is compared with the phase to phase voltage between the other two phases. Since
the voltage inputs to the relay will normally be connected phase to neutral, the polarising phase to
phase voltages are derived internally. The polarizing negative sequence voltage is also derived
internally. The polarizing zero sequence voltage is derived from a residual voltage or internally
depending on the model. Direction is determined in each case by measuring the phase angle of the
current with respect to a suitable polarising quantity. Table 2.1.2 summarises the current inputs
and their respective polarising signals. For details of the relationship between directional earth
fault protection and power system earthing, see Appendix B.
19
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Ve
V2
Vbc90
Va
Va
Va
Ie
Ia
Vc
Vbc
Vb
I2
Vc
Vc
Vb
Vb
aVc
a Vb
Ve
V2
Figure 2.1.14
Table 2.1.2
Directional element
Current Input
Polarising Signal
Comment
OC-A
Ia
Vbc90 (*)
OC-B
Ib
Vca90 (*)
OC-C
Ic
Vab90 (*)
EF
Ie
-Ve
SEF
Ise
-Ve
NOC
I2
-V2
Note (*): The quadrature voltages used for polarization of the phase fault elements are automatically
phase-shifted by +90, such that they are in phase with the faulted phase voltage under
normal conditions. Therefore the faulted phase current will normally lag its polarizing
voltage under fault conditions and should be set with a negative characteristic angle. Refer to
section 2.1.3.3 for guidance on choice of settings.
In the event of a close up three phase fault, all three polarising signals will collapse below the
minimum threshold. Voltage memory provides a temporary polarising signal in these
circumstances. GRD140 maintains the polarising signal for a short period by reconstructing the
pre-fault voltages and judges the fault direction. After the voltage memory has disappeared, the
direction judgement is effective while the fault current flows as shown in Figure 2.1.15.
Phase difference calculation
|V||I|cos() 0
Amplitude calculation
|l|OCset
&
1
F/F
1
Output of
directional element
&
Amplitude calculation
|Vpol|Vset
(Note) OCset: Current setting
Vset : Voltage setting. In the case of OC and NOC, Vset = 1V fixed.
Figure 2.1.15
20
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
programme the directional phase fault protection such that a trip output will only be given if two or
more phases detect fault current in the same operate zone.
Note (*): Only one-phase is in heavy load condition.
2.1.3
Scheme Logic
The directional control characteristic can be selected to Forward (FWD) or Reverse (REV) or
Non-directional (Non) by scheme switch setting [OC-DIR] (not shown in Figures 2.1.16 to
2.1.19). If instantaneous tripping is required, signal OC_INST_TP is assigned using the PLC
function.
OC1 protection provides selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown in Figure
2.1.16. The definite time protection is selected by setting [MOC1] to DT and trip signal OC1
TRIP is given through the delayed pick-up timer TOC1. The inverse time protection is selected by
setting [MOC1] to any one of IEC, IEEE, US or CON and then setting [MOC1C]
according to the required IDMT characteristic, and trip signal OC1_TRIP is given.
The OC2 protection also provides selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown in
Figure 2.1.17. The scheme logic of OC2 is the same as that of the OC1.
Figure 2.1.18 and Figure 2.1.19 show the scheme logic of the definite time phase overcurrent
protection OC3 and OC4. The OC3 and OC4 give trip and alarm signals OC3_TRIP and
OC4_ALARM through the delayed pick-up timers TOC3 and TOC4 respectively.
ICD is the inrush current detector ICD, which detects second harmonic inrush current during
transformer energisation, and can block the OC1 to OC4 protection with the scheme switches
[OC1-2F] to [OC4-2F] respectively. See Section 2.1.8.1.
The trip mode of OC1 TRIP to OC4 ALARM can be selected by setting [OCTP] to 3POR(any
one of 3 phases) or 2OUTOF3(2 out of 3 phases) gate. With 2OUTOF3 selected, the trip
signal is not issued during a single-phase fault. The switch [OCTP] is common for OC1 to OC4
protection.
The OC1 to OC4 protection provide the delayed trip control function (instantaneous trip or
delayed trip) according to the trip shot number for a fault such as a reclose-on-to-fault in
multi-shot reclosing (see Section 2.5.). If a permanent fault occurs, the following tripping (Trip)
and reclose initiating (ARC) is executed:
Trip (1st) ARC (1st) Trip (2nd) ARC (2nd) Trip (3rd) ARC (3rd) Trip (4th)
ARC (4th) Trip (5th) ARC (5th) Trip (6th)
Each tripping is selected by setting [OC-TP] to any one of Inst(instantaneous trip),
Set(delayed trip by TOC and [MOC1] setting) or Off(blocked).
The OC1HS (high speed) element is used for blocked overcurrent protection. See Section 2.1.3.6.
GRD140 incorporates a VT failure supervision function (VTFS). (See Section 3.3.4.) When the
VTFS detects a VT failure, it can alarm and block the OC1 to OC4 protection by the scheme
switch [VTF-OC1BLK] to [VTF-OC4BLK] respectively.
The OC1 to OC4 protection can be disabled by the scheme switches [OC1EN] to [OC4EN] or the
PLC signals OC1_BLOCK to OC4_BLOCK respectively.
21
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TOC1
101
102
OC1 B
103
C
[OC1-2F]
&
&
&
&
&
&
262
263
1
264
OC1-A TRIP
OC1-B TRIP
OC1-C TRIP
261
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
OC1 TRIP
ICD
104
&
&
105
OC1
B
(INST)
C
&
&
&
106
[OCTP]
&
OC1-INST
1696 OC1_INST_TP
&
&
&
&
"3POR"
3POR
2OUTOF3
"2OUTOF3"
&
[MOC1]
+
"IEC"
[OC1-EN]
+ "ON"
"IEEE"
OC1 ON
"US"
From Figure
2.5.1.
"CON"
1536 OC1_BLOCK
[OC1-TP1]
+
&
Non VTF
[VTF OC1-BLK]
+ "OFF"
SHOT NUM6
"DT"
OC1HS B
119
120
121
[OC1-TP6]
+
OC1-A HS
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
&
OC1-INST
&
OC1 OFF
&
&
OC1-B HS
OC1-C HS
Figure 2.1.16
22
OC1 ON
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TOC2
107
108
OC2 B
109
C
[OC2-2F]
&
&
&
&
&
&
266
OC2-A TRIP
267
OC2-B TRIP
1
268
OC2-C TRIP
265
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
OC2 TRIP
ICD
110
&
A
OC2
B
(INST)
C
&
1697 OC2_INST_TP
"3POR"
[OCTP]
&
1
&
&
&
OC2-INST
3POR
2OUTOF3
"2OUTOF3"
&
[MOC2]
"IEC"
[OC2-EN]
+ "ON"
"IEEE"
SHOT NUM1
From Figure
2.5.1.
OC2 ON
"US"
&
[OC2-TP1]
+
"DT"
1537 OC2_BLOCK
[OC2-TP6]
+
Figure 2.1.17
115
&
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
&
&
[OC3-2F]
&
270
271
1
272
OC3-A TRIP
OC3-B TRIP
OC3-C TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
269
"Block" &
[OC3-EN]
+ "ON"
OC3 ON
1538 OC3_BLOCK
&
OC3 TRIP
&
&
&
[OCTP]
&
1
1698 OC3_INST_TP
SHOT NUM1
SHOT NUM6
[OC3-TP1]
+
[OC3-TP6]
+
Figure 2.1.18
&
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"3POR"
3POR
"2OUTOF3"
From Figure
2.5.1.
&
&
OC3-INST
OC2 ON
TOC3
&
OC3 B
OC2 OFF
113
A
114
&
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
OC2-INST
SHOT NUM6
"CON"
ICD
&
112
&
111
&
&
&
OC3-INST
&
OC3 OFF
&
&
23
2OUTOF3
OC3 ON
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TOC4
116
&
OC4 B
117
118
&
&
[OC4-2F]
+
ICD
274
275
1
276
OC4-A_ALARM
OC4-B_ALARM
OC4-C_ALARM
0.00 - 300.00s
273
"Block" &
[OC4-EN]
+ "ON"
OC4 ON
1539 OC4_BLOCK
&
&
&
&
[OCTP]
&
1
1699 OC4_INST_TP
SHOT NUM1
SHOT NUM6
[OC4-TP1]
+
[OC4-TP6]
+
Figure 2.1.19
&
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"3POR"
3POR
"2OUTOF3"
From Figure
2.5.1.
&
&
OC4-INST
OC4_ALARM
&
OC4-INST
&
2OUTOF3
OC4 OFF
&
OC4 ON
&
24
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Trip (1st) ARC (1st) Trip (2nd) ARC (2nd) Trip (3rd) ARC (3rd) Trip (4th)
ARC (4th) Trip (5th) ARC (5th) Trip (6th)
Each tripping is selected by setting [EF-TP] to any one of Inst(instantaneous trip),
Set(delayed trip by TEF and [MEF1] setting) or Off(blocked).
EF1HS (high speed) element is used for blocked overcurrent protection. See Section 2.1.3.6.
GRD140 incorporates a VT failure supervision function (VTFS) and a CT failure supervision
function (CTFS). When the VTFS or CTFS detects a VT failure or a CT failure, it can alarm and
block the EF1 to EF4 protection by the scheme switch [VTF-EF1BLK] to [VTF-EF4BLK] or
[CTF-EF1BLK] to [CTF-EF4BLK] respectively.
The EF1 to EF4 protection can be disabled by the scheme switches [EF1EN] to [EF4EN] or the
PLC signals EF1_BLOCK to EF4_BLOCK respectively.
EF1
EF1-REV
131
[EF1-2F]
&
&
CURREV-EF1
TEF1
285
EF1_CARRIER
&
281
&
EF1_TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
ICD
EF1
(INST)
132
&
&
EF1-INST
1700 EF1_INST_TP
1548 EF1_PERMIT
[EF1-EN]
+ "OFF"
"IEC"
"IEEE"
1
Delayed trip control:
EF1 ON
"US"
SHOT NUM1
From Figure
2.5.1.
"CON"
"DT"
SHOT NUM6
1544 EF1_BLOCK
Non VTF
[VTF-EF1BLK]
+ "OFF"
&
[EF1-TP1]
+
Non CTF
[CTF-EF1BLK]
+ "OFF"
EF1HS
[EF1-EN]
+ "ON"
[MEF1]
138
[EF1-TP6]
+
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
&
&
EF1 OFF
&
&
EF1 HS
Figure 2.1.20
25
EF1-INST
EF1 ON
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
EF2-REV
133
EF2
[EF2-2F]
&
&
CURREV-EF2
TEF2
286
EF2_CARRIER
&
282
&
EF2_TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
ICD
EF2
(INST)
134
&
&
EF2-INST
1701 EF2_INST_TP
1549 EF2_PERMIT
[EF2-EN]
+ "OFF"
"IEC"
"IEEE"
1
Delayed trip control:
EF2 ON
"US"
SHOT NUM1
From Figure
2.5.1.
"CON"
"DT"
&
&
Non VTF
[VTF-EF2BLK]
+ "OFF"
[EF2-TP1]
+
Figure 2.1.21
[EF3-2F]
&
CURREV-EF3
TEF3
&
EF2 ON
EF3-REV
135
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
[EF2-TP6]
+
EF2 OFF
&
Non CTF
[CTF-EF2BLK]
+ "OFF"
&
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
EF2-INST
SHOT NUM6
1545 EF2_BLOCK
EF3
[EF2-EN]
+ "ON"
[MEF2]
287
&
EF3_CARRIER
283
&
EF3_TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
ICD
&
[EF3-EN]
+ "OFF"
1550 EF3_PERMIT
EF3 ON
EF3-INST
1702 EF3_INST_TP
1546 EF3_BLOCK
SHOT NUM1
Non VTF
[VTF-EF3BLK]
+ "OFF"
&
From Figure
2.5.1.
SHOT NUM6
1
[EF3-TP1]
+
Non CTF
[CTF-EF3BLK]
+ "OFF"
[EF3-EN]
+ "ON"
[EF3-TP6]
+
Figure 2.1.22
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
&
EF3-INST
&
EF3 OFF
&
&
26
EF3 ON
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
EF4-REV
135
EF4
&
[EF4-2F]
CURREV-EF4
TEF4
288
&
EF4_CARRIER
284
&
EF4_ALARM
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
ICD
&
[EF4-EN]
+ "OFF"
1551 EF4_PERMIT
EF4 ON
EF4-INST
1703 EF4_INST_TP
1547 EF4_BLOCK
[EF4-EN]
+ "ON"
SHOT NUM1
&
Non VTF
From Figure
2.5.1.
&
SHOT NUM6
[VTF-EF4BLK]
+ "OFF"
[EF4-TP1]
+
Non CTF
[CTF-EF4BLK]
+ "OFF"
Figure 2.1.23
EF4 ON
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
[EF4-TP6]
+
EF4 OFF
&
&
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
EF4-INST
&
EF1-REV
&
&
EF2-REV
EF3-REV
EF4-REV
&
&
&
&
&
&
0.02 s
[EF1-DIR] "REV"
+
[EF1-DIR] "FWD"
+
[EF2-DIR]
"REV"
+
[EF2-DIR] "FWD"
+
[EF3-DIR] "REV"
+
[EF4-DIR]
"REV"
+
CURREV
+
137
0.00 - 10.00s
&
CURREV-EF1
&
CURREV-EF2
&
CURREV-EF3
&
CURREV-EF4
[EF3-DIR] "FWD"
+
"1"
"2"
"3"
"4"
[EF4-DIR]
"FWD"
+
Figure 2.1.24
27
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
and their setting ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
OC
95 95
45
OC characteristic angle
OC1
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
5.0 A
(1.00 A)
TOC1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TOC1M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TOC1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TOC1RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
OC2
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
25.0 A
(5.00 A)
TOC2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TOC2M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TOC2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TOC2RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
OC3
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
50.0 A
(10.00 A)
TOC3
0.00 300.0 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
OC4
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
100.0 A
(20.00 A)
TOC4
0.0 300.0 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
EF
95 95
45
EF characteristic angle
EFV
0.5 100.0 V
0.1 V
3.0 V
EF1
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
1.5 A
(0.30 A)
TEF1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TEF1M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TEF1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TEF1RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
EF2
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
15.0 A
(3.00 A)
TEF2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TEF2M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
28
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
TEF2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TEF2RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
EF3
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
25.0 A
(5.00 A)
TEF3
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
EF4
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
50.0 A
(10.00 A)
TEF4
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TREBK
0.00 10.00 s
0.01 s
0.10
[OC1EN]
Off / On
On
OC1 Enable
[OC1-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[MOC1]
DT/IEC/IEEE/US/CON
DT
[MOC1C]
MOC1C-IEC
MOC1C-IEEE
MOC1C-US
NI
MI
CO2
[OC1R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[VTF-OC1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[OC2EN]
Off / On
Off
OC2 Enable
[OC2-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[MOC2]
DT/IEC/IEEE/US/CON
DT
[MOC2C]
MOC2C-IEC
MOC2C-IEEE
MOC2C-US
NI
MI
CO2
[OC2R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[VTF-OC2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[OC3EN]
Off / On
Off
OC3 Enable
[OC3-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[VTF-OC3BLK]
Off / On
Off
[OC4EN]
Off / On
Off
OC4 Enable
[OC4-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[VTF-OC4BLK]
Off / On
Off
[OCTP]
3POR / 2OUTOF3
3POR
OC trip mode
[EF1EN]
Off / On / POP
On
EF1 Enable
[EF1-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[MEF1]
DT/IEC/IEEE/US/CON
DT
[MEF1C]
MEF1C-IEC
MEF1C-IEEE
MEF1C-US
NI
MI
CO2
29
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Element
Range
[EF1R]
Step
Default
Remarks
DEF / DEP
DEF
[VTF-EF1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[CTF-EF1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[EF2EN]
Off / On / POP
Off
EF2 Enable
[EF2-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[MEF2]
DT/IEC/IEEE/US/CON
DT
[MEF2C]
MEF2C-IEC
MEF2C-IEEE
MEF2C-US
NI / VI / EI / LTI
MI / VI / EI
CO2 / CO8
NI
MI
CO2
[EF2R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[VTF-EF2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[CTF-EF2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[EF3EN]
Off / On / POP
Off
EF3 Enable
[EF3-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[VTF-EF3BLK]
Off / On
Off
[CTF-EF3BLK]
Off / On
Off
[EF4EN]
Off / On / POP
Off
EF4 Enable
[EF4-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[VTF-EF4BLK]
Off / On
Off
[CTF-EF4BLK]
Off / On
Off
CURREV
Off / 1 / 2 / 3 / 4
Off
(*) Current values shown in the parenthesis are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current values are in
the case of a 5 A rating.
TEF1:
EF1EN:
POP
EF1-DIR:
FWR
EF2:
TEF2:
0.00s
EF2EN:
POP
EF2-DIR:
REV
CURREV: 2
(b) Setting of BO (Binary Output)
30
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The signal EF1-CR (No.285) is assigned to BOn. --- carrier signal send BO
(c) Setting of BI (Binary Input)
The EF1 protection permission is assigned to BIn. --- carrier signal receive BI
BIn SNS: Norm
(2) BOP (Blocking overreach protection)
(a) Setting of EF element
EF1:
TEF1:
EF1EN:
POP
EF1-DIR:
FWR
EF2:
TEF2:
0.30s (minimum) --- coordination time for blocking carrier signal receiving
EF2EN:
POP
EF2-DIR:
REV
CURREV: 2
(b) Setting of BO (Binary Output)
The signal EF2-CR (No.286) is assigned to BOn. --- carrier signal send BO
(c) Setting of BI (Binary Input)
The EF1 protection permission is assigned to BIn. --- carrier signal receive BI
BIn SNS: Inv
[Time Overcurrent Protection Setting]
(1) Settings for Inverse Time Overcurrent Protection
Current setting
In Figure 2.1.25, the current setting at terminal A is set lower than the minimum fault current in the
event of a fault at remote end F1. Furthermore, when also considering backup protection for a fault
on the next feeder section, it is set lower than the minimum fault current in the event of a fault at
remote end F3.
To calculate the minimum fault current, phase-to-phase faults are assumed for the phase
overcurrent element, and phase to earth faults for the residual overcurrent element, assuming the
probable maximum source impedance. When considering the fault at F3, the remote end of the
next section is assumed to be open.
The higher the current setting, the more effective the inverse characteristic. On the other hand, the
lower the setting, the more dependable the operation. The setting is normally 1 to 1.5 times or less
of the minimum fault current.
For grading of the current settings, the terminal furthest from the power source is set to the lowest
value and the terminals closer to the power source are set to a higher value.
The minimum setting of the phase overcurrent element is restricted so as not to operate for the
maximum load current, and that of the residual overcurrent element is restricted so as to not
operate on false zero-sequence current caused by an unbalance in the load current, errors in the
current transformer circuits, or zero-sequence mutual coupling of parallel lines.
31
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
A
F1
Figure 2.1.25
F2
F3
Time setting
Time setting is performed to provide selectivity in relation to relays on adjacent feeders. Consider
the minimum source impedance when the current flowing through the relay reaches a maximum.
In Figure 2.1.25, in the event of a fault at F2, the operating time is set so that terminal A may
operate by time grading Tc behind terminal B. The current flowing in the relays may sometimes be
greater when the remote end of the adjacent line is open. At this time, time coordination must also
be kept.
The reason why the operating time is set when the fault current reaches a maximum is that if time
coordination is obtained for a large fault current, then time coordination can also be obtained for
the small fault current as long as relays with the same operating characteristic are used for each
terminal.
The grading margin Tc of terminal A and terminal B is given by the following expression for a
fault at point F2 in Figure 2.1.25.
T c = T1 + T2 + Tm
where,
32
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
(3) Directional Characteristic Angle Setting
OC Characteristic Angle
The quadrature voltages used for polarization of the phase fault directional elements are
automatically phase-shifted in GRD140 by +90, such that they are in phase with the
corresponding phase voltages under normal conditions. Under fault conditions, the faulted phase
current will lag its phase voltage (and hence its polarising voltage) by an angle dependent on the
system X/R ratio. Therefore, it is necessary to apply a negative characteristic angle to the phase
fault directional elements in order to obtain maximum sensitivity.
The characteristic angle is determined by the [OC] setting. The actual value chosen will depend
on the application, but recommended settings for the majority of typical applications are as
follows:
-60, for protection of plain feeders, or applications with an earthing point behind the relay
location.
-45, for protection of transformer feeders, or applications with an earthing point in front of
the relay location.
EF Characteristic Angle
When determining the characteristic angle for directional earth fault protection, the method of
system earthing must be considered. In solidly earthed systems, the earth fault current tends to lag
the faulted phase voltage (and hence the inverted residual voltage used for polarising) by a
considerable angle, due to the reactance of the source. In resistance earthed systems the angle will
be much smaller.
Commonly applied settings are as follows:
-60, for protection of solidly earthed transmission systems.
-45, for protection of solidly earthed distribution systems.
0 or -15, for protection of resistance earthed systems.
Further guidance on application of directional earth fault protection is given in appendix B.
2.1.3.4 Sensitive Earth Fault Protection
The sensitive earth fault (SEF) protection is applied for distribution systems earthed through high
impedance, where very low levels of fault current are expected for earth faults. Furthermore, the
SEF elements of GRD140 are also applicable to the standby earth fault protection and the high
impedance restricted earth fault protection of transformers.
GRD140 provides directional earth fault protection with more sensitive settings for use in
applications where the fault current magnitude may be very low. A 4-stage directional overcurrent
function is provided, with the first stage programmable for inverse time or definite time operation.
The second, third and fourth stages provide definite time operation.
The sensitive earth fault element includes a digital filter which rejects all harmonics other than the
fundamental power system frequency.
The sensitive earth fault quantity is measured directly, using a dedicated core balance earth fault
CT.
This input can also be used in transformer restricted earth fault applications, by the use of external
metrosils (varistors) and setting resistors.
The directional sensitive earth fault elements can be configured for directional operation in the
same way as the standard earth fault pole, by polarising against the residual voltage. An additional
33
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
restraint on operation can be provided by a Residual Power element RP, for use in protection of
power systems which utilise resonant (Petersen coil) earthing methods.
The SEF elements provide 20 times more sensitive setting ranges (10 mA to 1 A in 5A rating) than
the regular earth fault protection.
Since very low levels of current setting may be applied, there is a danger of unwanted operation
due to harmonics of the power system frequency, which can appear as residual current. Therefore
the SEF elements operate only on the fundamental component, rejecting all higher harmonics.
The SEF protection is provided in Model 110 and 420 series which have a dedicated earth fault
input circuit.
The element SEF1 provides inverse time or definite time selective two-stage overcurrent
protection. Stage 2 of the two-stage overcurrent protection is used only for the standby earth fault
protection. The SEF2 to SEF4 provide definite time overcurrent protection.
When SEF employs IEEE or USA inverse time characteristics, two reset modes are available:
definite time or dependent time resetting. If the IEC inverse time characteristic is employed,
definite time resetting is provided. For other characteristics, refer to Section 2.1.1.1.
In applications of SEF protection, it must be ensured that any erroneous zero-phase current is
sufficiently low compared to the fault current, so that a highly sensitive setting is available.
The erroneous current may be caused with load current due to unbalanced configuration of the
distribution lines, or mutual coupling from adjacent lines. The value of the erroneous current
during normal conditions can be acquired on the metering screen of the relay front panel.
The earth fault current for SEF may be fed from a core balance CT, but if it is derived from three
phase CTs, the erroneous current may be caused also by the CT error in phase faults. Transient
false functioning may be prevented by a relatively long time delay.
Standby earth fault protection
The SEF is energised from a CT connected in the power transformer low voltage neutral, and the
standby earth fault protection trips the transformer to backup the low voltage feeder protection,
and ensures that the neutral earthing resistor is not loaded beyond its rating. Stage 1 trips the
transformer low voltage circuit breaker, then stage 2 trips the high voltage circuit breaker(s) with a
time delay after stage 1 operates.
The time graded tripping is valid for transformers connected to a ring bus, banked transformers
and feeder transformers.
Restricted earth fault protection
The SEF elements can be applied in a high impedance restricted earth fault scheme (REF), for
protection of a star-connected transformer winding whose neutral is earthed directly or through
impedance.
As shown in Figure 2.1.26, the differential current between the residual current derived from the
three-phase feeder currents and the neutral current in the neutral conductor is introduced into the
SEF elements. Two external components, a stabilising resistor and a varistor, are connected as
shown in the figure. The former increases the overall impedance of the relay circuit and stabilises
the differential voltage, and the latter suppresses any overvoltage in the differential circuit.
34
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
F
Power
Transformer
Varistor
GRD140
SEF input
Stabilising
Resistor
Figure 2.1.26
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.1.27 to 2.1.30 show the scheme logic for the directional sensitive earth fault protection.
The directional control characteristic can be selected to FWD or REV or Non by scheme
switch setting [SE-DIR].
Figure 2.1.27 shows the scheme logic of directional sensitive earth fault protection SEF1 with
inverse time or definite time selective two-stage overcurrent protection. The definite time
protection is selected by setting [MSE1] to DT. The element SEF1 is enabled for sensitive earth
fault protection and stage 1 trip signal SEF1 TRIP is given through the delayed pick-up timer
TSE1. The inverse time protection is selected by setting [MSE1] to either IEC, IEEE, US or
CON and then setting [MEF1C] according to the required IDMT characteristic. The element
SEF1 is enabled and stage 1 trip signal SEF1_TRIP is given.
Both protections provide stage 2 trip signal SEF1-S2 through a delayed pick-up timer TSE12.
When the standby earth fault protection is applied by introducing earth current from the
transformer low voltage neutral circuit, stage 1 trip signals are used to trip the transformer low
voltage circuit breaker. If SEF1 continues operating after stage 1 has operated, the stage 2 trip
signal can be used to trip the transformer high voltage circuit breaker(s).
SEF1HS (high speed) element is used for blocked overcurrent protection. See Section 2.1.3.6.
The SEF2 protection also provides selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown
in Figure 2.1.28. The scheme logic of SEF2 is the same as that of SEF1 except for SEF1-S2_TRIP.
Figure 2.1.29 and Figure 2.1.30 show the scheme logic of the definite time sensitive earth fault
protection SEF3 and SEF4. SEF3 and SEF4 give trip and alarm signals SEF3_TRIP and
SEF4_ALARM through delayed pick-up timers TSE3 and TSE4 respectively.
ICD is the inrush current detector ICD, which detects second harmonic inrush current during
transformer energisation, and can block the SEF1 to SEF4 protection by the scheme switches
[SE1-2F] to [SE4-2F] respectively. See Section 2.1.8.1.
The SEF1 to SEF4 protection provide the delayed trip control function (instantaneous trip or
delayed trip) according to the trip shot number for a fault such as a reclose-on-to-fault in
multi-shot reclosing (see Section 2.5). If a permanent fault occurs, the following tripping (Trip)
and reclose initiating (ARC) is executed:
Trip (1st) ARC (1st) Trip (2nd) ARC (2nd) Trip (3rd) ARC (3rd) Trip (4th)
ARC (4th) Trip (5th) ARC (5th) Trip (6th)
35
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Each tripping is selected by setting [SE-TP] to any one of Inst(instantaneous trip),
Set(delayed trip by TSE and [MSE1] setting) or Off(blocked).
The SEF1 to SEF4 protections can be disabled by the scheme switches [SE1EN] to [SE4EN] or
PLC signals SEF1_BLOCK to SEF4_BLOCK. The SEF1 stage 2 trip of standby earth fault
protection can be disabled by the scheme switch [SE1S2].
TSE1
0
t
141
SEF1
[SE1-2F]
&
&
[SE1EN]
+
"ON"
+ "Block"
&
ICD
291
SEF1-S1
_TRIP
&
142
SEF1
INST
&
[SE1S2]
+
SEF1-INST
TSE12
t
0
&
"ON"
292
0.00 - 300.00s
SEF1-S2_
TRIP
1704 SEF1_INST_TP
[MSE1]
+
1552 SEF1_BLOCK
"IEC"
Non VTF
VTF_SE1BLK
+ "OFF"
"IEEE"
"US"
&
SEF1 ON
"CON"
"DT"
RPF
&
RPR
[RPEN]
+
&
1
1
"ON"
"FWD"
[SE1 DIR] "REV"
"NON"
+
SHOT NUM6
[SE1-TP1]
+
"OFF"
SEF1HS
From Figure
2.5.1.
&
&
[SE1-TP6]
+
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
&
&
&
SEF1-INST
SE1 OFF
1
&
SEF1 HS
Figure 2.1.27
36
SEF1 ON
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TSE2
0
t
143
SEF2
[SE2-2F]
&
&
[SE2EN]
+
"ON"
+ "Block"
&
ICD
293
SEF2_TRIP
&
144
SEF2
INST
&
SEF2-INST
1705 SEF2_INST_TP
[MSE2]
+
1553 SEF2_BLOCK
"IEC"
VTF_SE2BLK
+ "OFF"
"IEEE"
"US"
&
SEF2 ON
"CON"
"DT"
RPF
&
RPR
&
&
From Figure
2.5.1.
&
"OFF"
"FWD"
[SE2 DIR] "REV"
"NON"
+
&
TSE3
0
t
&
0.00 - 300.00s
+ "Block"
&
ICD
SEF3-INST
SEF2 ON
&
[SE3-2F]
&
145
SEF3
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
[SE2-TP6]
+
SE2 OFF
&
SEF2-INST
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
[SE2-TP1]
+
Figure 2.1.28
&
SHOT NUM6
"ON"
[RPEN]
+
Non VTF
[SE3EN]
+
"ON"
294
SEF3 TRIP
&
1706 SEF3_INST_TP
RPF
&
RPR
[RPEN]
+
[SE3 DIR]
+
&
1
1
1554 SEF3_BLOCK
&
&
"ON"
VTF_SE3BLK
+ "OFF"
"FWD"
SHOT NUM1
From Figure
2.5.1.
SHOT NUM6
[SE3-TP1]
+
[SE3-TP6]
+
Figure 2.1.29
&
Non VTF
"OFF"
"REV"
"NON"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
SEF3 ON
&
&
&
SEF3-INST
SE3 OFF
1
&
37
SEF3 ON
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TSE4
0
t
146
SEF4
&
&
0.00 - 300.00s
[SE4-2F]
+ "Block"
&
ICD
[SE4EN]
+
"ON"
SEF4-INST
295
SEF4_ALARM
&
1707 SEF4_INST_TP
RPF
RPR
[RPEN]
+
[SE4 DIR]
+
&
&
&
&
1555 SEF4_BLOCK
"ON"
VTF_SE4BLK
+ "OFF"
"OFF"
"FWD"
SHOT NUM1
"REV"
"NON"
From Figure
2.5.1.
SHOT NUM6
[SE4-TP1]
+
[SE4-TP6]
+
Figure 2.1.30
&
Non VTF
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
"Inst"
"Set"
"OFF"
SEF4 ON
&
&
&
SEF4-INST
SE4 OFF
1
SEF4 ON
&
Setting
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the sensitive earth fault protection and
their setting ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
SE
95 95
SEV
0.5 100.0
0.1 V
3.0V
SE1
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.05 A
(0.010 A)
TSE1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TSE1M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TSE1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TSE1RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TSE12
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
SE2
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.05 A
(0.010 A)
TSE2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TSE2M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TSE2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
38
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
TSE2RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
SE3
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.05 A
(0.010 A)
TSE3
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
SE4
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.05 A
(0.010 A)
TSE4
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
RP
0.00 100.00 W
(0.00 20.00 W)(*)
0.01 W
(0.01 W)
0.00 W
(0.00 W)
[SE1EN]
Off / On
Off
SEF1 Enable
[SE1-DIR]
FWD
[MSE1]
DT/IEC/IEEE/US/CON
DT
SEF1 characteristic
[MSE1C]
MSE1C-IEC
MSE1C-IEEE
MSE1C-US
NI
MI
CO2
[SE1R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[SE1S2]
Off / On
Off
[VTF-SE1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[SE2EN]
Off / On
Off
SEF2 Enable
[SE2-DIR]
FWD
[MSE2]
DT/IEC/IEEE/US/CON
DT
SEF2 characteristic
[MSE2C]
MSE2C-IEC
MSE2C-IEEE
MSE2C-US
NI
MI
CO2
[SE2R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[VTF-SE2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[SE3EN]
Off / On
Off
SEF3 Enable
[SE3-DIR]
FWD
[VTF-SE3BLK]
Off / On
Off
[SE4EN]
Off / On
Off
SEF4 Enable
[SE4-DIR]
FWD
[VTF-SE4BLK]
Off / On
Off
[RPEN]
Off / On
Off
(*) Current values shown in parenthesis are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current values are in the
case of a 5 A rating.
SEF
SEF is set lower than the available earth fault current and higher than the erroneous zero-phase
current. The erroneous zero-phase current exists under normal conditions due to the unbalanced
feeder configuration. The zero-phase current is normally fed from a core balance CT on the feeder,
but if it is derived from three phase CTs, the erroneous current may be caused also by the CT error
during phase faults.
39
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The erroneous steady state zero-phase current can be acquired on the metering screen of the relay
front panel.
Directional SEF
Directional SEF protection is commonly applied to unearthed systems, and to systems earthed by
an inductance (Peterson Coil). Refer to appendix B for application guidance.
High impedance REF protection
CT saturation under through fault conditions results in voltage appearing across the relay circuit.
The voltage setting of the relay circuit must be arranged such that it is greater than the maximum
voltage that can occur under through fault conditions. The worst case is considered whereby one
CT of the balancing group becomes completely saturated, while the others maintain linear
operation. The excitation impedance of the saturated CT is considered to approximate a
short-circuit.
Saturated CT
Healthy CT
Transformer
Circuit
IF
Varistor
ZM0
RCT
VS
RS
Figure 2.1.31
Stabilising
Resistor
GRD140
RL
The voltage across the relay circuit under these conditions is given by the equation:
VS = IF(RCT + RL)
where:
VS = critical setting voltage (rms)
IF = maximum prospective secondary through fault current (rms)
RCT = CT secondary winding resistance
RL = Lead resistance (total resistance of the loop from the saturated CT to the relaying
point)
A series stabilising resistor is used to raise the voltage setting of the relay circuit to VS. No safety
margin is needed since the extreme assumption of unbalanced CT saturation does not occur in
practice. The series resistor value, RS, is selected as follows:
RS = VS / IS
IS is the current setting (in secondary amps) applied to the GRD140 relay. However, the actual
fault setting of the scheme includes the total current flowing in all parallel paths. That is to say that
the actual primary current for operation, after being referred to the secondary circuit, is the sum of
the relay operating current, the current flowing in the varistor, and the excitation current of all the
parallel connected CTs at the setting voltage. In practice, the varistor current is normally small
enough that it can be neglected. Hence:
IS IP / N 4Imag
where:
40
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IS = setting applied to GRD140 relay (secondary amps)
IP = minimum primary current for operation (earth fault sensitivity)
N = CT ratio
Imag = CT magnetising (excitation) current at voltage VS
More sensitive settings for IS allow for greater coverage of the transformer winding, but they also
require larger values of RS to ensure stability, and the increased impedance of the differential
circuit can result in high voltages being developed during internal faults. The peak voltage, Vpk,
developed may be approximated by the equation:
Vpk = 2 2 Vk I F R S Vk
where:
Vk = CT knee point voltage
IF = maximum prospective secondary current for an internal fault
When a Metrosil is used for the varistor, it should be selected with the following characteristics:
V = CI
where:
V = instantaneous voltage
I = instantaneous current
= constant, normally in the range 0.20 - 0.25
C = constant.
The C value defines the characteristics of the metrosil, and should be chosen according to the
following requirements:
1. The current through the metrosil at the relay voltage setting should be as low as possible,
preferably less than 30mA for a 1Amp CT and less than 100mA for a 5Amp CT.
2. The voltage at the maximum secondary current should be limited, preferably to 1500Vrms.
Restricted earth fault schemes should be applied with high accuracy CTs whose knee point voltage
Vk is chosen according to the equation:
Vk 2VS
where VS is the differential stability voltage setting for the scheme.
2.1.3.5 Negative Sequence Overcurrent Protection
The negative sequence overcurrent protection (NOC) is used to detect asymmetrical faults
(phase-to-phase and phase-to-earth faults) with high sensitivity in conjunction with phase
overcurrent protection and residual overcurrent protection. It also used to detect load unbalance
conditions.
Phase overcurrent protection must be set to lower sensitivity when the load current is large but
NOC sensitivity is not affected by magnitude of the load current, except in the case of erroneous
negative sequence current due to the unbalanced configuration of the distribution lines.
For some earth faults, only a small zero sequence current is fed while the negative sequence
current is comparatively larger. This is probable when the fault occurs at the remote end with a
small reverse zero sequence impedance and most of the zero sequence current flows to the remote
end.
41
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
In these cases, NOC backs up the phase overcurrent and residual overcurrent protection. The NOC
also protects the rotor of a rotating machine from over heating by detecting a load unbalance.
Unbalanced voltage supply to a rotating machine due to a phase loss can lead to increases in the
negative sequence current and in machine heating.
GRD140 provides the directional negative sequence overcurrent protection with definite time
characteristics.
Two independent elements NOC1 and NOC2 are provided for tripping and alarming. These
elements can be directionalised by polarising against the negative sequence voltage.
The NOC protection is enabled when three-phase current is introduced and the scheme switch
[APPL-CT] is set to 3P.
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.1.32 and 2.1.33 show the scheme logic of directional negative sequence overcurrent
protection NOC1 and NOC2. The directional control characteristic can be selected to Forward
or Reverse or Non by scheme switch setting [NC1-DIR] and [NC2-DIR] (not shown in
Figures 2.1.32 and 2.1.33).
Figure 2.1.32 shows the scheme logic of directional negative sequence overcurrent protection
NOC1 with inverse time or definite time selective two-stage overcurrent protection. The definite
time protection is selected by setting [MNC1] to DT, and the trip signal NOC1 TRIP is given
through the delayed pick-up timer TEF1. The inverse time protection is selected by setting
[MNC1] to any one of IEC, IEEE, US or CON and then setting [MNC1C] according to
the required IDMT characteristic, and the trip signal NOC1_TRIP is given.
The NOC2 protection also provides selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown
in Figure 2.1.33. The scheme logic of NOC2 is the same as that of the NOC1.
When the VTFS or CTFS detects a VT failure or a CT failure, it can alarm and block the NOC1
and NOC2 protection by the scheme switch [VTF-NC1BLK] and [VTF-NC2BLK] or
[CTF-NC1BLK] and [CTF- NC2BLK] respectively.
The NOC1 and NOC2 protection can be disabled by the scheme switches [NC1EN], [NC2EN] and
[APPL-CT] or the PLC signals NOC1_BLOCK and NOC2_BLOCK respectively.
The scheme switch [APPL-CT] is available in which three-phase overcurrent protection can be
selected. The NOC protection is enabled when three-phase current is introduced and [APPL-CT]
is set to 3P.
42
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TNC1
169
NOC1
&
&
311
NOC1_TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
[NC1-2F
+ "Block"
&
ICD
NOC1
(INST)
170
&
[NOC1]
+
[NC1-EN]
+ "OFF"
"IEC"
"IEEE"
"US"
"CON"
"DT"
1560 NOC1_BLOCK
&
Non VTF
[VTF-NC1BLK]
+ "OFF"
Non CTF
[CTF-NC1BLK]
+ "OFF"
Figure 2.1.32
171
NOC2
&
&
312
NOC2_ALARM
0.00 - 300.00s
[NC2-2F
+ "Block"
&
ICD
NOC2
(INST)
185
&
[NOC1]
+
"IEC"
"IEEE"
[NC2-EN]
+ "OFF"
"US"
"CON"
"DT"
1561 NOC2_BLOCK
Non VTF
[VTF-NC2BLK]
+ "OFF"
&
Non CTF
[CTF-NC2BLK]
+ "OFF"
Figure 2.1.33
Setting
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the NOC protection and their setting
ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
NC
95 95
45
NCV
0.5 25.0 V
0.1 V
3.0 V
NC1
0.5 10.0 A
(0.10 2.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
2.0 A
(0.40 A)
43
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
TNC1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TNC1M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TNC1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TNC1RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
NC2
0.5 - 10.0 A
(0.10 2.00 A)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
1.0 A
(0.20 A)
TNC2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TNC2M
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
TNC2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
TNC2RM
0.010 1.500
0.001
1.000
[NC1EN]
Off / On
Off
NOC1 Enable
[NC1-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[MNC1C]
MNC1C-IEC
MNC1C-IEEE
MNC1C-US
NI / VI / EI / LTI
MI / VI / EI
CO2 / CO8
NI
MI
CO2
[NC1R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[CTF-NC1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[VTF-NC1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[NC2EN]
Off / On
Off
NOC2 Enable
[NC2-DIR]
FWD/REV/NON
FWD
[MNC2C]
MNC2C-IEC
MNC2C-IEEE
MNC2C-US
NI / VI / EI / LTI
MI / VI / EI
CO2 / CO8
NI
MI
CO2
[NC2R]
DEF / DEP
DEF
[CTF-NC2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[VTF-NC2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[APPL-CT]
3P / 2P / 1P
3P
(*) Current values shown in the parenthesis are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current
values are in the case of a 5 A rating.
Sensitive setting of NOC1 and NOC2 thresholds is restricted by the negative phase sequence
current normally present on the system. The negative phase sequence current is measured in the
relay continuously and displayed on the metering screen of the relay front panel along with the
maximum value. It is recommended to check the display at the commissioning stage and to set
NOC1 and NOC2 to 130 to 150% of the maximum value displayed.
The delay time setting TNC1 and TNC2 is added to the inherent delay of the measuring elements
NOC1 and NOC2. The minimum operating time of the NOC elements is around 200ms.
44
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Under fault conditions, the negative sequence current lags the negative sequence voltage by an
angle dependent on the negative sequence source impedance of the system. This should be
accounted for by setting the NOC characteristic angle setting [NC] when the negative sequence
protection is used in directional mode. Typical settings are as follows:
60 for transmission systems
+45 for distribution systems
2.1.3.6 Application of Protection Inhibits
All GRD140 protection elements can be blocked by a binary input signal. This feature is useful in
a number of applications.
Blocked Overcurrent Protection
Conventional time-graded definite time overcurrent protection can lead to excessive fault
clearance times being experienced for faults closest to the source. The implementation of a
blocked overcurrent scheme can eliminate the need for grading margins and thereby greatly
reduce fault clearance times. Such schemes are suited to radial feeder circuits, particularly where
substations are close together and pilot cables can be economically run between switchboards.
Figure 2.1.34 shows the operation of the scheme.
Instantaneous phase fault and earth fault pick-up signals OC1HS, EF1HS and SEF1HS of OC1,
EF1 and SEF1 elements are allocated to any of the binary output relays and used as a blocking
signal. OC2, EF2 and SEF2 protections are set with a short delay time. (For pick-up signals, refer
to Figure 2.1.16, 2.1.20 and 2.1.27.)
For a fault at F as shown, each relay sends the blocking signal to its upstream neighbor. The signal
is input as a binary input signal OC2 BLOCK, EF2 BLOCK and SEF2 BLOCK at the receiving
end, and blocks the OC2, EF2 and SEF2 protection. Minimum protection delays of 50ms are
recommended for the OC2, EF2 and SEF2 protection, to ensure that the blocking signal has time
to arrive before protection operation.
Inverse time graded operation with elements OC1, EF1 and SEF1 are available with the scheme
switch [MOC1], [MEF1] and [MSE1] setting, thus providing back-up protection in the event of a
failure of the blocked scheme.
F
Trip
GRD140
GRD140
GRD140
OC2/EF2/SEF2
OC2/EF2/SEF2
High
Speed
Block
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
Figure 2.1.34
OC2/EF2/SEF2
High
Speed
Block
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
45
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Blocked Busbar Protection
Non-directional overcurrent protection can be applied to provide a busbar zone scheme for a
simple radial system where a substation has only one source, as illustrated in Figure 2.1.35.
For a fault on an outgoing feeder F1, the feeder protection sends a hardwired blocking signal to
inhibit operation of the incomer, the signal OCHS, EFHS and SEFHS being generated by the
instantaneous phase fault, and earth fault pick-up outputs of OC1, EF1 and SEF1 allocated to any
of the binary output relays. Meanwhile, the feeder is tripped by the OC1, EF1 and SEF1 elements,
programmed with inverse time or definite time delays and set to grade with downstream
protections.
The incomer protection is programmed to trip via its instantaneous elements OC2, EF2 and SEF2
set with short definite time delay settings (minimum 50ms), thus providing rapid isolation for
faults in the busbar zone F2.
At the incomer, inverse time graded operation with elements OC1, EF1 and SEF1 are available
with the scheme switch [MOC1], [MEF1] and [MSE1] setting, thus providing back-up protection
in the event of failure of the blocked scheme.
GRD140 integrated circuit breaker failure protection can be used to provide additional back-trips
from the feeder protection to the incomer, and from the incomer to the HV side of the power
transformer, in the event of the first trip failing to clear the earth fault.
In the case of more complex systems where the substation has two incomers, or where power can
flow into the substation from the feeders, then directional protection must be applied.
GRD140
OC1/EF1/SEF1
High Speed Block to Incomer for Feeder Fault
OC2/ EF2/SEF2
Fast Trip
F2
Feeder Trip
Feeder Trip
Feeder Trip
GRD140
GRD140
GRD140
OC1/EF1/SEF1
OC1/EF1/SEF1
OC1/EF1/SEF1
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
F1
Figure 2.1.35
Figure 2.1.36 shows one half of a two-incomer station. A directional overcurrent relay protects the
incomer, with non-directional overcurrent units on the feeders.
46
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140
Directional
(IDMTL)
OC1/EF1/SEF1
(50ms)
OC2/EF2/SEF2
(250ms)
OC3/EF3/SEF3
Trip Incomer
Bus Section
Bus Coupler
Feeder Trip
GRD140
Non-directional
Feeder Trip
GRD140
Non-directional
OC1/EF1/SEF1
OC1/EF1/SEF1
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
OCHS/EFHS/
SEFHS
Figure 2.1.36
For a fault on an outgoing feeder, the non-directional feeder protection sends a hardwired blocking
signal to inhibit operation of both incomers, the signal OCHS, EFHS and SEFHS being generated
by the instantaneous phase fault and earth fault pick-up outputs. Meanwhile, the feeder is tripped
by the OC1, EF1 and SEF1 elements, programmed with inverse time delays and set to grade with
downstream protections.
The incomer protection is programmed for directional operation such that it will only trip for
faults on the busbar side of its CTs. Hence, although a fault on the HV side may be back-fed from
the busbars, the relay does not trip.
For a fault in the busbar zone, the GRD140 is programmed to trip the bus section and bus coupler
circuit breakers via its instantaneous elements OC2, EF2 and SEF2 set with short definite time
delay settings (minimum 50ms). This first stage trip maintains operation of half the substation in
the event of a busbar fault or incomer fault in the other half.
If the first stage trip fails to clear the fault, a second stage trip is given to the local incomer circuit
breaker via instantaneous elements OC3, EF3 and SEF3 after a longer delay, thus isolating a fault
on the local busbar.
GRD140 integrated circuit breaker fail protection can be used to provide additional back-trips
from the feeder protection to the incomer, and from the incomer to the HV side of the power
transformer, in the event of the main trip failing to clear the fault.
A further development of this scheme might see directional relays being applied directly to the bus
section and bus coupler circuit breakers, to speed up operation of the scheme.
This scheme assumes that a busbar fault cannot be fed from the outgoing feeder circuits. In the
case of an interconnected system, where a remote power source may provide a back-feed into the
substation, directional relays must also be applied to protect the feeders.
47
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.4
&
UC1
&
UC2
|I| 0.04In
In: rated current
Figure 2.1.37
Each phase has two independent undercurrent elements for tripping and alarming. The elements
are programmable for instantaneous or definite time delayed operation.
The undercurrent element operates on a per phase basis, although tripping and alarming is threephase only.
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.1.38 shows the scheme logic of the phase undercurrent protection.
The undercurrent elements UC1 and UC2 output UC1 TRIP and UC2 ALARM through delayed
pick-up timers TUC1 and TUC2.
This protection can be disabled by the scheme switch [UC1EN] and [UC2EN] or PLC signals UC1
BLOCK and UC2 BLOCK.
Further, this protection can be blocked when CT failure (CTF) is detected.
48
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
161
&
&
&
162
UC1 B
&
163
&
&
&
&
&
164
&
&
&
&
&
&
166
&
&
&
I
0.04In B
C
303
304
301
TUC2
0
306
307
308
0.00 - 300.00s
[UC2EN]
302
"ON"
165
UC2 B
TUC1
0
0.00 - 300.00s
[UC1EN]
+
305
UC1-A_TRIP
UC1-B_TRIP
UC1-C_TRIP
UC1_TRIP
UC2-A_ALARM
UC2-B_ALARM
UC2-C_ALARM
UC2_ALARM
"ON"
NON CTF
+
[CTF_UC1BLK]
&
&
1568 UC1_BLOCK
"OFF"
[CTF_UC2BLK]
"OFF"
In : Rated current
1569 UC2_BLOCK
Figure 2.1.38
Setting
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the undercurrent protection and their
setting ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
UC1
0.5 10.0 A
(0.10 2.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
1.0 A
(0.20 A)
TUC1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
UC2
0.5 10.0 A
(0.10 2.00 A)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
2.0 A
(0.40 A)
TUC2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
[UC1EN]
Off / On
Off
UC1 Enable
[UC2EN]
Off / On
Off
UC2 Enable
[CTF-UC1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[CTF-UC2BLK]
Off / On
Off
(*) Current values shown in parenthesis are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current values are in
the case of a 5 A rating.
49
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.5
t
I2
1 e 100%
2
I AOL
(1)
where:
= thermal state of the system as a percentage of allowable thermal capacity,
I = applied load current,
IAOL = allowable overload current of the system,
= thermal time constant of the system.
The thermal state 0% represents the cold state and 100% represents the thermal limit, which is the
point at which no further temperature rise can be safely tolerated and the system should be
disconnected. The thermal limit for any given system is fixed by the thermal setting IAOL. The relay
gives a trip output when = 100%.
The thermal overload protection measures the largest of the three phase currents and operates
according to the characteristics defined in IEC60255-8. (Refer to Appendix A for the
implementation of the thermal model for IEC60255-8.)
Time to trip depends not only on the level of overload, but also on the level of load current prior to
the overload - that is, on whether the overload was applied from cold or from hot.
Independent thresholds for trip and alarm are available.
The characteristic of the thermal overload element is defined by equation (2) and equation (3) for
cold and hot. The cold curve is a special case of the hot curve where prior load current Ip is
zero, catering for the situation where a cold system is switched on to an immediate overload.
I2
t =Ln 2 2
I I AOL
(2)
I2 I 2
t =Ln 2 2P
I I AOL
(3)
where:
t = time to trip for constant overload current I (seconds)
I = overload current (largest phase current) (amps)
IAOL = allowable overload current (amps)
IP = previous load current (amps)
= thermal time constant (seconds)
Ln = natural logarithm
Figure 2.1.39 illustrates the IEC60255-8 curves for a range of time constant settings. The left-hand
chart shows the cold condition where an overload has been switched onto a previously un-loaded
system. The right-hand chart shows the hot condition where an overload is switched onto a
50
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
system that has previously been loaded to 90% of its capacity.
Thermal Curves (Cold Curve no prior load)
1000
1000
100
10
100
50
100
10
100
0.1
50
20
0.1
10
20
10
5
2
1
0.01
5
2
0.01
10
Figure 2.1.39
0.001
1
10
Thermal Curves
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.1.40 shows the scheme logic of the thermal overload protection.
The thermal overload element THM has independent thresholds for alarm and trip, and outputs
alarm signal THM_ALARM and trip signal THM_TRIP. The alarming threshold level is set as a
percentage of the tripping threshold.
The alarming and tripping can be disabled by the scheme switches [THMAEN] and [THMEN]
respectively or PLC signals THMA_BLOCK and THM_BLOCK.
167
&
A
THM
T
309
&
168
&
310
&
THM_ALARM
THM_TRIP
[THMAEN]
+
"ON"
[THMEN]
"ON"
1573 THMA_BLOCK
1572 THM_BLOCK
Figure 2.1.40
51
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the thermal overload protection and their
setting ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
THM
2.0 10.0 A
(0.40 2.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
5.0 A
(1.00 A)
THMIP
0.0 5.0 A
(0.00 1.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
0.0 A
(0.00 A)
TTHM
0.1 min
10.0 min
THMA
50 99 %
1%
80 %
[THMEN]
Off / On
Off
Thermal OL enable
[THMAEN]
Off / On
Off
(*) Current values shown in the parenthesis are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current
values are in the case of a 5 A rating.
Note: THMIP sets a minimum level of previous load current to be used by the thermal
element, and is only active when testing ([THMRST] = ON).
52
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.6
E1A
E1B
1 k1
k1
k1Z1
I1F
I1F
(1-k1)Z1
E1B
E
Positive phase sequence
k2Z2
I2F
I2F
(1-k2)Z2
I0F
(1-k0)Z0
I0F
I1F
k2Z2
(1-k2)Z2
K0Z0
(1-k0)Z0
k1Z1
I1F
(1-k1)Z1
E1A
E1B
I1F
Z2
Z1
Z0
E1A
E1B
Positive phase sequence current I1F, negative phase sequence current I2F and zero phase sequence
53
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
current I0F at the fault location for a single-phase series fault are given by:
I1F + I2F + I0F =0
(1)
Z2FI2F Z0FI0F = 0
(2)
(3)
where,
E1A, E1B: power source voltage
Z1: positive sequence impedance
Z2: negative sequence impedance
Z0: zero sequence impedance
From the equations (1), (2) and (3), the following equations are derived.
Z 2 + Z0
I1F = Z Z + Z Z + Z Z (E1A E1B)
1 2
1 0
2 0
Z0
I2F = Z Z + Z Z + Z Z (E1A E1B)
1 2
1 0
2 0
Z2
I0F = Z Z + Z Z + Z Z (E1A E1B)
1 2
1 0
2 0
The magnitude of the fault current depends on the overall system impedance, difference in phase
angle and magnitude between the power source voltages behind both ends.
Broken conductor protection element BCD detects series faults by measuring the ratio of negative
to positive phase sequence currents (I2F / I1F). This ratio is given by the negative and zero sequence
impedance of the system:
Z0
I2F |I2F|
I1F = |I1F| = Z2 + Z0
The ratio is higher than 0.5 in a system when the zero sequence impedance is larger than the
negative sequence impedance. It will approach 1.0 in a high-impedance earthed or a one-end
earthed system.
The characteristic of the BCD element is shown in Figure 2.1.42 for stable operation.
I2
|I2|/|I1| BCD
setting
|I1| 0.04In
|I2| 0.01In
0.01In
0
I1
0.04In
Figure 2.1.42
54
&
BCD
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.1.43 shows the scheme logic of the broken conductor protection. BCD element outputs
trip signals BCD TRIP through a delayed pick-up timer TBCD.
The tripping can be disabled by the scheme switch [BCDEN], [APPL] or PLC signal BCD
BLOCK. The scheme switch [APPL-CT] is available in Model 400 and 420 in which three-phase
or two-phase phase overcurrent protection can be selected. The broken conductor protection is
enabled when three-phase current is introduced and [APPL-CT] is set to 3P in those models.
TBCD
0
t
172
BCD
[BCD-2F]
+
&
ICD "Block"
&
313
BCD TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
[BCDEN]
+
"ON"
[APPL-CT]
"3P"
1574 BCD_BLOCK
Settings
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the broken conductor protection and
their setting ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
BCD
0.10 1.00
0.01
0.20
I2 / I1
TBCD
0.00 300.00s
0.01s
0.00 s
[BCDEN]
Off / On
Off
BCD Enable
[APPL-CT]
3P / 2P / 1P
3P
Minimum setting of the BC threshold is restricted by the negative phase sequence current
normally present in the system. The ratio I2 / I1 of the system is measured in the relay continuously
and displayed on the metering screen of the relay front panel, along with the maximum value of
the last 15 minutes I21 max. It is recommended to check the display at the commissioning stage.
The BCD setting should be 130 to 150% of I2 / I1 displayed.
Note: It must be noted that I2 / I1 is displayed only when the positive phase sequence current
(or load current ) in the secondary circuit is larger than 2 % of the rated secondary circuit
current.
TBCD should be set to more than 1 cycle to prevent unwanted operation caused by a transient
operation such as CB closing.
55
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.7
Drop-off/Pick-up=0.8
Figure 2.1.44
In order to prevent the BFP from starting by accident during maintenance work and testing, and
thus tripping adjacent breakers, the BFP has the optional function of retripping the original
breaker. To make sure that the breaker has actually failed, a trip command is made to the original
breaker again before tripping the adjacent breakers to prevent unnecessary tripping of the adjacent
breakers following the erroneous start-up of the BFP. It is possible to choose not to use retripping
at all, or use retripping with trip command plus delayed pick-up timer, or retripping with trip
command plus overcurrent detection plus delayed pick-up timer.
An overcurrent element and delayed pick-up timer are provided for each phase which also operate
correctly during the breaker failure routine in the event of an evolving fault.
Scheme logic
BFP initiation is performed on a per-phase basis. Figure 2.1.45 shows the scheme logic for the
BFP. The BFP is started by single phase reclose initiation signals CBF_INIT-A to CBF_INIT-C or
three-phase reclose initiation signal CBF_INIT. (These signals are assigned by the PLC default
setting). These signals must continuously exist as long as the fault is present.
The backtripping signal to the adjacent breakers CBF TRIP is output if the overcurrent element
CBF operates continuously for the setting time of the delayed pick-up timer TBTC after initiation.
Tripping of adjacent breakers can be blocked with scheme switch [BTC].
There are two kinds of modes for the retrip signal to the original breaker CBF RETRIP, the mode
in which retrip is controlled by the overcurrent element CBF, and the direct trip mode in which
retrip is not controlled. The retrip mode together with the trip block can be selected with the
scheme switch [RTC]. In the scheme switch [RTC], DIR is the direct trip mode, and OC is the
trip mode controlled by the overcurrent element CBF.
Figure 2.1.46 shows a sequence diagram for the BFP when a retrip and backup trip are used. If the
circuit breaker trips normally, the CBF is reset before timer TRTC or TBTC is picked up and the
BFP is reset. As TRTC and TBTC start at the same time, the setting value of TBTC should include
that of TRTC.
If the CBF continues to operate, a retrip command is given to the original breaker after the setting
time of TRTC. Unless the breaker fails, the CBF is reset by retrip. TBTC does not time-out and the
BFP is reset. This sequence of events may happen if the BFP is initiated by mistake and
56
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
unnecessary tripping of the original breaker is unavoidable.
If the original breaker fails, retrip has no effect and the CBF continues operating and the TBTC
finally picks up. A trip command CBF TRIP is given to the adjacent breakers and the BFP is
completed.
The BFP protection can be disabled by the scheme switches [BTC] and [RTC] or the PLC signal
CBF BLOCK.
[BTC]
+
A
CBF B
C
"ON"
173
CBF_OP-A
&
174
&
322
319
320
321
CBF_OP-B
175
&
&
323
CBF_OP-C
&
&
324
318
CBF TRIP
TBTC
0.00 - 300.00s
314
CBF TRIP-A
CBF TRIP-B
CBF TRIP-C
CBF RETRIP
TRTC
&
&
315
316
317
0.00 - 300.00s
1660 CBF_INIT-A
1661 CBF_INIT-B
1662 CBF_INIT-C
Default setting
GEN._TRIP
&
1663 CBF_INIT
&
&
&
[RTC]
+
"OC"
"DIR"
[APPL-CT]
+
1570 CBF_BLOCK
"3P"
&
Figure 2.1.45
57
CBF RETRIP-A
CBF RETRIP-B
CBF RETRIP-C
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Fault
Start CBFP
Trip
Adjacent
breakers Closed
Open
TRIP
Retrip
Normal trip
Original
breakers Closed
Open
Open
Tcb
OCBF
Tcb
Toc
TBF1
Toc
TRTC
CBF
RETRIP
TBF2
TBTC
CBF
TRIP
Figure 2.1.46
Sequence Diagram
Setting
The setting elements necessary for the breaker failure protection and their setting ranges are as
follows:
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
CBF
0.5 10.0 A
0.1 A
2.5 A
Overcurrent setting
(0.01 A)
(0.50 A)
TRTC
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
0.40 s
TBTC
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
0.50 s
[RTC]
Off / DIR / OC
Off
Retrip control
[BTC]
Off / On
Off
(*) Current values shown in the parentheses are in the case of 1 A rating. Other
current values are in the case of 5 A rating.
The overcurrent element CBF checks that the circuit breaker has opened and that the current has
disappeared. Therefore, since it is allowed to respond to load current, it can be set to 10 to 200% of
the rated current.
The settings of TRTC and TBTC are determined by the opening time of the original circuit breaker
(Tcb in Figure 2.1.46) and the reset time of the overcurrent element (Toc in Figure 2.1.46). The
timer setting example when using retrip can be obtained as follows.
Setting of TRTC = Breaker opening time + CBF reset time + Margin
= 40ms + 10ms + 20ms
= 70ms
Setting of TBTC = TCBF1 + Output relay operating time + Breaker opening time +
CBF reset time + Margin
= 70ms + 10ms + 40ms + 10ms + 10ms
= 140ms
If retrip is not used, the setting of the TBTC can be the same as the setting of the TRTC.
58
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.8
OC1 to OC4
EF1 to EF4
SEF1 to SEF4
NOC1 and NOC2
BCD
Blocking can be enabled or disabled by setting the scheme switches [OC-2F], [EF-2F],
[SEF-2F], [NOC-2F] and [BCD-2F].
The ICD detects the ratio ICD-2f between the second harmonic current I2f and fundamental
current I1f in each phase current, and operates if its ratio is larger than the setting value. Figure
2.1.47 shows the characteristic of the ICD element and Figure 2.1.48 shows the ICD block
scheme. When ICD operates, OC, EF, SEF, NOC and BCD elements are blocked independently.
The scheme logic of each element is shown in the previous sections.
I2f
ICD2f(%) = tan100
|I 1f |ICDOC
I 1f
ICDOC
Figure 2.1.47
A
ICD
|I 2f |/|I1f|ICD-2f(%)
B
C
150
151
152
Figure 2.1.48
59
ICD
&
ICD
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting
The setting elements necessary for the ICD and their setting ranges are as follows:
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
ICD-2f
10 50%
1%
15%
ICDOC
0.5 25.0 A
(0.10 - 5.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
0.5 A
(0.10 A)
(*) Current values shown in the parentheses are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current values
are in the case of a 5 A rating.
60
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
STATE 0
CB status: Closed
Settings Group: Normal
Monitor CB status
CB opens
CB closes
within
T CLE time
STATE 1
CB status: Open
Settings Group: Normal
Run T CLE timer
Monitor CB status
T CLE timer
expires
STATE 3
CB closes
STATE 2
CB status: Closed
Settings Group: Cold Load
CB status: Open
Settings Group: Cold Load
Monitor CB status
Figure 2.1.49
IL<ICLDO for
T CLDO time
T CLR timer
expires
CB opens within
CLR time
376
STATE 0
Change to
STATE 1
&
TCLE
377
STATE 1
&
Change to
STATE 2
Change to
STATE 0
0.0 - 10000.0s
&
378
STATE 2
379
STATE 3
&
TCLR
[CLEN]
+
"OFF"
&
1633 CB_N/O_CONT
CONSTANT 1
1634 CB_N/C_CONT
389
177
178
CB_CLOSE
1
1
390
CB_OPEN
TCLDO
176
ICLDO B
0.0 - 10000.0s
Default setting
BI2 COMMAND
Change to
STATE 3
&
&
0.00 - 100.00s
[CLDOEN]
+
"ON"
Figure 2.1.50
61
[CLPTST] "S0"
+
"S3"
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting
The setting elements necessary for the cold load protection and their setting ranges are as follows:
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
ICLDO
0.5 10.0 A
(0.10 - 2.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
2.5 A
(0.50 A)
TCLE
0-10000 s
1s
100 s
TCLR
0-10000 s
1s
100 s
TCLDO
0.00-100.00 s
0.01 s
0.00 s
[CLEN]
Off / On
Off
[CLDOEN]
Off / On
Off
(*) Current values shown in the parentheses are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current values
are in the case of a 5 A rating.
Further, relay element settings (OC1 to OC4, EF1 to EF4, SEF1 to SEF4, NOC1, NOC2 and
BCD) are required for the cold load protection (CLP) as follows:
Element
CLP-
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
OC1
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
10.0 A
(2.00 A)
OC2
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
25.0 A
(5.00 A)
OC3
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
100.0 A
(20.00 A)
OC4
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
200.0 A
(40.00 A)
EF1
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
10.0 A
(2.00 A)
EF2
0.1 25.0 A
(0.02 5.00 A)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
25.0 A
(5.00 A)
EF3
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
100.0 A
(20.00 A)
EF4
0.1 250.0 A
(0.02 50.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
200.0 A
(40.00 A)
SE1
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.10 A
(0.020 A)
SE2
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.10 A
(0.020 A)
SE3
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.10 A
(0.020 A)
SE4
0.01 1.00 A
(0.002 0.200 A)(*)
0.01 A
(0.001 A)
0.10 A
(0.020 A)
NC1
0.5 10.0 A
(0.10 2.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
4.0 A
(0.80 A)
NC2
0.5 10.0 A
(0.10 2.00 A)(*)
0.1 A
(0.01 A)
2.0 A
(0.40 A)
BCD
0.10 1.00
0.01
0.40
62
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.1.9
CT Requirements
5 P 20 : 10VA
Accuracy
Limit (%)
Overcurrent
Factor
Maximum Burden
(at rated current)
Accuracy limit : Typically 5 or 10%. In applications where current grading is to be applied and
small grading steps are desirable, then a 5% CT can assist in achieving the necessary accuracy. In
less onerous applications, a limit of 10% may be acceptable.
Overcurrent factor : The multiple of the CT rating up to which the accuracy limit is claimed,
typically 10 or 20 times. A value of 20 should be specified where maximum fault current is high
and accurate inverse time grading is required. In applications where fault current is relatively low,
or where inverse time grading is not used, then an overcurrent factor of 10 may be adequate.
Maximum burden : The total burden calculated at rated secondary current of all equipment
connected to the CT secondary, including relay input burden, lead burden, and taking the CTs
own secondary resistance into account. GRD140 has an extremely low AC current burden,
typically less than 0.1VA for a 1A phase input, allowing relatively low burden CTs to be applied.
Relay burden does not vary with settings.
If a burden lower than the maximum specified is connected, then the practical overcurrent factor
may be scaled accordingly. For the example given above, at a rated current of 1A, the maximum
value of CT secondary resistance plus secondary circuit resistance (RCT + R2) should be 10. If
a lower value of, say, (RCT + R2) = 5 is applied, then the practical overcurrent factor may be
increased by a factor of two, that is, to 40A.
In summary, the example given of a 5P20 CT of suitable rated burden will meet most applications
of high fault current and tight grading margins. Many less severe applications may be served by
5P10 or 10P10 transformers.
2.1.9.2
63
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
care should be taken when determining R2, as this is dependent on the method used to connect the
CTs (E.g. residual connection, core balanced CT connection, etc).
2.1.9.3 Sensitive Earth Fault Protection
A core balance CT should be applied, with a minimum knee point calculated as described above.
2.1.9.4 Restricted Earth Fault Protection
High accuracy CTs should be selected with a knee point voltage Vk chosen according to the
equation:
Vk 2 Vs
where Vs is the differential stability voltage setting for the scheme.
64
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.2
Pickup
Dropoff
Figure 2.2.1
The overvoltage protection element OV1 and OV2 have the IDMT characteristic defined by
equation (1) following the form described in IEC 60255-127:
c
t (G ) TMS
a
V
1
Vs
(1)
where:
t = operating time for constant voltage V (seconds),
V = energising voltage (V),
Vs = overvoltage setting (V),
TMS = time multiplier setting.
k, a, c = constants defining curve.
The IDMT characteristic is illustrated in Figure 2.2.2. In addition to the IDMT curve in Figure
2.2.2, a user configurable curve is available by the scheme switches [OV1EN] and [OV2EN]. If
required, set the scheme switch [OVEN] to C and set the curve defining constants k, a, c. These
curves are defined in Table 2.2.1.
Table 2.2.1 Specification of Inverse Time Curves
Curve Description
IDMT
C (User Configurable)
0.000 30.000
by 0.001 step
0.00 5.00
by 0.01 step
0.000 5.000
by 0.001 step
The OV3 and OV4 elements are used for definite time overvoltage protection.
65
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Definite time reset
The definite time resetting characteristic is applied to the OV1 and OV2 elements when the
inverse time delay is used.
If definite time resetting is selected, and the delay period is set to instantaneous, then no
intentional delay is added. As soon as the energising voltage falls below the reset threshold, the
element returns to its reset condition.
If the delay period is set to some value in seconds, then an intentional delay is added to the reset
period. If the energising voltage exceeds the setting for a transient period without causing tripping,
then resetting is delayed for a user-definable period. When the energising voltage falls below the
reset threshold, the integral state (the point towards operation that it has travelled) of the timing
function (IDMT) is held for that period.
This does not apply following a trip operation, in which case resetting is always instantaneous.
Both OV1 and OV2 have a programmable drop off/pickup(DO/PU) ratio.
Overvoltage Inverse Time
Curves
1000.000
100.000
10.000
TMS = 10
TMS = 5
TMS = 2
1.000
TMS = 1
0.100
1
1.5
2.5
Figure 2.2.2
IDMT Characteristic
Scheme Logic
Figures 2.2.3 to 2.2.6 show the scheme logic of the overvoltage protection OV1 to OV4.
The OV1 protection provides selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown in
Figure 2.2.3. The definite time protection is enabled by setting [OV1EN] to DT, and trip signal
OV1 TRIP is given through the delayed pick-up timer TOV1. The inverse time protection is
enabled by setting [OV1EN] to IDMT, and trip signal OV1 TRIP is given.
The OV2 protection also provides selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown in
Figure 2.2.4. The scheme logic of OV2 is the same as that of the OV1.
66
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Figure 2.2.5 and Figure 2.2.6 show the scheme logic of the definite time overvoltage protection
OV3 and OV4. The OV3 and OV4 give trip and alarm signals OV3_TRIP and OV4_ALARM
through the delayed pick-up timers TOV3 and TOV4 respectively.
The OV1 to OV4 protection can be disabled by the scheme switches [OV1EN] to [OV4EN] or the
PLC signals OV1_BLOCK to OV4_BLOCK respectively.
OV1 B
192
193
A
OV1 B
INST
C
TOV1
191
194
&
&
&
&
&
&
195
0.00 - 300.00s
332
333
1
334
OV1-A_TRIP
OV1-B_TRIP
OV1-C_TRIP
196
&
[OV1EN] "DT"
331
OV1_TRIP
1
&
+
"IDMT"
1584 OV1_BLOCK
&
Figure 2.2.3
OV2 B
198
199
A
OV2 B
INST
C
TOV2
197
512
&
&
&
&
&
&
513
0.00 - 300.00s
336
337
1
338
OV2-A_TRIP
OV2-B_TRIP
OV2-C_TRIP
514
&
[OV2EN] "DT"
335
OV2_TRIP
1
&
+
"IDMT"
1585 OV2_BLOCK
&
Figure 2.2.4
TOV3
515
OV3 B
515
515
[OV3EN]
+
&
&
432
&
&
433
&
&
434
0.00 - 300.00s
1586 OV3_BLOCK
Figure 2.2.5
67
OV3-A_TRIP
OV3-B_TRIP
OV3-C_TRIP
431
OV3_TRIP
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TOV4
518
OV4 B
519
520
[OV4EN]
+
&
436
&
&
437
&
&
438
&
0.00 - 300.00s
1587 OV4_BLOCK
Figure 2.2.6
OV4-A_ALARM
OV4-B_ALARM
OV4-C_ALARM
435
OV4_ALARM
Setting
The table shows the setting elements necessary for the overvoltage protection and their setting
ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
OV1
10.0 200.0 V
0.1 V
120.0 V
TOV1M
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TOV1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TOV1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
OV1DPR
10 98 %
1%
95 %
OV2
10.0 200.0 V
0.1 V
140.0 V
TOV2M
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TOV2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TOV2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
OV2DPR
10 98 %
1%
95 %
OV3
10.0 200.0 V
0.1 V
140.0 V
TOV3
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
OV3DPR
10 - 98 %
1%
95 %
OV4
10.0 200.0 V
0.1 V
140.0 V
TOV4
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
OV4DPR
10 - 98 %
1%
95 %
[OV1EN]
Off/DT/IDMT/C
Off
OV1 Enable
[OV2EN]
Off/DT/IDMT/C
Off
OV2 Enable
[OV3EN]
Off / On
Off
OV3 Enable
[OV4EN]
Off / On
Off
OV4 Enable
68
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.2.2
Figure 2.2.7
The undervoltage protection element UV1 has an IDMT characteristic defined by equation (2)
following the form described in IEC 60255-127:
t (G ) TMS
1 V
Vs
(2)
where:
t = operating time for constant voltage V (seconds),
V = energising voltage (V),
Vs = undervoltage setting (V),
TMS = time multiplier setting.
k, a, c = constants defining curve.
The IDMT characteristic is illustrated in Figure 2.2.8. In addition to the IDMT curve in Figure
2.2.8, a user configurable curve is available by the scheme switches [UV1EN] and [UV2EN]. If
required, set the scheme switch [UVEN] to C and set the curve defining constants k, a, c. These
curves are defined in Table 2.2.1.
The UV3 and UV4 elements are used for definite time overvoltage protection.
Definite time reset
The definite time resetting characteristic is applied to the UV1 and UV2 elements when the
inverse time delay is used.
If definite time resetting is selected, and the delay period is set to instantaneous, then no
intentional delay is added. As soon as the energising voltage rises above the reset threshold, the
element returns to its reset condition.
If the delay period is set to some value in seconds, then an intentional delay is added to the reset
period. If the energising voltage is below the undervoltage setting for a transient period without
causing tripping, then resetting is delayed for a user-definable period. When the energising
voltage rises above the reset threshold, the integral state (the point towards operation that it has
travelled) of the timing function (IDMT) is held for that period.
This does not apply following a trip operation, in which case resetting is always instantaneous.
69
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
100.000
TMS = 10
10.000
TMS = 5
TMS = 2
TMS = 1
1.000
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
Figure 2.2.8
IDMT Characteristic
Scheme Logic
Figures 2.2.9 to 2.2.12 show the scheme logic of the undervoltage protection UV1 to UV4.
The UV1 protection provides a selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown in
Figure 2.2.8. The definite time protection is enabled by setting [UV1EN] to DT, and trip signal
UV1_TRIP is given through the delayed pick-up timer TUV1. The inverse time protection is
enabled by setting [UV1EN] to IDMT, and trip signal UV1_TRIP is given.
The UV2 protection also provides a selective definite time or inverse time characteristic as shown
in Figure 2.2.10. The scheme logic of UV2 is the same as that of the UV1.
Figure 2.2.11 and Figure 2.2.12 show the scheme logic of the definite time undervoltage
protection UV3 and UV4. The UV3 and UV4 give trip and alarm signals UV3_TRIP and
UV4_ALARM through the delayed pick-up timers TUV3 and TUV4 respectively.
The UV1 to UV4 protection can be disabled by the scheme switches [UV1EN] to [UV4EN] or the
PLC signals UV1_BLOCK to UV4_BLOCK respectively.
In addition, there is a user programmable voltage threshold VBLK. If all measured phase voltages
drop below this setting, then both UV1 to UV4 are prevented from operating. This function can be
blocked by the scheme switch [VBLKEN]. The [VBLKEN] should be set to OFF (not used)
when the UV elements are used as fault detectors, and set to ON (used) when used for load
shedding.
Note: The VBLK must be set lower than any other UV setting values.
70
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
A
UV1
&
&
TUV1
0
&
&
&
&
201
202
203
204
UV1 B
INST
C
205
342
343
1
344
0.00 - 300.00s
UV1-A_TRIP
UV1-B_TRIP
UV1-C_TRIP
206
566
UVBLK B
567
568
UVBLK
217
&
&
NON
UVBLK
341
UV1_TRI
P
&
[VBLKEN]
+
"ON"
[UVTST]
+
"OFF"
&
[UV1EN]
"DT"
+
"IDMT"
NON VTF
[VTF UV1-BLK]
+
&
"OFF"
1
1588 UV1_BLOCK
Figure 2.2.9
A
UV2
&
&
TUV2
0
&
&
&
&
207
208
209
522
UV2 B
INST
C
523
NON
UVBLK
524
"DT"
[UV2EN]
347
1
348
0.00 - 300.00s
&
"IDMT"
NON VTF
[VTF UV2-BLK]
+
&
&
&
"OFF"
1589 UV2_BLOCK
Figure 2.2.10
TUV3
526
UV3 B
527
C
[UV3EN]
+
"ON"
&
&
440
&
&
441
&
&
442
0.00 - 300.00s
NON BLK
NON VTF
[VTF_UV3-BLK]
+
525
UV3-A_TRIP
UV3-B_TRIP
UV3-C_TRIP
439
UV3_TRIP
&
"OFF"
1590 UV3_BLOCK
Figure 2.2.11
71
346
345
UV2-A_TRIP
UV2-B_TRIP
UV2-C_TRIP
UV2_TRI
P
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TUV4
528
529
UV4 B
530
C
[UV4EN]
+
"ON"
&
&
444
&
&
445
&
&
446
0.00 - 300.00s
NON BLK
NON VTF
[VTF_UV4-BLK]
+
443
UV4-A_ALARM
UV4-B_ALARM
UV4-C_ALARM
UV4_ALARM
&
"OFF"
1591 UV4_BLOCK
Figure 2.2.12
Setting
The table shows the setting elements necessary for the undervoltage protection and their setting
ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
UV1
5.0 130.0 V
0.1 V
60.0 V
TUV1M
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TUV1
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TUV1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
UV2
5.0 130.0 V
0.1 V
40.0 V
TUV2M
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TUV2
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TUV2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
UV3
5.0 130.0 V
0.1 V
40.0 V
TUV3
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
UV4
5.0 130.0 V
0.1 V
40.0 V
TUV4
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
VBLK
5.0 - 20.0 V
0.1 V
10.0 V
[UV1EN]
DT
UV1 Enable
[VTF UV1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[VBLKEN]
Off / On
Off
UV block Enable
[UV2EN]
DT
UV2 Enable
[VTF UV2BLK]
Off / On
Off
[UV3EN]
Off / On
Off
UV3 Enable
[VTF UV3BLK]
Off / On
Off
[UV4EN]
Off / On
Off
UV4 Enable
[VTF UV4BLK]
Off / On
Off
72
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.2.3
110
[APPLVES] setting
Off
Ve
Vs
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
ZOV
400, 420
Note: (1); V0 is measured directly in the form of the system residual voltage.
(2); V0 is calculated from the three measured phase voltages.
The low voltage settings which may be applied make the ZOV element susceptible to any 3rd
harmonic component which may be superimposed on the input signal. Therefore, a 3rd harmonic
filter is provided to suppress such superimposed components.
For the earth fault detection, following two methods are in general use.
Measuring the zero sequence voltage produced by VT residual connection (broken-delta
connection) as shown in Figure 2.2.13.
Measuring the residual voltage across the earthing transformers as shown in Figure 2.2.14.
A
GRD140
V0
Figure 2.2.13
A
V0
GRD140
Resistor
Figure 2.2.14
Two independent elements ZOV1 and ZOV2 are provided. These elements are programmable for
definite time delayed or inverse time delayed (IDMT) operation.
73
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The inverse time characteristic is defined by equation (3) following the form described in IEC
60255-127:
c
t (G ) TMS
a
V
1
Vs
(3)
where:
t = operating time for constant voltage V0 (seconds),
V0 = Zero sequence voltage (V),
Vs = Zero sequence overvoltage setting (V),
TMS = time multiplier setting.
k, a, c = constants defining curve.
The IDMT characteristic is illustrated in Figure 2.2.15. In addition to the IDMT curve in Figure
2.2.15, a user configurable curve is available by the scheme switches [ZOV1EN] and [ZOV2EN].
If required, set the scheme switch [ZOVEN] to C and set the curve defining constants k, a, c.
These curves are defined in Table 2.2.1.
ZOV Overvoltage
Inverse Time Curves
1000.000
100.000
10.000
1.000
T MS = 10
T MS = 5
T MS = 2
0.100
T MS = 1
0.010
0
10
15
20
Figure 2.2.15
74
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Definite time reset
A definite time reset characteristic is applied when the inverse time delay is used. Its operation is
identical to that for the phase overvoltage protection.
Scheme Logic
Figures 2.2.16 and 2.2.17 show the scheme logic of the zero-phase sequence overvoltage
protection. Two zero-phase sequence overvoltage elements ZOV1 and ZOV2 with independent
thresholds output trip signals ZOV1 TRIP and ZOV2 TRIP through delayed pick-up timers
TZOV1 and TZOV2.
The tripping can be disabled by the scheme switches [ZOV1EN] and [ZOV2EN] or PLC signals
ZOV1 BLOCK and ZOV2 BLOCK.
Further, this protection can be blocked when VT failure (VTF) is detected.
TZOV1
211
ZOV1
&
&
212
ZOV1
INST
351
ZOV1 TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
"DT"
[ZOV1EN]
1
&
+
"IDMT"
1592 ZOV1_BLOCK
NON VTF
[VTF_ZV1-BLK]
+
&
"OFF"
Figure 2.2.16
213
ZOV2
&
&
223
ZOV2
INST
0.00 - 300.00s
[ZOV2EN]
"DT"
1
&
+
"IDMT"
1593 ZOV2_BLOCK
NON VTF
[VTF_ZV2-BLK]
+
&
1
"OFF"
Figure 2.2.17
75
352
ZOV2_ALARM
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the zero sequence overvoltage
protection and their setting ranges.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
ZOV1
1.0 - 130.0 V
0.1V
20.0 V
TZOV1P
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TZOV1D
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TZOV1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
ZOV2
1.0 - 130.0 V
0.1V
40.0 V
TZOV2P
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TZOV2D
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TZOV2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
[ZOV1EN]
DT
ZOV1 Enable
[VTF ZV1BLK]
Off / On
Off
[ZOV2EN]
Off / On
Off
ZOV2 Enable
[VTF ZV2BLK]
Off / On
Off
76
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.2.4
c
t (G ) TMS
a
V
1
Vs
(4)
where:
t = operating time for constant voltage V2 (seconds),
V2 = Negative sequence voltage (V),
Vs = Negative sequence overvoltage setting (V),
TMS = time multiplier setting.
k, a, c = constants defining curve.
The IDMT characteristic is illustrated in Figure 2.2.18. In addition to the IDMT curve in Figure
2.2.18, a user configurable curve is available by the scheme switches [NOV1EN] and [NOV2EN].
If required, set the scheme switch [NOVEN] to C and set the curve defining constants k, a, c.
These curves are defined in Table 2.2.1.
77
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
NOV Overvoltage
Inverse Time Curves
1000.000
100.000
10.000
1.000
TMS = 10
TMS = 5
TMS = 2
0.100
TMS = 1
0.010
0
10
15
20
Figure 2.2.18
78
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TNOV1
214
NOV1
&
&
353
215
NOV1
INST
NOV1 TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
[NOV1EN]
"DT"
1
&
+
"IDMT"
1596 NOV1_BLOCK
NON VTF
[VTF_NV1-BLK]
+
&
"OFF"
Figure 2.2.19
216
NOV2
&
&
224
NOV2
INST
354
NOV2_ALARM
0.00 - 300.00s
[NOV2EN]
"DT"
1
&
+
"IDMT"
1597 NOV2_BLOCK
NON VTF
[VTF_NV2-BLK]
+
&
"OFF"
Figure 2.2.20
Setting
The table below shows the setting elements necessary for the negative sequence overvoltage
protection and their setting ranges.
The delay time setting TNOV1 and TNOV2 is added to the inherent delay of the measuring
elements NOV1 and NOV2. The minimum operating time of the NOV elements is around 200ms.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
NOV1
1.0 - 130.0 V
0.1V
20.0 V
TNOV1P
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TNOV1D
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TNOV1R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
NOV2
1.0 - 130.0 V
0.1V
40.0 V
TNOV2P
0.05 100.00
0.01
1.00
TNOV2D
0.00 300.00 s
0.01 s
1.00 s
TNOV2R
0.0 300.0 s
0.1 s
0.0 s
[NOV1EN]
Off
NOV1 Enable
[NOV2EN]
Off / On
Off
NOV2 Enable
79
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.3
Frequency Protection
For a four-stage frequency protection, GRD140 incorporates dedicated frequency measuring
elements and scheme logic for each stage. Each stage is programmable for underfrequency,
overfrequency or frequency rate-of-change protection.
Underfrequency protection is provided to maintain the balance between the power generation
capability and the loads. It is also used to maintain the frequency within the normal range by load
shedding.
Overfrequency protection is typically applied to protect synchronous machines from possible damage
due to overfrequency conditions.
Frequency rate of change protection is applied to ensure that load shedding occurs very quickly
when the frequency change is very rapid.
A-phase to B-phase voltage is used to detect frequency.
2.3.1
Frequency element
Underfrequency element UF operates when the power system frequency falls under the setting
value.
Overfrequency element OF operates when the power system frequency rises over the setting
value.
These elements measure the frequency and check for underfrequency or overfrequency every 5
ms. They operate when the underfrequency or overfrequency condition is detected 16 consecutive
times.
The outputs of both the UF and OF elements is invalidated by undervoltage block element
(FRQBLK) operation during an undervoltage condition.
Figure 2.3.1 shows characteristics of UF and OF elements.
Hz
OF
OF setting
UF setting
UF
0
FVBLK setting
Figure 2.3.1
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.3.2 shows the scheme logic for the frequency protection in stage 1. The frequency
element FRQ1 can output a trip command under the condition that the system voltage is higher
than the setting of the undervoltage element FRQBLK (FRQBLK=1). The FRQ1 element is
programmable for underfrequency or overfrequency operation by the scheme switch [FRQ1EN].
The tripping can be disabled by the scheme switches [FRQ1EN] or PLC logic signal FRQ1
BLOCK.
The stage 2 (FRQ2) to stage 4 (FRQ4) are the same logic of FRQ1
80
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TFRQ1
FRQ1
218
OF
&
&
&
FRQ2
&
&
&
&
FRQ4
&
359
&
FRQ4_TRIP
0.00 - 300.00s
UF
FRQ3_TRIP
TFRQ4
221
&
358
0.00 - 300.00s
&
OF
&
UF
FRQ2_TRIP
TFRQ3
220
OF
357
0.00 - 300.00s
&
FRQ3
&
UF
FRQ1_TRIP
TFRQ2
219
OF
356
0.00 - 300.00s
UF
&
&
FRQBLK
[FRQ1EN]
+
[FRQ2EN]
+
[FRQ3EN]
+
[FRQ4EN]
+
222
NON FRQBLK
"OF"
"UF"
"OF"
"UF"
"OF"
"UF"
"OF"
"UF"
1600 FRQ1_BLOCK
1601 FRQ2_BLOCK
1602 FRQ3_BLOCK
1603 FRQ4_BLOCK
Figure 2.3.2
Setting
The setting elements necessary for the frequency protection and their setting ranges are shown in
the table below.
Element
FRQ1
TFRQ1
FRQ2
TFRQ2
FRQ3
TFRQ3
FRQ4
TFRQ4
FRQBLK
FRQ1EN
FRQ2EN
FRQ3EN
FRQ4EN
Range
-10.00 +10.00 Hz
0.00 300.00 s
-10.00 +10.00 Hz
0.00 300.00 s
-10.00 +10.00 Hz
0.00 300.00 s
-10.00 +10.00 Hz
0.00 300.00 s
40.0 100.0 V
Off / OF / UF
Off / OF / UF
Off / OF / UF
Off / OF / UF
Step
0.01 Hz
0.01 s
0.01 Hz
0.01 s
0.01 Hz
0.01 s
0.01 Hz
0.01 s
0.1 V
Default
-1.00 Hz
1.00 s
-1.00 Hz
1.00 s
-1.00 Hz
1.00 s
-1.00 Hz
1.00 s
40.0 V
Off
Off
Off
Off
81
Remarks
FRQ1 frequency element setting
Timer setting of FRQ1
FRQ2 frequency element setting
Timer setting of FRQ2
FRQ3 frequency element setting
Timer setting of FRQ3
FRQ4 frequency element setting
Timer setting of FRQ4
UV block setting
FRQ1 Enable
FRQ2 Enable
FRQ3 Enable
FRQ4 Enable
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.3.2
Hz
f
t
sec
Figure 2.3.3
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.3.4 shows the scheme logic of frequency rate-of-change protection in stage 1. The
frequency rate-of-change element DFRQ1 can output a trip command under the condition that the
system voltage is higher than the setting of the undervoltage element FRQBLK (FRQBLK=1).
The DFRQ1 element is programmable for frequency decay rate or frequency rise rate operation by
the scheme switch [DFRQ1EN].
The tripping can be disabled by the scheme switches [DFRQ1EN] or PLC logic signal DFRQ1
BLOCK.
The stage 2 (DFRQ2) to stage 4 (DFRQ4) are the same logic of DFRQ1.
Setting
The setting elements necessary for the frequency protection and their setting ranges are shown in
the table below.
Element
DFRQ1
DFRQ2
DFRQ3
DFRQ4
FRQBLK
DFRQ1EN
DFRQ2EN
DFRQ3EN
DFRQ4EN
Range
0.1 15.0 Hz/s
0.1 15.0 Hz/s
0.1 15.0 Hz/s
0.1 15.0 Hz/s
40.0 100.0 V
Off / R / D
Off / R / D
Off / R / D
Off / R / D
Step
0.1 Hz/s
0.1 Hz/s
0.1 Hz/s
0.1 Hz/s
0.1 V
Default
0.5 Hz/s
0.5 Hz/s
0.5 Hz/s
0.5 Hz/s
40.0 V
Off
Off
Off
Off
82
Remarks
DFRQ1 element setting
DFRQ2 element setting
DFRQ3 element setting
DFRQ4 element setting
UV block setting
DFRQ1 Enable
DFRQ2 Enable
DFRQ3 Enable
DFRQ4 Enable
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DFRQ1
225
&
360
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
DFRQ1_TRIP
&
DFRQ2
226
&
361
DFRQ2_TRIP
&
DFRQ3
227
&
362
DFRQ3_TRIP
DFRQ4
&
228
&
363
DFRQ4_TRIP
&
222
FRQBLK
[DFRQ1EN]
+
[DFRQ2EN]
+
[DFRQ3EN]
+
[DFRQ4EN]
+
NON FRQBLK
"R"
"D"
"R"
"D"
"R"
"D"
"R"
"D"
1576 DFRQ1_BLOCK
1577 DFRQ2_BLOCK
1578 DFRQ3_BLOCK
1579 DFRQ4_BLOCK
Figure 2.3.4
2.3.3
Trip Circuit
The trip circuit of the frequency protection is configured with the combination of FRQ trip and
DFRQ trip. The trip circuit is configured by the PLC function as shown in Figure 2.3.5.
FRQ1 TRIP
1680 FRQ_S1_TRIP
DFRQ1 TRIP
FRQ2 TRIP
DFRQ2 TRIP
FRQ3 TRIP
DFRQ3 TRIP
FRQ4 TRIP
DFRQ4 TRIP
1681 FRQ_S2_TRIP
1682 FRQ_S3_TRIP
1683 FRQ_S4_TRIP
By PLC
83
355
FRQ_TRIP
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.4
EF1 TRIP
EF2 TRIP
EF3 TRIP
SEF1-S1 TRIP
SEF2 TRIP
SEF3 TRIP
NOC1 TRIP
UC1 TRIP
THM TRIP
BCD TRIP
OV1 TRIP
OV2 TRIP
OV3 TRIP
UV1 TRIP
UV2 TRIP
UV3 TRIP
ZOV1 TRIP
NOV1 TRIP
84
371
GEN_TRIP
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
OC1-A TRIP
OC2-A TRIP
1
1
OC3-A TRIP
372
GEN_TRIP-A
UC1-A TRIP
OV1-A TRIP
OV2-A TRIP
OV3-A TRIP
UV1-A TRIP
UV2-A TRIP
UV3-A TRIP
OC1-B TRIP
OC2-B TRIP
1
1
OC3-B TRIP
373
GEN_TRIP-B
UC1-B TRIP
OV1-B TRIP
OV2-B TRIP
OV3-B TRIP
UV1-B TRIP
UV2-B TRIP
UV3-B TRIP
OC1-C TRIP
OC2-C TRIP
1
1
OC3-C TRIP
374
GEN_TRIP-C
UC1-C TRIP
OV1-C TRIP
OV2-C TRIP
OV3-C TRIP
UV1-C TRIP
UV2-C TRIP
UV3-C TRIP
EF1 TRIP
EF2 TRIP
EF3 TRIP
SEF1-S1_TRIP
SEF2_TRIP
375
SEF3_TRIP
ZOV1_TRIP
85
GEN. TRIP-N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
FRQ1 TRIP
1680 FRQ_S1_TRIP
DFRQ1 TRIP
FRQ2 TRIP
DFRQ2 TRIP
FRQ3 TRIP
DFRQ3 TRIP
FRQ4 TRIP
DFRQ4 TRIP
1681 FRQ_S2_TRIP
1682 FRQ_S3_TRIP
1683 FRQ_S4_TRIP
355
FRQ_TRIP
By PLC
OC4 ALARM
EF4 ALARM
380
SEF4 ALARM
GEN_ALARM
NOC2 ALARM
UC2 ALARM
THM ALARM
OV4 ALARM
UV2 ALARM
ZOV2 ALARM
NOV2 ALARM
OC4-A ALARM
OV4-A ALARM
UV4-A ALARM
EF4 ALARM
SEF4 ALARM
UC2-C ALARM
UV4-C ALARM
GEN_ALARM-A
GEN_ALARM-B
OC4-C ALARM
OV4-C ALARM
382
UC2-B ALARM
UV4-B ALARM
OC4-B ALARM
OV4-B ALARM
381
UC2-A ALARM
383
GEN_ALARM-C
384
ZOV2 ALARM
86
GEN_ALARM-N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.5
Autoreclose
The GRD140 provides a multi-shot (five shots) autoreclosing scheme applied for one-circuit
breaker:
Three phase autoreclosing scheme for all shots
Integrated synchronism check function for autoreclosing
Autoreclosing counter
The autoreclosing (ARC) can be initialized by OC1 to OC4, EF1 to EF4, SEF1-S1 to SEF4 trip
signals or external trip signals via PLC signals EXT_, as determined by scheme switches
[-INIT]. Trip signals are selected to be used or not used for ARC, by setting [-INIT] to
On or NA respectively. If a trip signal is used to block ARC, then [-INIT] is set to
BLK. ARC can also be blocked by the PLC signal ARC_BLOCK.
Three-phase autoreclosing is provided for all shots, regardless of whether the fault is single-phase
or multi-phase. Autoreclosing can be programmed to provide any number of shots, from one to
five. In each case, if the first shot fails, then all subsequent shots apply three-phase tripping and
reclosing.
To disable autoreclosing, scheme switch [ARCEN] is set to "Off".
The GRD140 also provides a manual close function. The manual close can be performed by
setting the PLC signal MANUAL_CLOSE.
2.5.1
Scheme Logic
Figure 2.5.1 shows the simplified scheme logic for the autoreclose. Autoreclose becomes ready
when the circuit breaker is closed and ready for autoreclose (CB READY=1), the on-delay timer
TRDY is picked up, and the [ARCEN] is set to "ON". TRDY is used to determine the reclaim time.
If the autoreclose is ready, then reclosing can be activated by the PLC signal ARC_INIT,
EXT_TRIP-A, EXT_TRIP-B, EXT_TRIP-C or EXT_TRIP, etc.
Auto-reclose condition such as voltage and synchronism check VCHK, etc., can be offered by
PLC signals ARC-S_COND.
Once autoreclose is activated, it is maintained by a flip-flop circuit until one reclosing cycle is
completed.
Autoreclose success (ARC SUCCESS) or fail (ARC FAIL) can be displayed as an event record
message by the event record setting.
Multi-shot autoreclose
Regardless of the tripping mode, three-phase reclose is performed. If the [ARCEN] is set to "On",
the dead time counter TD1 for three-phase reclosing is started. After the dead time has elapsed,
reclosing command ARC-SHOT is initiated.
Multi-shot autoreclose can be executed up to four times after the first-shot autoreclose fails. The
multi-shot mode, one to five shots, is set with the scheme switch [ARC-NUM].
During multi-shot reclosing, the dead time counter TD2 for the second shot is activated if the first
shot autoreclose is performed, but tripping occurs again. Second shot autoreclose is performed
after the period of time set on TD2 has elapsed. At this time, outputs of the step counter are: SP1 =
1, SP2 = 0, SP3 = 0, SP4 = 0 and SP5 = 0.
Autoreclose is completed at this step if the two shots mode is selected for the multi-shot mode. In
this case, tripping following a "reclose-onto-a-fault" becomes the final trip (ARC FT = 1).
87
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
If three shot mode is selected for the multi-shot mode, autoreclose is further retried after the above
tripping occurs. At this time, the TD3 is started. The third shot autoreclose is performed after the
period of time set on the TD3 has elapsed. At this time, outputs of the step counter are: SP1 = 0,
SP2 = 1, SP3 = 0, SP4 = 0 and SP5 = 0.
The three shot mode of autoreclose is then completed, and tripping following a
"reclose-onto-a-fault" becomes the final trip (ARC FT = 1).
When four or five shot autoreclose is selected, autoreclose is further retried once again for tripping
that occurs after "reclose-onto-a-fault". This functions in the same manner as the three shot
autoreclose.
If a fault occurs under the following conditions, the final trip is performed and autoreclose is
blocked.
Reclosing block signal is applied.
During the reclaim time
Auto-reclose condition by PLC signals ARC-S_COND is not completed.
In the OC, EF and SE protections, each tripping is selected by setting [OC-TP], [EF-TP]
or [SE-TP] to any one of Inst(instantaneous trip), Set(delayed trip by T and [M]
setting) or Off(blocked). (See Section 2.3.)
PLC default setting
BI3 COMMAND
401
TRDY
t
0
1605 ARC_READY
&
&
0.0-600.0s
[ARCEN]
+
"ON"
TP1
S
F/F
R
VCHK
402
ARC IN-PROG
&
ARC-S1
ARC-SHOT1
S
F/F
R
1648 ARC-S1_COND
TD1
t
0
0.01-300.00s
TR1
t
0
EXT TRIP
404
&
Coordination
ARC-FT
0.01-310.00s
Autoreclose initiation
&
ARC-S2
ARC-SHOT2
VCHK
S
F/F
R
TD2
t
0
0.01-300.00s
405
&
ARC-SHOT1
1649 ARC-S2_COND
TR2
t
0
ARC-SHOT2
ARC-SHOT3 1
ARC-FT
0.01-310.00s
&
ARC-S3
ARC-SHOT3
VCHK
S
F/F
R
1650 ARC-S3_COND
TD3
t
0
0.01-300.00s
TR3
t
0
ARC-SHOT4
406 ARC-SHOT5
&
ARC-FT
0.01-310.00s
&
ARC-S4
ARC-SHOT1
1
ARC-SUCCESS
VCHK
ARC FAIL
S
F/F
R
1651 ARC-S4_COND
TD4
t
0
0.01-300.00s
TR4
t
0
ARC-FT
407
&
ARC-FT
0.01-310.00s
Reset
TRSET
t
0
CB CLOSE
TARCP
t
0
&
0.01-300.00s
&
ARC-S5
ARC-SHOT5
&
VCHK
S
F/F
R
1652 ARC-S5_COND
TD5
t
0
0.01-300.00s
0.1-600.0s
TR5
t
0
TRCOV
0
t
0.01-310.00s
0.1-600.0s
STEP COUNTER
SHOT NUM1
SP0
ARC-S1
CLK SP1
SHOT NUM2
1
ARC-S2
SHOT NUM3
SP2
ARC-S3
SHOT NUM4
SP3
ARC-S4
SHOT NUM5
SP4
ARC-S5
SP5
SHOT NUM6
408
&
ARC-FT
&
1607 MANUAL_CLOSE
88
TW
1
403
ARC-SHOT
0.01-10.00s
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Autoreclose initiation
PLC signal input ARC-READY(CB& 63condition: default setting) is alive and Reclaim time
TRDY has elapsed and Scheme switch [ARCEN] is set to "On," then autoreclose initiation is
ready. The reclaim time is selected by setting [TRDY] to 0.0-600.0s.
Autoreclose initiation can consist of the following trips. Whether autoreclose initiation is active or
not is selected by setting [-INIT].
- OC1 to OC4 trip
- EF1 to EF4 trip
- SEF1 to SEF4 trip
Setting [-INIT] = NA / On / Block
NA: Autoreclose initiation is not active.
On : Autoreclose initiation is active.
Block: Autoreclose is blocked.
EXT_TRIP-(External autoreclose initiation) or ARC_INIT is autoreclose initiation by PLC
signal input. Whether autoreclose initiation is active or not is selected by setting [EXT-INIT].
Setting [EXT-INIT] = NA / On / Block
PLC default setting
BI3 COMMAND
1605 ARC_READY
[ARCEN]
+
"ON"
1628 EXT_TRIP-A
1629 EXT_TRIP-B
1630 EXT_TRIP-C
TRDY
t
0
0.0-600.0s
401
&
&
&
&
&
1631 EXT_TRIP
&
ARC initiation
TP1
1 cycle
-INIT = ON
1606 ARC_INIT
1608 ARC_NO_ACT
RS-ARCBLK
400
&
ARC_BLK_OR
&
[EXT-INIT]
+
BI4 COMMAND
1604 ARC_BLOCK
ON
BLK
&
-INIT = BLK
89
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
&
TD1
t
0
F/F
ARCS1
0.01-300.00s
ARC-SHOT1
&
ARC-SHOT1
&
VCHK
1648 ARC-S1_COND
TD2
t
0
ARC-SHOT5
VCHK
TD3
t
0
F/F
S3
1649 ARC-S2_COND
&
0.01-300.00s
TD4
t
0
ARC-SHOT3
&
1650 ARC-S3_COND
VCHK
&
F/F
0.01-300.00s
S4
ARC-SHOT
0.01-10.00s
0.01-300.00s
ARC-SHOT2
&
ARC-SHOT4
TW
1
&
F/F
S2
ARC-SHOT2 1
ARC-SHOT3
ARC-SHOT4
1651 ARC-S4_COND
VCHK
TD5
&
&
F/F
0.01-300.00s
S5
VCHK
ARC-SHOT5
1652 ARC-S5_COND
90
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
RS-ARCBLK
&
CB CLOSE
TRSET
t
0
&
ARC_RESET
0.01-300.00s
ARC_IN-PROG
TRCOV
0
t
ARC_SHOT
&
0.1-600.0s
1579 MANUAL_CLOSE
2.5.2
live
live
dead
dead
live
dead
live
dead
The synchronism check is performed for voltage mode 1 while the voltage check is performed for
voltage modes 2 and 3.
The mode 4 is used for manual closing.
91
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
[VCHK]
"OFF"
"LD"
"DL"
"DD"
OVB
&
UVB
536
OVL
533
SYN
532
414
VCHK_LBDL
&
1
415
VCHK_DBLL
&
416
VCHK_DBDL
&
413
VCHK_SYN
0.01 - 10.00S
TDBDL
&
535
0.01 - 10.00S
TDBLL
&
UVL
" S"
TLBDL
534
412
VCHK
0.01 - 10.00S
TSYN
t
0.01 10.00S
Figure 2.5.6 shows the energising control scheme. The voltage and synchronism check output
signal VCHK is generated when the following conditions have been established;
Synchronism check element SYN operates and on-delay timer TSYN is picked up.
Busbar overvoltage detector OVB and line undervoltage detector UVL operate, and
on-delay timer TLBDL is picked up. (This detects live bus and dead line condition.)
Busbar undervoltage detector UVB and line overvoltage detector OVL operate, and
on-delay timer TDBLL is picked up. (This detects dead bus and live line condition.)
Using the scheme switch [VCHK], the energising direction can be selected.
Setting of [VCHK]
Energising control
LD
Reclosed under "live bus and dead line" condition or with synchronism check
DL
Reclosed under "dead bus and live line" condition or with synchronism check
DD
SY
OFF
When [VCHK] is set to "LD", the line is energised in the direction from the busbar to line under
"live bus and dead line" condition. When [VCHK] is set to "DL", the line is energised in the
direction from the line to busbar under "dead bus and live line" condition. When [VCHK] is set to
"DD", the line is under "dead bus and dead line" condition.
When a synchronism check output exists, autoreclose is executed regardless of the scheme switch
position.
When [VCHK] is set to "S", a three-phase autoreclose is performed with the synchronism check
only.
When [VCHK] is set to "OFF", three-phase autoreclose is performed without voltage and
synchronism check.
92
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The voltage and synchronism check requires a single-phase voltage from the busbar and the line.
Additionally, it is not necessary to fix the phase of the reference voltage.
To match the busbar voltage and line voltage for the voltage and synchronism check option
mentioned above, the GRD140 has the following three switches and VT ratio settings as shown in
Figure 2.5.7.
[VTPHSEL]: This switch is used to match the voltage phases. If the A-phase voltage or
A-phase to B-phase voltage is used as a reference voltage, "A" is selected.
[VT-RATE]: This switch is used to match the magnitude and phase angle. "PH-G" is
selected when the reference voltage is a single-phase voltage while "PH-PH" is
selected when it is a phase-to-phase voltage.
[3PH-VT]:
"Bus"; - The three phase voltages (Va, Vb, Vc) are Busbar voltage (VB).
- The reference voltage (Ves) is Line voltage(VL).
"Line"; - The three phase voltages (Va, Vb, Vc) are Line voltage (VL).
- The reference voltage (Ves) is Busbar voltage(VB).
Three phase
voltages
Reference
voltage
Va
Vb
Voltage check
&
Synchronism check
Vc
Ves
[VTPHSEL]
+
+
+
"A"
"B"
"C"
[VT - RATE]
+
+
"PH-PH"
"PH-G"
[3PH - VT]
+
+
"Bus"
"Line"
93
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
VLLine voltage
(Incoming voltage)
Dead bus and
live line
OVL
A, C, D: Voltage check
B: Synchronism check
Dead bus and
dead line
UVL
C
0V
D
UVB
VB Busbar voltage
(Runningvoltage)
OVB
The synchronism check element SYN is composed of the following check functions:
-
SYN(SYN): checks the phase angle difference between the line voltage (incoming
voltage) and the busbar voltage (running voltage)
SYNV(SYNDV): checks the voltage difference between the line voltage (incoming
voltage) and the busbar voltage (running voltage)
SYNf(SYNDf): checks the frequency difference between the line voltage (incoming
voltage) and the busbar voltage (running voltage)
The SYN is configured by these detectors as shown in Figure 2.5.9. The SYNf can be disabled by
the scheme switch [DfEN].
SYN
&
SYNUV/OV
&
SYN
OUTPUT
SYNV
SYNf
+ "Off"
[DfEN]
"On"
Figure 2.5.10 shows the characteristics of the synchronism check element used for the autoreclose
if the line and busbar are live.
The synchronism check element operates if both the voltage difference and phase angle difference
are within their setting values.
94
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
S = SYN setting
VL
s
VB
SYNOV
SYNUV
For the element SYN, the voltage difference is checked by the following equations.
SYNOV VB SYNUV
SYNOV VL SYNUV
V = |VL VB| Vs
where,
Vs = Voltage difference setting
VB = busbar voltage
VL = line voltage
SYNOV = lower voltage setting
SYNUV = upper voltage setting
V = Voltage difference
The frequency difference is checked by the following equations.
f = |fVL1 fVB| fs
where,
fVB = frequency of VB
fVL = frequency of VL
f = frequency difference
fs= frequency difference setting
The phase difference is checked by the following equations.
VB VL cos 0
VB VL sin (SYNS) VB VL sin
where,
= phase difference between VB and VL
SYNs = phase difference setting
Note:
The relay can directly detect a slip cycle (frequency difference f) if f is not used.
When the phase difference setting SYNs and the synchronism check time setting
TSYN are given a detected maximum slip cycle is determined using the following
equation:
f=
SYNs
180TSYN
95
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
where,
f = slip cycle
SYNs = phase difference setting (degree)
TSYN = setting of synchronism check timer TSYN (second)
2.5.3
Sequence Coordination
When two or more relays protect the same feeder their sequences (trip shot number) must be
coordinated. Considering the diagram as shown in Figure 2.5.11, relays A and B protect the same
feeder and both are programmed for 2 instantaneous and 2 IDMT trips. Both relays A and B see
the permanent fault at Fault F, and relays operate with instantaneous protection for 1st trip (at
SHOT NUM1) and 2nd trip (at SHOT NUM2).
3rd trip (at SHOT NUM3) is delayed, and the relays have different IDMT settings, so that relay B
only operates. Relay A does not trip and autoreclose, and judges the autoreclose succeeded. It
reclaims and returns to the beginning of its autoreclose cycle (= SHOT NUM1). Next, though the
relay B will attempt the delayed 4th trip (at SHOT NUM4), then mal-instantaneous trip will be
done by the relay A. In this case, the sequence co-ordination function is applied and the trip shot
number is coordinated as shown in Figure 2.5.12. The trip shot number is coordinated by the
operation of OC, EF or SEF element. The sensitivity (OC, EF or SEF) and the scheme switch
([COORD-OC], [COORD-EF] or [COORD-SE]) are set (See Section 2.5.4).
A
A:GRD140
B:GRD140
Figure 2.5.11
Fault F
Relay Location
Co-ordination disabled:
1st trip 2nd trip
(Inst)
(Inst)
Relay A
No trip
Relay B
Co-ordination enabled:
No trip
No trip
Relay A
4th trip
(IDMT)
Relay B
Figure 2.5.12
96
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2.5.4
Setting
The setting elements necessary for the autoreclose and their setting ranges are shown in the table
below.
Element
ARC
TRDY
TD1
TR1
TD2
TR2
TD3
TR3
TD4
TR4
TD5
TR5
TW
TSUC
TRCOV
TARCP
TRSET
OVB
UVB
OVL
UVL
SYNUV
SYNOV
SYNDV
SYN
SYNDf
TSYN
TLBDL
TDBLL
TDBDL
[ARCEN]
[ARC-NUM]
[VCHK]
[DfEN]
[VTPHSEL]
[VT-RATE]
[3PH-VT]
[OC1-INIT]
[OC1-TP1]
[OC1-TP2]
[OC1-TP3]
[OC1-TP4]
[OC1-TP5]
[OC1-TP6]
[OC2-INIT]
[OC2-TP1]
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
0.0 600.0 s
0.01 300.00 s
0.01 310.00 s
0.01 300.00 s
0.01 310.00 s
0.01 300.00 s
0.01 310.00 s
0.01 300.00 s
0.01 310.00 s
0.01 300.00 s
0.01 310.00 s
0.01 10.00 s
0.1 600.0 s
0.1 600.0 s
0.1 600.0 s
0.01 300.00 s
10 - 150 V
10 - 150 V
10 - 150 V
10 - 150 V
10 - 150 V
10 - 150 V
0 - 150 V
5 - 75
0.01 2.00 Hz
0.01 - 10.00 s
0.01 - 10.00 s
0.01 - 10.00 s
0.01 - 10.00 s
Off/On
S1/S2/S3/S4/S5
Off/LD/DL/DD/S
Off/On
A/B/C
PH-G / PH-PH
Bus / Line
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
0.1 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.1 s
0.1 s
0.1 s
0.01 s
1V
1V
1V
1V
1V
1V
1V
1
0.01 Hz
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
0.01 s
60.0 s
10.00 s
310.00 s
10.00 s
310.00 s
10.00 s
310.00 s
10.00 s
310.00 s
10.00 s
310.00 s
2.00 s
3.0 s
10.0 s
10.0 s
3.00 s
51 V
13 V
51 V
13 V
83 V
51 V
150 V
30
1.00 Hz
1.00 s
0.05 s
0.05 s
0.05 s
On
S1
Off
Off
A
PH-G
Line
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
Reclaim time
1st shot dead time
1st shot reset time
2nd shot dead time
2nd shot reset time
3rd shot dead time
3rd shot reset time
4th shot dead time
4th shot reset time
5th shot dead time
5th shot reset time
Output pulse time
Autoreclose succeed judgement time
Autoreclose recovery time after final trip
Autoreclose pause time after manually closing
Autoreclose reset time
Live bus check
Dead bus check
Live line check
Dead line check
UV element of synchronism check
OV element of synchronism check
Voltage difference for SYN
Synchronism check (phase angle difference)
Frequency difference check for SYN
Synchronism check time (Live-bus & Live-line)
Voltage check time (Live-bus & Dead-line)
Voltage check time (dead-bus & Live-line)
Voltage check time (Dead-bus & Dead-line)
Autoreclose enable
Autoreclosing shot number
Autoreclosing voltage check
Frequency difference checking enable
VT phase selection
VT rating
3-phase VT location
Autoreclose initiation by OC1
OC1 trip mode of 1st trip
OC1 trip mode of 2nd trip
OC1 trip mode of 3rd trip
OC1 trip mode of 4th trip
OC1 trip mode of 5th trip
OC1 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by OC2
OC2 trip mode of 1st trip
97
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Element
[OC2-TP2]
[OC2-TP3]
[OC2-TP4]
[OC2-TP5]
[OC2-TP6]
[OC3-INIT]
[OC3-TP1]
[OC3-TP2]
[OC3-TP3]
[OC3-TP4]
[OC3-TP5]
[OC3-TP6]
[OC4-INIT]
[OC4-TP1]
[OC4-TP2]
[OC4-TP3]
[OC4-TP4]
[OC4-TP5]
[OC4-TP6]
[EF1-INIT]
[EF1-TP1]
[EF1-TP2]
[EF1-TP3]
[EF1-TP4]
[EF1-TP5]
[EF1-TP6]
[EF2-INIT]
[EF2-TP1]
[EF2-TP2]
[EF2-TP3]
[EF2-TP4]
[EF2-TP5]
[EF2-TP6]
[EF3-INIT]
[EF3-TP1]
[EF3-TP2]
[EF3-TP3]
[EF3-TP4]
[EF3-TP5]
[EF3-TP6]
[EF4-INIT]
[EF4-TP1]
[EF4-TP2]
[EF4-TP3]
[EF4-TP4]
[EF4-TP5]
[EF4-TP6]
[SE1-INIT]
[SE1-TP1]
[SE1-TP2]
[SE1-TP3]
Range
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
NA/A1/A2/BLK
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
OFF/INST/SET
Step
Default
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
SET
NA
SET
SET
SET
98
Remarks
OC2 trip mode of 2nd trip
OC2 trip mode of 3rd trip
OC2 trip mode of 4th trip
OC2 trip mode of 5th trip
OC2 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by OC3
OC3 trip mode of 1st trip
OC3 trip mode of 2nd trip
OC3 trip mode of 3rd trip
OC3 trip mode of 4th trip
OC3 trip mode of 5th trip
OC3 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by OC4
OC4 trip mode of 1st trip
OC4 trip mode of 2nd trip
OC4 trip mode of 3rd trip
OC4 trip mode of 4th trip
OC4 trip mode of 5th trip
OC4 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by EF1
EF1 trip mode of 1st trip
EF1 trip mode of 2nd trip
EF1 trip mode of 3rd trip
EF1 trip mode of 4th trip
EF1 trip mode of 5th trip
EF1 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by EF2
EF2 trip mode of 1st trip
EF2 trip mode of 2nd trip
EF2 trip mode of 3rd trip
EF2 trip mode of 4th trip
EF2 trip mode of 5th trip
EF2 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by EF3
EF3 trip mode of 1st trip
EF3 trip mode of 2nd trip
EF3 trip mode of 3rd trip
EF3 trip mode of 4th trip
EF3 trip mode of 5th trip
EF3 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by EF4
EF4 trip mode of 1st trip
EF4 trip mode of 2nd trip
EF4 trip mode of 3rd trip
EF4 trip mode of 4th trip
EF4 trip mode of 5th trip
EF4 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclose initiation by SE1
SE1 trip mode of 1st trip
SE1 trip mode of 2nd trip
SE1 trip mode of 3rd trip
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Element
[SE1-TP4]
[SE1-TP5]
[SE1-TP6]
[SE2-INIT]
[SE2-TP1]
[SE2-TP2]
[SE2-TP3]
[SE2-TP4]
[SE2-TP5]
[SE2-TP6]
[SE3-INIT]
[SE3-TP1]
[SE3-TP2]
[SE3-TP3]
[SE3-TP4]
[SE3-TP5]
[SE3-TP6]
[SE4-INIT]
[SE4-TP1]
[SE4-TP2]
[SE4-TP3]
[SE4-TP4]
[SE4-TP5]
[SE4-TP6]
[EXT-INIT]
[COORD-OC]
[COORD-EF]
[COORD-SE]
OC-CO
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE1 trip mode of 4th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE1 trip mode of 5th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE1 trip mode of 6th trip
NA/A1/A2/BLK
NA
Autoreclose initiation by SE2
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE2 trip mode of 1st trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE2 trip mode of 2nd trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE2 trip mode of 3rd trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE2 trip mode of 4th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE2 trip mode of 5th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE2 trip mode of 6th trip
NA/A1/A2/BLK
NA
Autoreclose initiation by SE3
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE3 trip mode of 1st trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE3 trip mode of 2nd trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE3 trip mode of 3rd trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE3 trip mode of 4th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE3 trip mode of 5th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE3 trip mode of 6th trip
NA/A1/A2/BLK
NA
Autoreclose initiation by SE4
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE4 trip mode of 1st trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE4 trip mode of 2nd trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE4 trip mode of 3rd trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE4 trip mode of 4th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE4 trip mode of 5th trip
OFF/INST/SET
SET
SE4 trip mode of 6th trip
NA/A1/A2/BLK
NA
Autoreclose initiation by external trip command
Off/On
Off
OC-CO relay for Co-ordination
Off/On
Off
EF-CO relay for Co-ordination
Off/On
Off
SEF-CO relay for Co-ordination
0.1 A
5.0 A
OC-CO for co-ordination
0.1 250.0 A
(0.01 A)
(1.00 A)
(0.02 50.00 A) (*)
EF-CO
0.1
A
1.5 A
EF-CO for co-ordination
0.1 250.0 A
(0.01 A)
(0.30 A)
(0.02 50.00 A)
SEF-CO
0.01 A
0.050 A
SEF-CO for co-ordination
0.01 1.00 A
(0.01 A)
(0.010 A)
(0.002 0.200 A)
(*) Current values shown in the parenthesis are in the case of a 1 A rating. Other current values are in
the case of a 5 A rating.
To determine the dead time, it is essential to find an optimal value while taking factors,
de-ionization time and power system stability, into consideration which normally contradict each
other.
Normally, a longer de-ionization time is required as for a higher line voltage or larger fault current.
For three-phase autoreclose, the dead time is generally 15 to 30 cycles.
99
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3. Technical Description
3.1
Hardware Description
3.1.1
SPMD
POWD
HMI
IN SERVI CE
TR IP
ALARM
VIEW
RESET
0V CAN
CEL ENTER
END
100
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DC
supply
Binary
input
AC input
I, V
POWD
ETH
Ethernet LAN I/F
1 or 2
SPMD2
DC/DC
Converter
Photo-coupler
5 or 8
CT 4
(Max)
VT x 4
(Max)
Analogue
filter
Multiplexer
A/D
converter
MPU
RAM
ROM
Remote PC
RS485 or
Optical fibre
port 1
Remote PC
Auxiliary relay
8
Binary output
(Trip
command etc.)
IRIG-B port
External
clock
Human machine
Interface (HMI)
Liquid crystal display
16 characters 2 lines
Operation keys
LEDs
Local
personal
computer
Monitoring
jacks
RS232C
I/F
DC
supply
Binary
input
AC input
POWD
ETH
Ethernet LAN I/F
1
SPMD3
DC/DC
Converter
Photo-coupler
8
CT 4
(Max)
VT x 4
Analogue
filter
Multiplexer
A/D
converter
MPU
Remote PC
RS485 or
Optical fibre
port 1
Remote PC
Auxiliary relay
11
Binary output
(Trip
command etc.)
(Max)
RAM
ROM
IRIG-B port
Human machine
Interface (HMI)
Liquid crystal display
16 characters 2 lines
LEDs
Local
personal
computer
RS232C
I/F
Operation keys
Monitoring
jacks
101
External
clock
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
POWD Module
The POWD module insulates between the internal and external circuits through an auxiliary
transformer and transforms the magnitude of AC input signals to suit the electronic circuits. The
AC input signals may be one to three phase currents and a residual current depending on the relay
model.
This module incorporates max. 4 auxiliary CTs and max. 4 VTs, DC/DC converter and 5 or 8
photo-coupler circuits for binary input signals.
The available input voltage ratings of the DC/DC converter are, 48V, 110V/125V or 220/250V.
The normal range of input voltage is 20% to 20%.
SPMD Module (SPMD2 or SPMD3)
The SPMD module consists of analogue filter, multiplexer, analogue to digital (A/D) converter,
main processing unit (MPU), random access memory (RAM) and read only memory (ROM) and
executes all kinds of processing such as protection, measurement, recording and display.
The analogue filter performs low-pass filtering for the corresponding current signals.
The A/D converter has a resolution of 12 bits and samples input signals at sampling frequencies of
2400 Hz (at 50 Hz) and 2880 Hz (at 60 Hz).
RS485, fibre optic and/or Ethernet LAN serial ports are provided for communication to a remote
PC, and IRIG-B port also can be provided for external clock. Ethernet LAN ports are mounted on
ETH sub-module.
Auxiliary relays for binary output signals are provided.
The SPMD2 module is used for models 110D, 400D and 420D, and incorporates 8 auxiliary relays
(BO1-BO7 and FAIL) for binary output signals. Auxiliary relays BO1 to BO6 are user
configurable output signals and have one normally open and one normally closed contact. BO7 is
also a user-configurable output signal and has one normally open contact. (Refer to Appendix G.)
The auxiliary relay FAIL has one normally open and one normally closed contacts, and operates
when a relay failure or abnormality in the DC circuit is detected.
The SPMD3 module is used for models 401D and 421D, and incorporates 7 auxiliary relays
(BO1-BO6 and FAIL) and 4 high-speed auxiliary relays (HBO1- HBO4) for binary output signals.
BO1 to BO6 and HBO1 to HBO4 are user configurable output signals and have one normally open
contact. (Refer to Appendix G.) The auxiliary relay FAIL has one normally open and one
normally closed contacts, and operates when a relay failure or abnormality in the DC circuit is
detected.
Human Machine Interface (HMI) Module
The operator can access the GRD140 via the human machine interface (HMI) module. As shown
in Figure 3.1.3, the HMI panel has a liquid crystal display (LCD), light emitting diodes (LED),
view and reset keys, operation keys, monitoring jacks and an RS232C connector on the front
panel.
The LCD consists of 16 columns by 2 rows with a back-light and displays recording, status and
setting data.
There are a total of 9 LED indicators and their signal labels and LED colors are defined as follows:
102
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Label
Color
Remarks
IN SERVICE
Green
Lit when the relay is in service and flickered when the relay is in Test menu.
TRIP
Red
ALARM
Red
(LED1)
Yellow
(LED2)
Yellow
(LED3)
Yellow
(LED4)
Yellow
(LED5)
Yellow
(LED6)
Yellow
LED1 to LED6 are user-configurable. Each is driven via a logic gate which can be programmed
for OR gate or AND gate operation. Further, each LED has a programmable reset characteristic,
settable for instantaneous drop-off, or for latching operation. A configurable LED can be
programmed to indicate the OR combination of a maximum of 4 elements, the individual statuses
of which can be viewed on the LCD screen as Virtual LEDs. For the setting, see Section
4.2.6.10. For the operation, see Section 4.2.1.
The TRIP LED and an operated LED if latching operation is selected, must be reset by user, either
by pressing the RESET key, by energising a binary input which has been programmed for
Remote Reset operation, or by a communications command. Other LEDs operate as long as a
signal is present. The RESET key is ineffective for these LEDs. Further, the TRIP LED is
controlled with the scheme switch [AOLED] whether it is lit or not by an output of alarm element
such as OC4 ALARM, EF4 ALARM, etc..
The VIEW key starts the LCD indication and switches between windows. The RESET key
clears the LCD indication and turns off the LCD back-light.
The operation keys are used to display the record, status and setting data on the LCD, input the
settings or change the settings.
The monitoring jacks and two pairs of LEDs, A and B, on top of the jacks can be used while the
test mode is selected in the LCD window. Signals can be displayed on LED A or LED B by
selecting the signal to be observed from the "Signal List" and setting it in the window and the
signals can be transmitted to an oscilloscope via the monitoring jacks. (For the "Signal List", see
Appendix C.)
The RS232C connector is a 9-way D-type connector for serial RS232C connection. This
connector is used for connection with a local personal computer.
103
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Liquid crystal
display
IN SERVICE
TRIP
ALARM
Light emitting
diodes (LED)
VIEW
RESET
Operation keys
Light emitting
diodes (LED)
Monitoring Jacks
RS232C connector
0V CAN
CEL ENTER
END
To a local PC
Screw for cover
104
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.2
AC Input Signals
Table 3.2.1 shows the AC input signals necessary for the GRD140 model and their respective
input terminal numbers. Model 40 and 42 depend on their scheme switch [APPL] setting.
Table 3.2.1 AC Input Signals
[APPLCT] setting
Term. No.
TB1
1-2
TB1
3-4
TB1
5-6
TB1
7-8
VT setting
3P
2P
1P (Model 110)
[APPLVT]=On
setting
[APPLVES]
=Ve setting
[APPLVES]
=Vs setting
A phase
current Ia
A phase
current Ia
---
---
---
---
B phase
current Ib
C phase
current Ic
---
---
---
---
---
C phase
current Ic
Residual
current Ie
Residual current
Ie
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
Zero sequence
Residual
current Ise(*1)
current Ie
or
Zero sequence
current Ise(*1)
Model 110
Zero sequence
current Ise(*1)
TB2
A1-B2
TB2
B1-B2
TB2
A2-B2
---
---
---
A phase voltage
Va
---
---
---
---
---
B phase voltage
Vb
---
---
---
---
---
C phase voltage
Vc
---
---
TB2
A3-B3
---
---
---
---
Residual
voltage Ve
Reference
voltage Vs for
synchronism
check (*2)
Residual
voltage Ve
(*1):
Ise required for SEF elements. In the model 42 and [APPL-CT]=3P, the residual current is
calculated by Ia , Ib and Ic.
(*2): Residual voltage Ve or Reference voltage Vs for synchronism check can be applied.
3.2.2
105
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Logic level inversion function, and pick-up and drop-off delay timer settings are as follow:
Element
Contents
Range
Step
Default
BI1SNS - BI8SNS
Binary switch
Norm/ Inv
BI1PUD - BI8PUD
0.00 - 300.00s
0.01s
0.00
BI1DOD - BI8DOD
0.00 - 300.00s
0.01s
0.00
Norm
The operating voltage of binary input signal is typical 74V DC at 110V/125V DC rating and 138V
DC at 220/250V DC. The minimum operating voltage is 70V DC at 110/125V DC rating and
125V DC at 220/250V DC.
The binary input signals can be programmed to switch between eight settings groups. Change of
active setting group is performed by PLC (Signal No. 2640 to 2647).
Four alarm messages (Alarm1 to Alarm4) can be set. The user can define a text message within 16
characters for each alarm. The messages are valid for any of the input signals BI1 to BI8 by setting.
Then when inputs associated with that alarm are raised, the defined text is displayed on the LCD.
These alarm output signals are signal Nos. 2560 to 2563.
GRD140
(+) ()
BI1
1284
BI1PUD
BI1DOD
BI1
[BI1SNS]
"Norm"
"Inv"
BI2
1285
BI2PUD
BI2DOD
BI2
[BI2SNS]
769
"Norm"
"Inv"
BI8
768
1291
BI8PUD
BI8DOD
[BI8SNS]
775
BI8
"Norm"
"Inv"
0V
3.2.3
106
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
programmed.
The reset time of the tripping output relay following fault clearance can be programmed. The
setting is respective for each output relay.
The signals shown in the signal list in Appendix B can be assigned to the output relays BOs and
HBOs individually or in arbitrary combinations. Signals can be combined using either an AND
circuit or OR circuit with 6 gates each as shown in Figure 3.2.2. The output circuit can be
configured according to the setting menu. Appendix H shows the factory default settings.
Further, each BO (HBO) has a programmable reset characteristic, settable for instantaneous
drop-off Inst, for delayed drop-off Dl, for dwell operation Dw or for latching operation
Latch by the scheme switch [RESET]. The time of the delayed drop-off Dl or dwell operation
Dw can be set by TBO. When Dw selected, the BO outputs for the TBO set time if the input
signal does not continue on the TBO set time. If the input signal continues more, the BO output is
continuous for the input signal time.
When the relay is latched, it can be reset with the RESET key on the relay front panel or a binary
input. This resetting resets all the output relays collectively.
The relay failure contact closes when a relay defect or abnormality in the DC power supply circuit
is detected.
Signal List
&
Appendix B
Auxiliary relay
6 GATES
or
1
1
6 GATES
&
TBO
&
[RESET]
"Dw"
0.00 10.00s
"Dl"
&
"Lat"
S
F/F
R
Reset button
By PLC
768
1639 IND.RESET
BI1_COMMAND
Settings
The setting elements necessary for binary output relays and their setting ranges are as follows:
Element
[RESET]
Range
Inst Dl / Dw /Lat
Step
Default
See Appendix C
TBO
0.00 10.00s
0.01s
See Appendix C
107
Remarks
Output relay reset time. Instantaneous,
delayed, dwell or latched.
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.2.4
108
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.3
Automatic Supervision
3.3.1
3.3.2
Relay Monitoring
The relay is supervised by the following functions.
AC input imbalance monitoring
The AC current input is monitored to check that the following equation is satisfied and the health
of the AC input circuit is verified.
CT circuit current monitoring for [APPL-CT] = 3P setting
109
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
that the A/D conversion characteristics are correct.
Memory monitoring
Memory is monitored as follows, depending on the type of memory, and checks are performed to
verify that memory circuits are healthy:
Random access memory monitoring:
Writes/reads prescribed data and checks the storage function.
Program memory monitoring: Checks the checksum value of the written data.
Setting value monitoring:
Watchdog Timer
A hardware timer that is cleared periodically by the software is provided, which checks that the
software is running normally.
DC Supply Monitoring
The secondary voltage level of the built-in DC/DC converter is monitored, and is checked to see
that the DC voltage is within a prescribed range.
3.3.3
CT Failure Supervision
This function is available for [APPL-CT] = 3P setting only.
Figure 3.3.1 shows the scheme logic of the CT failure supervision (CTFS). If the residual
overcurrent element EFF(EFCF) operates and the residual overvoltage element ZOVF(ZOVCF)
does not operate, CT failure (CTF) is detected. When the CTFS detects a CTF, it can alarm and
block various protections as EF, NOC and UC protections etc.
The CTF signal is reset 100 ms after the CT failure condition has reset. When the CTF continues
for 10s or more, Err: CTF is displayed in LCD message.
If the PLC signal CTF_BLOCK is received, this function is blocked. If the PLC signal EXT_CTF
is received, the CT failure (CTF) is output independently of this CTF function.
This function can be enabled or disabled by the scheme switch [CTFEN] and has a programmable
reset characteristic. For latching operation, set to ON, and for automatic reset after recovery, set
to OPT-ON.
231
EFCF
&
ZOVCF
232
&
&
&
0.015s
0.1s
1
"OPT-ON"
A.M.F. ON
1616 CTF_BLOCK
1
t
10s
CB CLOSE
CB NON BLK
0.2s
1620 EXT_CTF
Figure 3.3.1
CT Failure Supervision
110
385
[CTFEN] "ON"
&
CTF
NON CTF
CTF_ALM
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.3.4
VT Failure Supervision
This function is available for [APPL-VT] = ON settings.
When a fault occurs in the secondary circuit of the voltage transformer (VT), the voltage
dependent measuring elements may operate incorrectly. GRD140 incorporates a VT failure
supervision function (VTFS) as a measure against such incorrect operation. When the VTFS
detects a VT failure, it can alarm and block the following voltage dependent protections by a
binary input.
Directional overcurrent protection
Directional earth fault protection
Directional sensitive earth fault protection
Directional negative overcurrent protection
Undervoltage protection
Zero phase sequence overvoltage protection
Negative phase sequence overvoltage protection
A binary input signal (external VTF) to indicate a miniature circuit breaker trip in the VT circuits
is also available for the VTFS.
Scheme logic
Figure 3.3.2 shows the scheme logic for the VTFS. VT failure is detected by the following two
schemes.
VTF1: The residual overcurrent element EFF(EFVF) does not operate (EFF=0), the residual
overvoltage element ZOVF(ZOVVF) operates (ZOVF=1) and the phase current
change detection element OCDF(OCDVF) does not operate (OCDF=0).
VTF2: The phase undervoltage element UVF(UVVF) operates (UVF=1) when the three
phases of the circuit breaker are closed (CB CLOSE=1) and the phase current change
detection element OCDF(OCDVF) does not operate (OCDF=0).
In order to prevent detection of false VT failures due to unequal pole closing of the circuit breaker,
the VTFS is blocked for 200 ms after line energization.
The VTF signal is reset 100 ms after the VT failure condition has reset. When the VTF continues
for 10s or more, Err: VTF1 or Err: VTF2 is displayed in LCD message.
If the PLC signal VTF_BLOCK is received, this function is blocked. If the PLC signal EXT_VTF
is received, the VT failure (VTF) is output independently of this VTF function.
This function can be enabled or disabled by the scheme switch [VTF1EN] or [VTF2EN] and has a
programmable reset characteristic. For latching operation, set to ON, and for automatic reset
after recovery, set to OPT-ON.
111
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
t
A
UVF
234
235
A
OCDF B
C
239
VTF1 ALM
10s
236
&
387
&
237
238
[VTF1EN]
233
240
0.1s
S
F/F
R
&
"ON"
"OPT-ON"
0.015s
&
&
1
1
1
&
1
EFVF
&
&
0.015s
[VTF2EN]
&
"ON"
388
&
386
VTF
NON VTF
VTF2 ALM
10s
241
242
NON VTF1
0.1s
CB CLOSE
ZOVVF
VTF1
VTF2
NON VTF2
0.1s
"OPT-ON"
CB NON BLK
A.M.F. ON
1617 VTF_BLOCK
1634 EXT_VTF
Figure 3.3.2
3.3.5
VT Failure Supervision
Trip
output
1632 TC_FAIL
CB CLOSE
[TCSPEN]
CB trip coil
Figure 3.3.3
"OPT-ON"
1
&
&
0.4s
1
"ON"
112
1270
TCSV
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.3.6
Circuit breaker state monitoring is provided for checking the health of circuit breaker (CB). If two
binary inputs are programmed to the functions CB_N/O_CONT and CB_N/C_CONT, then the
CB state monitoring function becomes active. In normal circumstances these inputs are in opposite
states. Figure 3.3.4 shows the scheme logic. If both show the same state during five seconds, then
a CB state alarm CBSV operates and Err:CB and CB err are displayed in LCD message and
event record message respectively.
The monitoring can be enabled or disabled by setting the scheme switch [CBSMEN].
1633 CB_N/O_CONT
=1
&
1271
CBSV
5.0s
1634 CB_N/C_CONT
[CBSMEN]
"ON"
Normally open and normally closed contacts of the CB are connected to binary inputs BIm and
BIn respectively, and functions of BIm and BIn are assigned to CB_N/O_CONT and
CB_N/C_CONT by PLC.
Circuit Breaker Condition Monitoring
Periodic maintenance of CB is required for checking of the trip circuit, the operation mechanism
and the interrupting capability. Generally, maintenance is based on a time interval or a number of
fault current interruptions.
The following CB condition monitoring functions are provided to determine the time for
maintenance of CB:
Trip is counted for maintenance of the trip circuit and CB operation mechanism. The trip
counter increments the number of tripping operations performed. An alarm is issued and
informs user of time for maintenance when the count exceeds a user-defined setting TCALM.
The trip count alarm can be enabled or disabled by setting the scheme switch [TCAEN].
The counter can be initiated by PLC signals TP_COUNT and TP_COUNT-. The default
setting is the TP_COUNT is assigned to the GEN_TRIP signal.
Sum of the broken current quantity Iy is counted for monitoring the interrupting capability of
CB. The Iy counter increments the value of current to the power y, recorded at the time of
issue of the tripping signal, on a phase by phase basis. For oil circuit breakers, the dielectric
withstand of the oil generally decreases as a function of I2t, and maintenance such as oil
changes, etc., may be required. I is the fault current broken by CB. t is the arcing time
within the interrupter tank and it cannot be determined accurately. Therefore, y is normally
set to 2 to monitor the broken current squared. For other circuit breaker types, especially those
for HV systems, y may be set lower, typically 1.0. An alarm is issued when the count for any
phase exceeds a user-defined setting IyALM. This feature is not available in GRD140-110.
The Iy count alarm can be enabled or disabled by setting the scheme switch [IyAEN].
The counter can be initiated by PLC signals SGM_IY_A to SGM_IY_C. The default setting is
the SGM_IY_A to SGM_IY_C are assigned to the GEN_TRIP signal.
113
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Operating time monitoring is provided for CB mechanism maintenance. It checks CB
operating time and the need for mechanism maintenance is informed if the CB operation is
slow. The operating time monitor records the time between issuing the tripping signal and the
phase currents falling to zero. An alarm is issued when the operating time for any phase
exceeds a user-defined setting OPTALM. The operating time is set in relation to the specified
interrupting time of the CB. The operating time alarm can be enabled or disabled by setting the
scheme switch [OPTAEN].
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
Failure Alarms
When a failure is detected by the automatic supervision, it is followed with an LCD message, LED
indication, external alarm and event recording. Table 3.3.1 summarizes the supervision items and
alarms.
The LCD messages are shown on the "Auto-supervision" screen, which is displayed automatically
when a failure is detected or displayed by pressing the VIEW key. The event record messages
are shown on the "Event record" screen by opening the "Record" sub-menu.
114
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
LCD Message
LED
"IN
SERVICE"
LED
"ALARM"
External
alarm
AC input imbalance
monitoring
Err:CT, Err:V0,
Err:V2 (1)
On/Off (2)
On
(4)
Err:A/D
Off
On
(4)
Relay fail
Memory monitoring
Err:SUM, Err:RAM,
Err:BRAM, Err:EEP
Off
On
(4)
Relay fail
----
Off
On
(4)
----
DC supply monitoring
Err:DC
Off
(3)
Off
Relay fail-A
Err:TC
On
On
Off
CB state monitoring
Err:CB
On
On
Off
ALM:TP COUNT
On
On
Off
TP COUNT ALM,
Relay fail-A
ALM: OP time
On
On
Off
Iy count alarm
ALM:IY
On
On
Off
CT failure supervision
Err:CTF
On
On
Off
VT failure supervision
Err:VTF1, Err:VTF2
On
On
Off
On
On
(4)
Relay fail-A
Err: GOOSE
On
On
(4)
Relay fail-A
Err: Ping
On
On
(4)
Relay fail-A
Watchdog Timer
CB condition monitoring
Trip count alarm
Operating time alarm
(1): Various messages are provided as expressed with "Err:---" in the table in Section 6.7.2.
(2): The LED is on when the scheme switch [CTSVEN], [V0SVEN] or [V2SVEN] is set to "ALM"
and off when set to "ALM & BLK" (refer to Section 3.3.6). The message "Relay fail-A" is
recorded when the scheme switch [SVCNT] is set to "ALM".
(3): Whether the LED is lit or not depends on the degree of the voltage drop.
(4): The binary output relay "FAIL" operates.
The failure alarm and the relationship between the LCD message and the location of the failure is
shown in Table 6.7.1 in Section 6.7.2.
3.3.8
Trip Blocking
When a failure is detected by the following supervision items, the trip function is blocked as long
as the failure exists, and is restored when the failure is removed.
A/D accuracy check
Memory monitoring
Watchdog Timer
When a fault is detected by the AC input imbalance monitoring, the scheme switches [CTSVEN],
[V0SVEN] and [V2SVEN] setting can be used to determine if both tripping is blocked and an
alarm is output, or if only an alarm is output.
115
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.3.9
Setting
The setting element necessary for the automatic supervision and its setting range are shown in the
table below.
Element
CTF supervision
EFF
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
0.1 - 25.0 A
( 0.02 - 5.00 A
5.0 130.0 V
0.1 A
0.01 A
0.1 V
1.0 A
0.20 A) (*)
20.0 V
0.1 V
51.0 V
[CTFEN]
[VTF1EN]
[VTF2EN]
[CTSVEN]
[V0SVEN]
[V2SVEN]
[TCSPEN]
[CBSMEN]
5.0 130.0 V
0.5 A (Fixed)
( 0.1 A (Fixed) )
Off/On/OPT-On
Off/On/OPT-On
Off/On/OPT-On
Off/ALM&BLK/ALM
Off/ALM&BLK/ALM
Off/ALM&BLK/ALM
Off/On/OPT-On
Off/On
Off
Off
Off
ALM
ALM
ALM
Off
Off
CTF supervision
VTF1 supervision
VTF2 supervision
AC input imbalance monitoring (current)
AC input imbalance monitoring (Vo)
AC input imbalance monitoring (V2)
Trip circuit supervision
CB condition supervision
[TCAEN]
OFF/ON
OFF
[IyAEN]
OFF/ON
OFF
Iy count alarm
[OPTAEN]
OFF/ON
OFF
TCALM
1 - 10000
10000
IyALM
10 10000 E6
E6
10000
YVALUE
1.0 2.0
0.1
2.0
y value setting
OPTALM
100 5000 ms
10 ms
1000 ms
ZOVF
VTF supervision
UVF
OCDF
(*) Current values shown in the parentheses are in the case of 1 A rating. Other current values are in
the case of 5 A rating.
When setting the ZOVF and EFF, the maximum detection sensitivity of each element should be
set with a margin of 15 to 20% taking account of variations in the system voltage, the asymmetry
of the primary system and CT and VT error.
116
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.4
Recording Function
The GRD140 is provided with the following recording functions:
Fault recording
Event recording
Disturbance recording
Counters
These records are displayed on the LCD screen of the relay front panel or on the local or remote
PC.
3.4.1
Fault Recording
Fault recording is started by a tripping command of the GRD140 and the following items are
recorded for one fault:
Date and time
Trip mode
Operating phase
Fault location
Relevant events
Power system quantities
User configurable initiation
User can configure four fault record triggers (Signal No.:2624 to 2627) by PLC. Any of input
signals as shown in Appendix B is assigned to these fault record trigger signals.
Up to the 8 most-recent faults are stored as fault records. If a new fault occurs when 8 faults have
been stored, the record of the oldest fault is deleted and the record of the latest fault is then stored.
Date and time occurrence
This is the time at which a tripping command has been initiated. The time resolution is 1 ms using
the relay internal clock.
Trip mode
This shows the protection scheme such as OC1, EF1, UV1 etc. that output the tripping command.
Operating phase
The distance to the fault point calculated by the fault locator is recorded.
The distance is expressed in km and as a percentage (%) of the line length.
Relevant events
Such events as autoreclose, re-tripping following the reclose-on-to-a fault or autoreclose are
recorded with time-tags.
Power system quantities
The following power system quantities in pre-faults and post-faults are recorded.
-
117
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.4.2
Magnitude and phase angle of symmetrical component voltage (V1, V2, V0)
Magnitude and phase angle of zero sequence voltage which is measured directly in the form of
the system residual voltage or of reference voltage for synchronism check (Ves)
Magnitude and phase angle of symmetrical component current (I1, I2, I0)
Magnitude and phase angle of zero sequence current from residual circuit (Ie)
Magnitude and phase angle of zero sequence current from core balance CT (Ise) for model 110
and 420 series
Frequency (f)
Event Recording
The events shown are recorded with a 1 ms resolution time-tag when the status changes. Up to
1024 records can be stored. If an additional event occurs when 1024 records have been stored, the
oldest event record is deleted and the latest event record is then stored.
The user can set a maximum of 128 recording items, and their status change mode. The event
items can be assigned to a signal number in the signal list. The status change mode is set to On
(only recording On transitions) or On/Off(recording both On and Off transitions) mode by
setting. The On/Off mode events are specified by Bi-trigger events setting. If the Bi-trigger
events is set to 100, No.1 to 100 events are On/Off mode and No.101 to 128 events are On
mode.
The name of an event can be set by RSM100. Maximum 22 characters can be set, but the LCD
displays only 11 characters. Therefore, it is recommended the maximum 11 characters are set. The
set name can be viewed on the Set.(view) screen.
The elements necessary for event recording and their setting ranges are shown in the table below.
The default setting of event record is shown in Appendix G.
3.4.3
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
BITRN
0 - 128
100
EV1 EV128
0 - 3071
Disturbance Recording
Disturbance recording is started when the overcurrent starter element operates or a tripping
command is initiated. Further, disturbance recording is started when a start command by the PLC
is initiated. The user can configure four disturbance record triggers (Signal No.:2632 to 2635) by
PLC.
The records include maximum 8 analogue signals as shown in Table 3.4.1, 32 binary signals and
the dates and times at which recording started. Any binary signal shown in Appendix C can be
assigned by the binary signal setting of disturbance record.
118
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Model 110
APPL setting
APPLCT = 1P
CT
APPLCT = 2P
Ie(I0), Ise(I0)
APPLCT = 3P
VT
APPLVT = ON,
APPLVES = Off
Model 400
Model 420
I0
Ie(I0), Ise(I0)
Va, Vb, Vc
Va, Vb, Vc
Ve(V0)
APPLVT = On,
APPLVES = Ve or Vs
The LCD display only shows the dates and times of disturbance records stored. Details can be
displayed on a PC. For how to obtain disturbance records on the PC, see the PC software
instruction manual.
The pre-fault recording time is fixed at 0.3s and post-fault recording time can be set between 0.1
and 5.0s.
The number of records stored depends on the post-fault recording time. The approximate
relationship between the post-fault recording time and the number of records stored is shown in
Table 3.4.2.
Note: If the recording time setting is changed, the records stored so far are deleted.
Table 3.4.2 Post Fault Recording Time and Number of Disturbance Records Stored
Recording time
0.1s
1.0s
2.0s
3.0s
3.5s
4.0s
4.5s
5.0s
50Hz
40
14
60Hz
38
11
119
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Settings
The elements necessary for initiating a disturbance recording and their setting ranges are shown in
the table below.
Element
Range
Step
Default
Remarks
Time
0.1-5.0 s
0.1 s
2.0
OC
0.1-250.0 A
0.1 A
10.0 A
Overcurrent detection
(0.02-50.00 A
0.01 A
2.00 A) (*)
0.1-125.0 A
0.1 A
3.0 A
(0.02-25.00 A
0.01 A
0.60A)
0.01-1.00 A
0.01 A
1.00 A
(0.002-0.200 A
0.001 A
0.200 A)
0.5-10.0 A
0.1 A
2.0 A
(0.10-2.00 A
0.01 A
0.40 A)
OV
10.0-200.0 V
0.1 V
120.0 V
Overvoltage detection
UV
1.0-130.0 V
0.1 V
60.0 V
Undervoltage detection
ZOV
1.0-130.0 V
0.1 V
20.0 V
NOV
1.0-130.0 V
0.1 V
20.0 V
EF
SEF
NOC
(*) Current values shown in the parentheses are for the case of a 1A rating. Other current values are
for the case of a 5A rating.
Starting the disturbance recording by a tripping command or the starter element listed above is
enabled or disabled by setting the following scheme switches.
Element
Range
[Trip]
Step
Default
Remarks
OFF/ON
ON
[OC]
OFF/ON
ON
Start by OC operation
[EF]
OFF/ON
ON
Start by EF operation
[SEF]
OFF/ON
ON
[NC]
OFF/ON
ON
Start by NC operation
[OV]
OFF/ON
ON
Start by OV operation
[UV]
OFF/ON
ON
Start by UV operation
[ZOV]
OFF/ON
ON
[NOV]
OFF/ON
ON
120
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.5
Metering Function
The GRD140 measures current and demand values of phase currents, phase and phase-to-phase
voltages, residual current, residual voltage, symmetrical component currents and voltages,
frequency, power factor, active and reactive power, and apparent power. The measurement data
shown below is displayed on the LCD of the relay front panel or on the local or remote PC.
Current: The following quantities are measured and updated every second.
-
Magnitude and phase angle of zero sequence current from residual circuit (Ie)
Magnitude and phase angle of zero sequence current from core balance CT (Ise) for model 110
and 42 series
Magnitude of positive, negative and zero sequence currents (I1, I2, I0)
Magnitude and phase angle of zero sequence voltage which is measured directly in the form of
the system residual voltage, or of reference voltage for synchronism check (Ves)
Magnitude and phase angle of symmetrical component voltage (V1, V2, V0)
Demand
-
Maximum and minimum of phase voltage (Va, Vb, Vc: max, min)
Maximum and minimum of the system residual voltage or the reference voltage for
synchronism check (Ves: max, min)
Maximum of zero sequence current from core balance CT (Ise: max) for model 110 and 42 series
Maximum of negative sequence current (I2: max.)
The above system quantities are displayed in values on the primary side or on the secondary side
as determined by a setting. To display accurate values, it is necessary to set the CT ratio as well.
121
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
For the setting method, see "Setting the metering" in 4.2.6.6 and "Setting the parameter" in 4.2.6.7.
In the case of the maximum and minimum values display above, the measured quantity is averaged
over a rolling 15 minute time window, and the maximum and minimum recorded average values
are shown on the display screen.
The displayed quantities depend on [APPLCT] and [APPLVT] settings and relay model as shown
in Table 3.5.1. Input current and voltage greater than 0.01In(rated current) and 0.06V at the
secondary side are required for the measurement.
Phase angles above are expressed taking the positive sequence voltage as a reference phase angle,
where leading phase angles are expressed as positive, (+).
The signing of active and reactive power flow direction can be set positive for either power
sending or power receiving. The signing of reactive power can be also set positive for either
lagging phase or leading phase.
Table 3.5.1
Model
APPL
Setting
Ia
Ib
Ic
Ie
Ise
I1
I2
I0
I2/I1
THM
Va
Vb
Vc
Ves
Vab
Vbc
Vca
V1
V2
V0
f
df
PF
P
Q
S
110
Displayed Quantity
400, 401
1P
---
APPLCT
2P
3P
------
----
-----
420, 421
APPLVT
On
Off
---
-------------
1P
---
------
-----
APPLCT
2P
----
3P
APPLVT
On
Off
(Note) : Measured
--: Not measured (The item is indicated, but the quantity value is indicated as 0.)
Blank Space: The item is not indicated.
122
---
-------------
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.6
Fault locator
3.6.1
Application
The fault locator incorporated in the GRD140 measures the distance to fault on the protected line
using local voltages and currents. The measurement result is expressed as a percentage (%) of the
line length and the distance (km) and is displayed on the LCD on the relay front panel. It is also
output to a local PC or RSM (relay setting and monitoring) system.
To measure the distance to fault, the fault locator requires minimum 3 cycles as fault duration
time.
In distance to fault calculations, the change in the current before and after the fault has occurred is
used as a reference current, alleviating influences of the load current and arc voltage. As a result,
the location error is a maximum of 2.5 km for faults at a distance of up to 100 km, and a
maximum of 2.5% for faults at a distance between 100 km and 250 km.
The fault locator is available for [APPLCT]= "3P" and [APPLVT]= "ON" setting.
The fault locator cannot correctly measure the distance to fault during a power swing.
3.6.2
Im(Vbc I") L
x 1 = {I (R I I") + R (X I I")} K
m 1 bc
e 1 bc
bc
(1)
where,
Vbc = fault voltage between faulted phases = Vb Vc
Ibc = fault current between faulted phases = Ib Ic
I" = change of fault current before and after fault occurrence = (Ib-Ic) (ILb-ILc)
ILb, ILc = load current
R1 = resistance component of line positive sequence impedance
X1 = reactance component of line positive sequence impedance
Kbc = impedance imbalance compensation factor
Im( ) = imaginary part in parentheses
Re( ) = real part in parentheses
L = line length (km)
123
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Distance calculation for earth fault (in the case of A-phase earth fault)
x1=
Im(Va I") L
(2)
where,
Va = fault voltage
I = fault current = (2Ia Ib Ic)/3
I" = change of fault current before and after fault occurrence
=
3
3
(3)
where,
k = propagation constant of the protected line = 0.001km-1 (fixed)
3.6.3
Starting Calculation
Calculation of the fault location is initiated by the operation of OC element. It is initiated only
when the direction of fault is forward (FWD).
3.6.4
Displaying Location
The measurement result is stored in the "Fault record" and displayed on the LCD of the relay front
panel or on the local or remote PC. For displaying on the LCD, see Section 4.2.3.1.
124
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.6.5
Setting
The setting items necessary for the fault location and their setting ranges are shown in the table
below. The reactance and resistance values are input in expressions on the secondary side.
When there are great variations in the impedance of each phase, equation (4) is used to find the
positive sequence impedance, zero sequence impedance and zero sequence mutual impedance,
while equation (5) is used to find imbalance compensation factors Kab to Ka.
When variations in impedance of each phase can be ignored, the imbalance compensation factor is
set to 100%.
Z1 = {(Zaa + Zbb + Zcc) (Zab + Zbc + Zca)}/3
Z0 = {(Zaa + Zbb + Zcc) + 2(Zab + Zbc + Zca)}/3
(4)
(5)
Item
Range
Step
Default
R1
0.0 - 199.99
0.01
0.20
(0.0 - 999.9
0.1
1.0) (*)
0.0 - 199.99
0.01
2.00
(0.0 - 999.9
0.1
10.0)
0.0 - 999.99
0.01
0.70
(0.0 - 999.9
0.1
3.5)
0.0 - 199.99
0.01
6.80
(0.0 - 999.9
0.1
34.0)
Kab
80 - 120%
1%
100%
Kbc
80 - 120%
1%
100%
Kca
80 - 120%
1%
100%
Ka
80 - 120%
1%
100%
Kb
80 - 120%
1%
100%
Kc
80 - 120%
1%
100%
Line
0 - 399.9 km
0.1 km
50.0km
X1
R0
X0
Remarks
(*) Ohmic values shown in the parentheses are in the case of 1 A rating. Other ohmic values are
in the case of 5A rating.
125
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4. User Interface
4.1
4.1.1
Front Panel
As shown in Figure 3.1.3, the front panel is provided with a liquid crystal display (LCD), light
emitting diodes (LED), operation keys, and RS-232C connector.
LCD
The LCD screen, provided with a 2-line, 16-character display and back-light, provides the user
with information such as records, statuses and settings. The LCD screen is normally unlit, but
pressing the VIEW key will display the digest screen and pressing any key other than VIEW
and RESET will display the menu screen.
These screens are turned off by pressing the RESET key or END key. If any display is left for 5
minutes or longer without operation, the back-light will go off.
LED
There are 9 LED displays. The signal labels and LED colors are defined as follows:
Label
Color
Remarks
IN SERVICE
Green
Lit when the relay is in service and flickered when the relay is in Test menu.
TRIP
ALARM
(LED1)
(LED2)
(LED3)
(LED4)
(LED5)
(LED6)
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
LED1 to LED6 are configurable. For the setting, see Section 4.2.6.10.
The TRIP LED lights up once the relay is operating and remains lit even after the trip command
goes off. The TRIP LED can be turned off by pressing the RESET key. Other LEDs are lit as
long as a signal is present and the RESET key is invalid while the signal is being maintained.
126
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Operation keys
The operation keys are used to display records, status, and set values on the LCD, as well as to
input or change set values. The function of each operation key is as follows:
CANCEL :
END :
Used to end the entering operation, return to the upper screen or turn off the
display.
ENTER :
Pressing VIEW key displays digest screens such as "Metering", "Latest fault",
"Auto-supervision", "Alarm display" and "Indication".
Pressing RESET key turns off the display.
Monitoring jacks
The two monitoring jacks A and B and their respective LEDs can be used when the test mode is
selected on the LCD screen. By selecting the signal to be observed from the "Signal List" and
setting it on the screen, the signal can be displayed on LED A or LED B, or transmitted to an
oscilloscope via a monitoring jack.
RS232C connector
The RS232C connector is a 9-way D-type connector for serial RS232C connection with a local
personal computer.
127
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.1.2
Communication Ports
The following two interfaces are mounted as communication ports:
RS232C port
RS485, Fibre optic or Ethernet LAN port for serial communication
IRIG-B port
RS232C port
This connector is a standard 9-way D-type connector for serial port RS232C transmission and is
mounted on the front panel. By connecting a personal computer to this connector, setting
operation and display functions can be performed. (See Figure 3.1.3.)
RS485, Fibre optic or Ethernet LAN port
The RS485 port or the fibre optic port is connected to the IEC60870-5-103 communication via
BCU/RTU (Bay Control Unit / Remote Terminal Unit) to connect between relays and to construct
a network communication system. (See Figure 4.4.1 in Section 4.4.) The RS485 port is a screw
terminal and the fibre optic port is the ST connector.
Ethernet LAN port is connected to the substation automation system via Ethernet communication
networks using IEC 61850 protocol. This port can also be connected to the RSM. 100Base-TX
(T1: RJ-45 connector) or 100Base-FX (F1: SC connector) for Ethernet LAN is provided on the
back of the relay as shown in Figure 4.1.1.
IRIG-B port
The IRIG-B port collects serial IRIG-B format data from the external clock to synchronize the
relay calendar clock. The IRIG-B port is isolated from the external circuit by a photo-coupler.
This port is on the back of the relay, as shown in Figure 4.1.1.
RS485 connection
terminal
TB3
TB1
Fibre Optic
(ST)
IRIG-B
OPT
T
TB1
TB2
R
TB3
IRIG-B
TB2
T1
F1
R
T
E
Rear view
(a) RS485 + 100BASE-TX
Rear view
(b) Fibre optic port + 100BASE-FX
128
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.2
4.2.1
When the GRD140 is operating normally, the green "IN SERVICE" LED is lit and the LCD is off.
Press the VIEW key when the LCD is off to display the digest screens which are "Indication",
"Metering1", "Metering2", "Metering3", "Metering4", "Metering5", ., "Metering10", "Latest
fault", "Auto-supervision" and "Alarm Display" screens in turn. "Latest fault",
"Auto-supervision" and "Alarm Display" screens are displayed only when there is some data. The
following are the digest screens and can be displayed without entering the menu screens.
Indication
I N D 1 [ 0 0 0 0
I N D 2 [ 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 ]
0 0 0 0 ]
Metering 1
I a
. k A
I b
. k A
I c
. k A
I e
. k A
Metering 2
Metering 3
Metering 4
Metering 5
I s e
. k A
V a
. k V
.
V b
. k V
.
V c
. k V
.
Metering 6
Metering 7
Metering 8
Metering 9
129
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
. k V
.
V e s
Metering 10
. H z
ff
To clear the latched indications (LEDs, LCD screen of Latest fault), press RESET key for 3
seconds or more.
For any display, the back-light is automatically turned off after five minutes.
Indication
0 0 0 0 ]
0 0 0 0 ]
Status of element,
Elements depend on user setting. 1: Operate, 0: Not operate (Reset)
Displays in tripping
Latest fault
P h a s e
O C 1
A B C E
If a fault occurs and a tripping command is output when the LCD is off, the red "TRIP" LED and
other configurable LED if signals assigned to trigger by tripping
Press the VIEW key to scroll the LCD screen to read the rest of messages.
Press the RESET key to turn off the LEDs and LCD display.
Notes:
1) When configurable LEDs (LED1 through LED6) are assigned to latch signals by trigger of
tripping, press the RESET key more than 3s until the LCD screens relight. Confirm turning off
the configurable LEDs. Refer to Table 4.2.1 Step 1.
2) Then, press the RESET key again on the "Latest fault" screen in short period, confirm turning
off the "TRIP" LED. Refer to Table 4.2.1 Step 2.
3) When only the "TRIP" LED is go off by pressing the RESET key in short period, press the
RESET key again to reset remained LEDs in the manner 1) on the "Latest fault" screen or other
digest screens. LED1 through LED6 will remain lit in case the assigned signals are still active
state.
130
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
"TRIP" LED
Step 2
Configurable LED
(LED1 LED6)
turn off
When any of the menu screens is displayed, the VIEW and RESET keys do not function.
To return from menu screen to the digest "Latest fault" screen, do the following:
Return to the top screen of the menu by repeatedly pressing the END key.
Press the END key to turn off the LCD.
Press the VIEW key to display the digest "Latest fault" screen.
Auto-supervision
E r r : R OM , A / D
If the automatic supervision function detects a failure while the LCD is off, the
"Auto-supervision" screen is displayed automatically, showing the location of the failure, and the
"ALARM" LED lights.
Press the VIEW key to display other digest screens in turn including the "Metering" and "Latest
fault" screens.
Press the RESET key to turn off the LEDs and LCD display. However, if the failure continues,
the "ALARM" LED remains lit.
After recovery from a failure, the "ALARM" LED and "Auto-supervision" display turn off
automatically.
If a failure is detected while any of the screens is displayed, the current screen remains displayed
and the "ALARM" LED lights.
Notes:
1) When configurable LEDs (LED1 through LED6) are assigned to latch signals by issuing an
alarm, press the RESET key more than 3s until all LEDs reset except "IN SERVICE" LED.
2) When configurable LED is still lit by pressing RESET key in short period, press RESET key
again to reset remained LED in the above manner.
3) LED1 through LED6 will remain lit in case the assigned signals are still active state.
While any of the menu screens is displayed, the VIEW and RESET keys do not function. To
131
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
return to the digest "Auto-supervision" screen, do the following:
Return to the top screen of the menu by repeatedly pressing the END key.
Press the END key to turn off the LCD.
Press the VIEW key to display the digest screen.
Alarm Display
The four alarm screens can be provided, and their text messages are defined by user. (For setting,
see Section 4.2.6.8) These alarms are raised by associated binary inputs.
Press the VIEW key to display other digest screens in turn including the "Metering" and "Latest
fault" screens.
To clear the Alarm Display, press RESET key. The clearing is available after displaying up to
ALM4.
4.2.2
Relay Menu
Figure 4.2.1 shows the menu hierarchy in the GRD140. The menu has five sub-menus, "Record",
"Status", "Set. (view)", "Set. (change)", and "Test". For details of the menu hierarchy, see
Appendix E.
132
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Menu
Record
F. record
E. record
D. record
Counter
Status
Metering
Binary I/O
Relay element
Time sync.
Clock adjust.
LCD contrast
Set. (view)
Version
Description
Comms
Record
Status
Protection
Binary I/P
Binary O/P
LED
Set. (change)
Password
Description
Comms
Record
Status
Protection
Binary I/P
Binary O/P
LED
Test
Switch
Binary O/P
133
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Record
In the "Record" menu, the fault records event records, disturbance records and counts such as trip
count.
Status
The "Status" menu displays the power system quantities, binary input and output status, relay
measuring element status, signal source for time synchronisation (BI, RSM, IEC60870-5-103 or
SNTP), clock adjustment and LCD contrast.
Set. (view)
The "Set. (view)" menu displays the relay version, plant name and the current settings of relay
address, IP address and RS232C baud rate in communication, record, status, protection,
configurable binary inputs, configurable binary outputs and configurable LEDs.
Set. (change)
The "Set. (change)" menu is used to set or change the settings of password, plant name, relay
address, IP address and RS232C baud rate in communication, record, status, protection,
configurable binary inputs, configurable binary outputs and configurable LEDs.
Since this is an important menu and is used to set or change settings related to relay tripping, it has
password security protection.
Test
The "Test" menu is used to set testing switches and to forcibly operate binary output relays.
The "Test" menu also has password security protection.
When the LCD is off, press any key other than the VIEW and RESET keys to display the top
"MENU" screen and then proceed to the relay menus.
R
S
S
S
T
e
t
e
e
e
M
c
a
t
t
s
E N U
o r d
t u s
.
( v i e w )
.
( c h a n g e )
t
To display the "MENU" screen when the digest screen is displayed, press the RESET key to turn
off the LCD, then press any key other than the VIEW and RESET keys.
Press the END key when the top screen is displayed to turn off the LCD.
An example of the sub-menu screen is shown below. The top line shows the hierarchical layer.
The last item is not displayed for all the screens. " " or " " displayed on the far right shows that
lower or upper lines exist.
To move the cursor downward or upward for setting or for viewing other lines not displayed on the
window, use the
and
keys.
/ 5
T r i p
s w
S c h e m e
P r o t . e l e m e n t
134
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
To return to the higher screen or move from the right side screen to the left side screen in Appendix
E, press the END key.
The CANCEL key can also be used to return to the higher screen but it must be used carefully
because it may cancel entries made so far.
To move between screens of the same hierarchical depth, first return to the higher screen and then
move to the lower screen.
4.2.3
Displaying Records
The sub-menu of "Record" is used to display fault records, event records, disturbance records and
counts such as trip count, Iy count and reclose count.
1
F
E
D
C
.
.
.
o
R
r
r
r
u
e
e
e
e
n
c
c
c
c
t
o
o
o
o
e
r
r
r
r
r
d
d
d
d
Select "Display" to display the dates and times of fault records stored in the relay from the top
in new-to-old sequence.
/ 3
F . r e c o r d
# 1
1
1
2
1
0
1
2
0
# 2
# 3
# 4
6
8
0
5
4
1
8
7
/
:
/
:
/
:
/
:
J
1
M
2
F
5
J
3
u
3
a
9
e
4
a
0
l
:
y
:
b
:
n
:
/
5
/
2
/
5
/
1
2
7
2
2
2
3
2
8
0
.
0
.
0
.
0
.
0
0
0
1
0
2
0
4
1
3
1
0
1
9
1
1
1
1
9
2
Move the cursor to the fault record line to be displayed using the
ENTER key to display the details of the fault record.
135
and
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
/
0
1
O
P
P
I
4
1
8
C
h
r
a
/
:
1
a
I b
I c
I e
I s e
I 1
I 2
I 0
I 2 /
V a
V b
V c
V e s
V a b
V b c
V c a
V 1
V 2
V 0
f
d f
F a u
I a
I b
I c
I e
I s e
F . r e c o r d
# 1
J a n / 2 0 0 2
1 3 : 5 7 . 0 3 1
Trip element
s e
A
. k m
f a u l
I 1
l t
v
B
(
t
.
a
C
v
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
l u
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
H
e
%
l
k
)
u e s
A
H
z
s
k
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
z
/ s
A
A
A
A
A
136
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
I 1
I 2
I 0
I 2 / I 1
T H M
V a
V b
V c
V e s
V a b
V b c
V c a
V 0
V 1
V 2
f
d
0
1
A
0
1
O
0
1
A
0
1
O
f
1
8
R
1
8
C
1
8
R
1
8
C
/
:
C
/
:
1
/
:
C
/
:
1
/
5
.
2
8
0
.
0
0
H
2
3
k A
k A
k A
%
k
H
z
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
J
1
J
1
a
3
S
a
3
z
/ s
n
:
1
1
n / 2 0 0 2
: 5 9 . 0 3 1
J
1
J
1
,
a
4
S
a
4
A
n
:
2
n
:
R
/ 2 0 0 2
0 0 . 0 3 1
/ 2 0 0 2
0 1 . 0 3 1
C - F T
The lines which are not displayed in the window can be displayed by pressing the
and
keys.
r e c o r d s ?
C A N C E L = N
Press the END (= Y) key to clear all the fault records stored in non-volatile memory.
If all fault records have been cleared, the "Latest fault" screen of the digest screens is not
137
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
displayed.
Note: When changing the units (kA/A) of primary side current with RSM100, press the "Units"
button which is indicated in the primary side screen.
C l e a r
Select "Display" to display the events with date from the top in new-to-old sequence.
/ 3
2
O
2
O
1
C
1
C
E . r e c o r d
/
1
/
1
S
S
-
e p / 2 0 0 2
A
t r i p
e p / 2 0 0 2
A
Press the
3
C
3
C
4
O
4
O
8 0
n
7 9
n
key.
E . r e c o r d
:
1
:
1
2
2
-
2 : 4 5 . 2 1 1
A
t r i p
O n
2 : 4 5 . 1 0 9
A
O n
The lines which are not displayed in the window can be displayed by pressing the
and
keys.
r e c o r d s ?
C A N C E L = N
Press the END (= Y) key to clear all the event records stored in non-volatile memory.
4.2.3.3 Displaying Disturbance Records
Details of disturbance records can be displayed on the PC screen only (*); the LCD displays only
the recorded date and time for all disturbances stored in the relay. They are displayed in the
following sequence.
(*) For the display on the PC screen, refer to RSM100 manual.
138
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Open the top "MENU" screen by pressing any keys other than the VIEW and RESET keys.
Select "Record" to display the "Record" sub-menu.
Select "D. record" to display the "D. record" screen.
/ 2
D . r e c o r d
D i s p l a y
C l e a r
Select "Display" to display the date and time of the disturbance records from the top in
new-to-old sequence.
/ 3
D . r e c o r d
# 1
1
1
2
1
0
1
2
0
# 2
# 3
# 4
6
8
0
5
4
1
8
7
/
:
/
:
/
:
/
:
J
1
M
2
F
5
J
3
u
3
a
9
e
4
a
0
l
:
y
:
b
:
n
:
/
5
/
2
/
5
/
1
2
7
2
2
2
3
2
8
0
.
0
.
0
.
0
.
0
4
0
3
0
4
0
8
1
0
1
8
1
4
1
7
1
8
4
6
The lines which are not displayed in the window can be displayed by pressing the
and
keys.
r e c o r d s ?
C A N C E L = N
Press the END (= Y) key to clear all the disturbance records stored in non-volatile memory.
4.2.3.4 Displaying Counter
Open the top "MENU" screen by pressing any keys other than the VIEW and RESET keys.
Select "Record" to display the "Record" sub-menu.
Select "Counter" to display the "Counter" screen.
/ 2
C o u n t e r
D i s p l a y
T r i p s
C l e a r
T r i p s
A
(*)
C l e a r
T r i p s
B
(*)
C l e a r
T r i p s
C
(*)
C l e a r
C l e a r
I ^ y A
C l e a r
I ^ y B
C l e a r
I ^ y C
A R C s
C l e a r
(*) Note: These settings are only available when single phase External Trip BI functions
are used. In this case, the main "Clear Trips" option is not available.
139
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
/ 3
C o u n t e r
T r i p s
T r i p s A
(*)
T r i p s B
(*)
T r i p s C
(*)
I ^ y A
E 6
I ^ y B
E 6
I ^ y C
E 6
A R C s
(*) Note: These settings are only available when single phase External Trip BI functions
are used. In this case, the main "Trips" option is not available.
The lines which are not displayed in the window can be displayed by pressing the
To clear each count, do the following:
Open the "Record" sub-menu.
Select "Counter" to display the "Counter" screen.
Select "Clear Trips" to display the following confirmation screen.
C l e a r
E N D = Y
T r i p s ?
C A N C E L = N
T r i p s
A ?
C A N C E L = N
T r i p s
B ?
C A N C E L = N
T r i p s
C ?
C A N C E L = N
I ^ y A ?
C A N C E L = N
I ^ y B ?
C A N C E L = N
I ^ y C ?
C A N C E L = N
A R C s ?
C A N C E L = N
Press the END (= Y) key to clear the count stored in non-volatile memory.
140
and
keys.
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.2.4
1
M
B
R
T
C
L
e
i
e
i
l
C
S
t
n
l
m
o
D
t
e
a
a
e
c
a t u s
r i n g
r y
I /
y
e l e
s y n
k
a d j
c o n t r
O
m
c
u
a
e n t
.
s t .
s t
2
M e
M e t e
D e m a
D i r e
t
r
n
c
e r i n g
i n g
d
t i o n
Select "Current" to display the current power system quantities on the "Metering" screen.
/ 3
I a
M e t e r
I b
I c
I e
I s e
I 1
I 2
I 0
I 2 / I 1
T H M
V a
n
.
.
.
.
.
.
A
A
A
k A
k A
%
k V
141
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
V b
V c
V e s
V a b
V b c
V c a
V 1
V 2
V 0
f
P F
P
Q
S
-
-
-
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
z
k W
k v a r
k V A
If the primary side unit (A) is required, select 2(=Pri-A) on the "Metering" screen. See Section
4.2.6.6.
Note: When changing the units (kA/A) of primary side current with RSM100, press the "Units"
button which is indicated in the primary side screen.
3
a
b
c
e
s
2
2
m
m
m
a
a
b
b
c
c
e
e
0
0
m
m
m
m
m
m
e
m
1
a
a
a
m
m
m
m
m
m
s
s
m
m
a
i
D
a
a
a
a
m
a
m
x
x
x
a
i
a
i
a
i
m
m
a
i
x
n
e m
x
x
x
x
a x
x
a x
x
n
x
n
x
n
a x
i n
x
n
a n
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
k
k
k
k
k
k
A
A
A
A
A
A
k
k
k
a
A
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
z
z
W
v
V
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
H
H
142
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
following confirmation screen.
C l e a r
E N D = Y
m a x ?
C A N C E L = N
Press the END (= Y) key to clear all max data stored in non-volatile memory.
Select "Direction" to display the direction of a current on the "Metering" screen.
The direction of each current is displayed when the directional characteristic is selected as
follows:
Ia, Ib, Ic: [OC-DIR]= "FWD" or "REV" setting
Ie: [EF-DIR]= "FWD" or "REV" setting
Ise: [SE-DIR]= "FWD" or "REV" setting
I2: [NC-DIR]= "FWD" or "REV" setting
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
3
D i r e c t i o n
a
F o r w a r
b
R e v e r s
c
F o r w a r
e
F o r w a r
s e
F o r w a r
2
_ _ _ _ _ _
d
e
d
d
d
_
B i n a r y
I / O
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Input (IP)
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
Output (OP)
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
FAIL
Line 1 shows the binary input status. BI1 to BI8 correspond to each binary input signal. The
models 400 and 420 are not available for BI6 to BI8. For the binary input signal, see Appendix H.
The status is expressed with logical level "1" or "0" at the photo-coupler output circuit.
Line 2 shows the binary output status. All binary outputs BO1 to BO7 are configurable. The status
of these outputs is expressed with logical level "1" or "0" at the input circuit of the output relay
driver. That is, the output relay is energised when the status is "1".
For Models 401 and 421:
/
I
O
O
2
P
P
P 2
i
0
0
0
n
0
0
0
a
0
0
0
r y
I / O
0
0
0
0 0 0
143
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The display format is shown below.
[
Input (IP)
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
Output (OP)
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
FAIL
Output (OP2)
HBO1
HBO2
HBO3
HBO4
Line 1 shows the binary input status. BI1 to BI5 correspond to a binary input signal. For the binary
input signal, see Appendix F. The status is expressed with logical level "1" or "0" at the
photo-coupler output circuit.
Lines 2 and 3 show the binary output statuses. BO1 to BO6 of line 2 corresponding to the binary
outputs are a normal auxiliary relay, which are configurable. FAIL of line 3 corresponds to the
relay failure output. HBO1 to HBO4 of line 3 are a high-speed auxiliary relay, which are
configurable. The status of these outputs is expressed with logical level "1" or "0" at the input
circuit of the output relay driver. That is, the output relay is energised when the status is "1".
To display all the lines, press the
and
keys.
2
C
C
F
E
O
C
H
C
B
C
L
V
V
V
V
O
O
R
R
R y
# 1 [
# 2 [
[
F
[
C
[
[
M [
D
[
F
[
D
[
P
[
# 1 [
# 2 [
# 1 [
# 2 [
V
[
V
[
Q
[
C
[
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
e
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
l
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
e m e n t
0 0 0 0 0 0 ]
]
0
]
0
]
]
0 0 0
]
]
]
]
]
0
]
0 0 0 0 0 0 ]
]
0 0 0 0 0 0 ]
]
]
]
0
]
0 0
]
The displayed elements depend on relay model. (See Table 1.1.1 in Section 1.)
The operation status of phase and residual overcurrent elements are shown as below.
[
OC#1
OC#2
OC2-C
OC3-A
OC3-B
]
OC3-C OC elements
OC elements
EF
EF1
EF3
EF4
EF elements
SEF
SEF4
SEF elements
144
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
[
NOC
NOC1 NOC2
UC
THM
BCD
BCD
CBF
ICD
CLP
OV#1
OV#2
UV#1
UV#2
ZOV
NOV
FRQ
ARC
CBF-A
ICD-A
0
OV1-A
OV4-A
UV1-A
UV4-A
ZOV1
NOV1
FRQ1
OVB
]
NOC elements
UC2-A
UC2-B
UC2-C
UC elements
THM element
BCD element
CBF-B
ICD-B
1
OV1-B
OV4-B
UV1-B
UV4-B
ZOV2
NOV2
FRQ2
UVB
CBF-C
ICD-C
2
OV1-C
OV4-C
UV1-C
UV4-C
FRQ3
SYN
3
OV2-A
OV2-B
OV2-C
OV3-A
OV3-B
UV2-A
UV2-B
UV2-C
UV3-A
UV3-B
FRQ4
OVL
UVL
CBF element
ICD element
Cold Load state
OV3-C OV elements
OV elements
UV3-C UV elements
UV elements
ZOV elements
NOV elements
FRQ elements
ARC elements
The status of each element is expressed with logical level "1" or "0". Status "1" means the element
is in operation.
4.2.4.4 Displaying the Status of the Time Synchronisation Source
The internal clock of the GRD140 can be synchronised with external clocks such as the binary
input signal clock, IEC60870-5-103 or SNTP server. To display on the LCD whether these clocks
are active (=Act.) or inactive (=Inact.) and which clock the relay is synchronised with, do the
following:
Select "Status" on the top "MENU" screen to display the "Status" screen.
Select "Time sync." to display the status of time synchronisation sources.
/ 2
B
I
I
S
I
R
E
N
T i m e
:
A
I G : I n
C
: I n
T P : A c
s
c
a
a
t
y
t
c
c
.
n c .
.
t
.
t
.
( S r v 1 )
The asterisk on the far left shows that the internal clock is synchronised with the marked source
clock. If the marked source clock is inactive, the internal clock runs locally.
Note: If the Binary input signal has not been detected for one hour or more after the last detection, the
status becomes "inactive".
To adjust the clock when the internal clock is running locally, do the following:
Select "Status" on the top "MENU" screen to display the "Status" screen.
Select "Clock adjust." to display the setting screen.
/ 2
1 2 / N o v / 2 0 0 1
2 2 : 5 6 : 1 9
L o c
145
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
M i n u t
5
H o u r
2
D a y
1
M o n t h
1
Y e a r
2 0 0
e
6
2
2
1
1
Line 1 and 2 show the current date and time. The time can be adjusted only when the clock is
running locally. When [BI], [IRI], [IEC], [SNT] or [RSM] is active, the adjustment is invalid.
Enter a numerical value for each item and press the ENTER key. For details to enter a
numerical value, see 4.2.6.1.
Press the END key to adjust the internal clock to the set hours without fractions and return to
the previous screen.
If a date which does not exist in the calendar is set and END is pressed, "**** Error ****" is
displayed on the top line and the adjustment is discarded. Return to the normal screen by pressing
the CANCEL key and adjust again.
4.2.4.6 LCD Contrast
L C D
c o n t r a s t
Press the or key to adjust the contrast. The characters on the screen become thin by
pressing the key and deep by pressing the key.
4.2.5
146
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter an item on the LCD to display each item as described in the previous sections.
4.2.5.1 Relay Version
1
V
D
C
R
S
P
B
B
L
e
e
o
e
t
r
i
i
E
S
r
s
m
c
a
o
n
n
D
e
s
c
m
o
t
t
a
a
t
i
r
s
r
u
e
r
r
. ( v i e w )
o n
i p t i o n
d
s
c t i o n
y
I / P
y
O / P
Select "Relay type" to display the relay type form and model number.
G R D 1 4 0 - 4 0 0 D - 1 0
- A 0
L
G
E
G
E
G
O
G
C
R
C
R
C
R
O
R
6 1 8
d a
D 1 4
1 0 3
D 1 4
6 1 8
D 1 4
S E
Z 1 0
5
t
0
5
0
s
0
a
D
d
D
0
D
u
D
e n g .
-
)
t
)
d
)
s
a
a t a
c .
4.2.5.2 Settings
The "Description", "Comms", "Record", "Status", "Protection", "Binary I/P", "Binary O/P" and
"LED" screens display the current settings input using the "Set. (change)" sub-menu.
147
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.2.6
CAUTION
Care should be taken when modifying settings for "active group",
Modification of settings :
"scheme switch" and "protection element" in the "Protection" menu. Dependencies exist between
the settings in the various menus, with settings in one menu becoming active (or inactive)
depending on the selection made in another menu. Therefore, it is recommended that all necessary
settings changes be made while the circuit breaker tripping circuit is disconnected.
Alternatively, if it is necessary to make settings changes with the tripping circuit active, then it is
recommended to enter the new settings into a different settings group, and then change the "active
group" setting, thus ensuring that all new settings become valid simultaneously.
4.2.6.1 Setting Method
1
P
D
C
R
S
P
B
B
L
a
e
o
e
t
r
i
i
E
S
s
s
m
c
a
o
n
n
D
e
s
c
m
o
t
t
a
a
t
w
r
s
r
u
e
r
r
. ( c h a n g e)
o r d
i p t i o n
d
s
c t i o n
y
I / P
y
O / P
148
and
keys.
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Move the cursor to a setting item.
Press the ENTER key.
To enter a text string
To select a character, use keys , , and to move blinking cursor down, up, left and right. "
" and " " on each of lines 4, 8 and 10 indicate a space and backspace, respectively. A
maximum of 22 characters can be entered.
_
A
H
O
V
a
h
o
v
0
7
(
}
B
I
P
W
b
i
p
w
1
8
)
!
:
C
J
Q
X
c
j
q
x
2
9
D
K
R
Y
d
k
r
y
3
#
,
E
L
S
Z
e
l
s
z
4
F G
M N
T U
f g
m n
t u
5 6
@_ {
$ %&
. `
Set the cursor position in the bracket by selecting "" or "" and pressing the ENTER key.
Move the blinking cursor to a selecting character.
Press the ENTER key to enter the blinking character at the cursor position in the brackets.
Press the END key to confirm the entry and return to the upper screen.
T i m e / s t a r t e r
T i m e
2 . 0
O C
s
_
A
149
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2 . 0 0
E F
S
N
O
U
Z
N
0 . 6
E F
0 . 2
C
0 . 4
V
1 2 0 .
V
6 0 .
O V
2 0 .
O V
2 0 .
A
0
A
0 0
A
0
V
0
V
0
V
0
V
0
or
or
Enter after making entries on each setting screen by pressing the ENTER key, the new settings
are not yet used for operation, though stored in the memory. To validate the new settings, take the
following steps.
Press the END key to return to the upper screen. Repeat this until the confirmation screen
shown below is displayed. The confirmation screen is displayed just before returning to the
"Set. (change)" sub-menu.
C h a n g e
s e t t i n g s ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
When the screen is displayed, press the ENTER key to start operation using the new settings,
or press the CANCEL key to correct or cancel entries. In the latter case, the screen turns back
to the setting screen to enable re-entries. Press the CANCEL key to cancel entries made so far
and to turn to the "Set. (change)" sub-menu.
4.2.6.2
Password
For the sake of security of Setting changes and Testing, password protection can be set as follows:
150
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Select "Set. (change)" on the main "MENU" screen to display the "Setting change" screen.
Select "Password" to display the "Password" screen.
/ 2
P a s s w o r d
S e t t i n g
T e s t
For confirmation, enter the same 4-digit number in the brackets after "Retype".
R e t y p e
_
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Press the END key to display the confirmation screen. If the retyped number is different from
that first entered, the following message is displayed on the bottom of the "Password" screen
before returning to the upper screen.
"Unmatch passwd!"
Re-entry is then requested.
Select "Test" to set the password for the test.
Set the password the same manner as that of the "Setting" above.
Password trap
After the password has been set, the password must be entered in order to enter the setting change
screens.
If "Set. (change)" or "Test" is entered on the top "MENU" screen, the password trap screen
"Password" is displayed. If the password is not entered correctly, it is not possible to move to the
"Setting (change)" or "Test" sub-menu screens.
P a s s w o r d
_
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
To cancel the password protection, enter "0000" in the two brackets on the "Password" screen. The
"Set. (change)" screen is then displayed without having to enter a password.
The password can be changed by entering a new 4-digit number on the "Password" screen in the
same way as the first password setting.
If you forget the password
Press CANCEL and RESET keys together for one second on the top "MENU" screen. The
screen goes off, and the password protection of the GRD140 is canceled. Set the password again.
4.2.6.3 Plant Name
To enter the plant name and other data, do the following. These data are attached to records.
151
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Select "Set. (change)" on the main "MENU" screen to display the " Set. (change)" screen.
Select "Description" to display the "Description" screen.
/ 2
D e s c r i p t i o n
n a m e
P l a n t
D
A
A
A
A
e
l
l
l
l
s
a
a
a
a
c
r
r
r
r
r
m
m
m
m
i p t i o n
1
T e x t
2
T e x t
3
T e x t
4
T e x t
To enter the plant name, select "Plant name" on the "Description" screen.
To enter special items, select "Description" on the "Description" screen.
To enter the name for Alarm, select "Alarm" on the "Description" screen.
_
A
H
O
V
a
h
o
v
0
7
(
}
B
I
P
W
b
i
p
w
1
8
)
!
:
C
J
Q
X
c
j
q
x
2
9
D
K
R
Y
d
k
r
y
3
#
,
E
L
S
Z
e
l
s
z
4
F G
M N
T U
f g
m n
t u
5 6
@_ {
$ %&
. `
Enter the text string (up to 22 characters) according to the text setting method.
4.2.6.4 Communication
If the relay is linked with RSM (relay setting and monitoring system) or IEC60870-5-103
communication or Ethernet LAN, the relay address must be set. Do this as follows:
Select "Set. (change)" on the main "MENU" screen to display the "Set. (change)" screen.
Select "Comms" to display the "Comms" screen.
/ 2
C o m m s
.
A d d r . / P a r a m .
S w i t c h
Select "Addr./Param." on the "Comms" screen to enter the relay address number.
/ 3
A d d r . / P a r a m
I E C
2
S Y A D J
I P 1 1
I P 1 1
0
1
9 2
2
6 8
152
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
I P 1 - 3
1
I P 1 - 4
1 7
S M 1 - 1
2 5
S M 1 - 2
2 5
S M 1 - 3
2 5
S M 1 - 4
9
2
5
5
5
0
1
9 2
2
6 8
3
1 9
1 - 4
1
:
:
4 - 1
0
4 - 2
0
4 - 3
0
4 - 4
0
O D E
0
A D T
1 2 0
I N T
6 0
1 - 1
0
1 - 2
0
1 - 3
0
1 - 4
0
2 - 1
0
2 - 2
0
2 - 3
0
2 - 4
0
G W1 1
G W1 1
G W1 G W
S I
S I
S I
S I
S M
D E
G O
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
m i n
s
Enter the address number on "IEC" column for IEC60870-5-103 and the compensation value
on "SYADJ" column for adjustment of time synchronization of protocol used (: lags the time,
+: leads the time).
Enter IP address for IP1-1 to IP1-4, Subnet mask for SM1-1 to SM1-4, Default gateway for
GW1-1 to GW1-4, and SNTP server address for SI1-1 to SI4-4. Four SNTP servers are
153
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
available.
Enter "0" or "1" on "SMODE" column to set the standard time synchronized mode for SNTP
server. Using low accuracy level of time server, synchronized compensation to maintain
synchronization accuracy may not be done automatically. Therefore enter "1", and
synchronized compensation is done forcibly. The default setting is "0".
Enter the time on "GOINT" to set the maximum GOOSE message publishing term if GOOSE
message receive checked. Enter the time on "DEADT" to set the Keep Alive time.
Enter the IP address of the device for PG1-1 to PG1-4 if Ping response is checked.
IP address: , , ,
IP1-1 IP1-2 IP1-3 IP1-4
SM1-1 to SM1-4, GW1-1 to GW1-4, SI1-1 to SI4-4, PG1-1 to PG1-4: same as above.
3
.
E
.
E
o
5
o
5
f
S
f
S
f
I
f
S w i t c h
2
6
C
6
C
r
0
r
0
f
T
f
E
f
N
f
C
/
B
/
B
m
B
m
A
/
M
/
C
/
G
/
1
R
1
L
a
L
a
U
O
O
O
H
O
C
O
0
9 . 2 / 5 7 . 6
1
9 . 2
K
0
l / B l o c k e d
K
0
l / B l o c k e d
T
0
n
D
0
n
K
n
H K
n
This line is to select the RS-232C baud rate when the RSM system applied.
Note: default setting of the 232C is 9.6kbps. The 57.6kbps setting, if possible, is recommended to
serve user for comfortable operation. The setting of RSM100 is also set to the same baud rate.
<IECBR>
This line is to select the baud rate when the IEC60870-5-103 system applied.
<IECBLK>
Select 2 (=Blocked) to block the monitor direction for IEC60870-5-103 communication. When
using the IEC60870-5-103 communication, select 1 (=Normal).
<850BLK>
Select 2 (=Blocked) to block the monitor direction for IEC61850 communication. When using the
154
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IEC61850 communication, select 1 (=Normal).
<850AUT>
With IEC61850 communication, GRD140 provides access restriction which permits a client
access only if an authentication parameter matches with a valid parameter (password). The
password is a 4-digit number shared with RSM100.
Select 1 (=On) to use the authentication function.
<TSTMOD>
This function is to alarm if any one of the GOOSE messages written in a GOOSE subscribe file
cannot be received.
Select 1 (=On) to execute a GOOSE receive check for IEC61850 communication.
<PINGCHK>
This function is to check the health of the network by regularly sending a Ping to IP address
which is set on PG-.
Select 1 (=On) to execute a Ping response check.
4.2.6.5 Setting the Recording function
2
F
E
D
C
.
.
.
o
R
r
r
r
u
e
e
e
e
n
c
c
c
c
t
o
o
o
o
e
r
r
r
r
r
d
d
d
d
F . r e c o r d
F L
O f f / O n
Enter 1 to enable the fault locator. If to disable the fault locator, enter 0.
Setting the event recording
Select "E. record" to display the "E. record" screen.
/ 3
E . r e c o r d
B I T R N
1 0 0
E V 1
3 0 0 1
_
_
155
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
E V 2
3
E V 3
3
:
:
E V 1
3
E V 1
3
0 0 2
0 0 3
2
1
2
1
7
2 7
8
2 8
_
_
<BITRN>
Enter the number of event to record the status change both to "On" and "Off". If 20 is entered, both
status change is recorded for EV1 to EV20 events and only the status change to "On" is recorded
for EV21 to EV128 events.
<EV>
Enter the signal number in Appendix C to record as the event. It is recommended that this setting
can be performed by RSM100 because the signal name cannot be entered by LCD screen. (Refer
to Section 3.4.2.)
Setting the disturbance recording
Select "D. record" to display the "D. record" screen.
/
3
D .
T i m e
S c h e
B i n a
r
/
m
r
e c o r d
s t a r t e r
e
s w
y
s i g .
T i m e / s t a r t e r
T i m
2
O C
2
E F
0
S E F
0
N O C
0
O V
1 2
U V
6
Z O V
2
N O V
2
e
. 0
s
_
A
. 0 0
A
. 6 0
A
. 2 0 0
A
. 4 0
V
0 . 0
V
0 . 0
V
0 . 0
V
0 . 0
156
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
/ 4
T
O
O
O
E
O
S
O
N
O
O
O
U
O
Z
O
N
O
r
f
C
f
F
f
E
f
O
f
V
f
V
f
O
f
O
f
S c h e m e
s w
i p
f / O n
1
f / O n
1
f / O n
F
f / O n
C
f / O n
1
1
1
f / O n
1
f / O n
V
f / O n
V
f / O n
1
1
B i n a r y
S I G
3
S I G
3
S I G
3
1
0 0 1
2
0 0 2
3
0 0 3
s i g .
S I G 3 2
3 0 3 2
C
f
B
f
C
f
S c h e m e
S
f
S
f
A
f
P
/
M
/
E
/
E
O
E
O
N
O
s w
N
0
_
n / O p t - O n
N
0
n
0
n
157
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
O
O
O
I
f
P
f
y
f
T
f
A
/
A
/
E
O
E
O
N
n
N
n
0
0
A l a r m
A
0
y
0
A
L
0
A
0
L
2
O P T A
1 0
M
0
L
0
U
.
L
0
0
M
0
E
0
M
0
s e t
_
E 6
m s
2
S t a t u s
M e t e r i n g
T i m e
s y n c .
T i m e
z o n e
i
r
o
e
u
a
M e t e r i n g
s
i
w
n
r
g
p
/
e
d
r
/
l
S
r
/
e
L
a y
0
_
e c / P r i - A
0
R e c e i v e
n t
1
e a d
158
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Active Power Display
Power setting=1(Send)
Power setting=2(Receive)
V
I
Current setting=2(Lead)
V
I
The calendar clock can run locally or be synchronized with the binary input signal, RSM clock, or
by an IEC60870-5-103. This is selected by setting as follows.
Select "Time sync" to display the "Time sync" screen.
/ 3
T i m e
s y n c .
T i m e
s y n c
0
_
O f / B I / I R I / I E C / S N
When the calendar clock is synchronized with the IRIG-B time standard, it is possible to transform
GMT to the local time.
Select "Time zone" to display the "Time zone" screen.
/ 3
T i m e
z o n e
G M T
h r s
+ 9
G M T m
M i n
+ 0
159
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter the difference between GMT and local time. Enter numerical values to GMT (hrs) and
GMTm (min), and press the ENTER key.
4.2.6.7 Protection
The GRD140 can have 8 setting groups for protection in order to accommodate changes in the
operation of the power system, one setting group is assigned active. To set the protection, do the
following:
Select "Protection" on the "Set. (change)" screen to display the "Protection" screen.
/
2
P r o t e
C h a n g e
C h a n g e
C o p y
g p
c t i o n
a c t . g p .
s e t .
.
C h a n g e
a c t .
g p .
A c t i v e
g p .
1
_
Almost all the setting items have default values that are set when the product is shipped. For the
default values, see Appendix H. To change the settings, do the following:
Select "Change set." to display the "Act gp.= *" screen.
/
3
C
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
o
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
A
m
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
c
m
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
t
o
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
p
g p . =
n
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
P
f
P
f
P
f
T
f
C o m m o n
P
f
P
f
P
f
F
f
L
/
L
/
L
/
E
/
C
3
V
O
V
V
N
O
T
1
_
P / 2 P / 1 P
T
1
n
P
E S
e / V s
0
n / O P T - O n
160
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
V
O
V
O
C
O
V
O
V
O
A
O
T
f
T
f
T
f
0
f
2
f
O
f
F
f
F
f
S
f
S
f
S
f
L
f
1
/
2
/
V
/
V
/
V
/
E
/
E
O
E
O
E
A
E
A
E
A
D
O
N
n
N
n
N
L
N
L
N
L
0
/ O P T - O
0
/ O P T - O
2
M & B L K /
2
M & B L K /
2
M & B L K /
1
n
n
A L M
A L M
A L M
<APPLCT>
Enter 0(=Off: not used), 1(=3P: 3 phase), 2(=2P: 2 phase) or 3(=1P: 1 pole) to set the current
input state and press the ENTER key.
<APPLVT>
Enter 0(=Off: not used) or 1(=On: used) and press the ENTER key.
<APPLVES>
Enter 0(=Off: not used), 1(=Ve: used zero-sequence voltage is input directly) or 2(=Vs: used
voltage for synchronism check) and press the ENTER key.
AOLED
This switch is used to control the TRIP LED lighting when an alarm element outputs.
Enter 1 (=On) to light the TRIP LED when an alarm element outputs, and press the ENTER
key. If not, enter 0 (=Off) and press the ENTER key.
CTFEN, VTF1EN, VTF2EN
or
or
4
G r o u p
P a r a m e t e r
T r i p
A R C
161
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting the parameter
Enter the line name, the CT/VT ratio and the fault locator as follows:
Select "Parameter" on the "Group " screen to display the "Parameter" screen.
/
5
P a r a m e
L i n e
n a m
C T / V T
r a
F a u l t L o c
t e r
e
t i o
.
C T / V T
O C C
4
E F C
4
S E F
4
P V T
1
V E S
1
T
0
T
0
C
0
r a t i o
0
T
0
0 0
V T
0 0
for Ve or Vs
Note: The "CT/VT ratio" screen depends on the APPLCT and APPLVT setting.
F a u l t
L o c .
X 1
1 0 . 0
X 0
3 4 . 0
R 1
1 . 0
R 0
3 . 5
K a b
%
1 0 0
K b c
%
1 0 0
K c a
%
1 0 0
K a
%
1 0 0
K b
%
1 0 0
K c
1 0 0
L I N E
5 0 . 0
k m
162
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting the trip function
6
A
O
E
S
N
M
C
O
U
Z
N
F
p
C
F
E
O
i
o
V
V
O
O
R
S c h e m e
s w
p l i c a t i o n
F
C
s c
l d
L o a d
V
V
Q
O
/
O
/
E
/
E
/
S
/
S
/
N
/
N
/
A p p l i c a t i o n
C
I
C
I
F
I
F
I
E
I
E
I
C
I
C
I
1
E
2
E
1
E
2
E
1
E
2
E
1
E
2
E
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
0
C / I E E E / U
_
S / C
_
S / C
S / C
S / C
S / C
S / C
_
S / C
_
S / C
To set the OC1, OC2, EF1, EF2, SEF1, SEF2, NOC1 and NOC2 time delay characteristic type, do
the following.
Enter 0(=D: DT) or 1(=IEC) or 2(=IEEE) or 3(=US) or 4(=C: CON) and press the ENTER
key.
163
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting the OC protection
O C
O
O
O
F
M
N
M
M
M
C
O
D
O
N
V
O
O
O
O
F
C
f
C
W
O
I
O
I
O
O
C
E
C
A
T
f
C
f
C
W
1
f
1
D
C
/
C
/
C
2
1
F
1
/
F
f
2
f
2
D
V
O
O
O
O
F
O
N
V
O
O
O
T
f
C
f
C
W
C
A
T
f
C
f
F
f
3
f
3
D
3
/
F
f
4
f
V
O
O
3
T
f
C
P
F
f
T
O
E
/
/
1
V
1
V
1
/
R
/
B
/
E
/
/
N
O
D
R
C
I
C
I
C
C
1
n
I
E
/
/
O
R
V
I
E
I
E
U
8
/
E
I
E
I
S
0
N O N
C
0
/ L T I
E E
0
0
D
2
l
O
O
N
O
D
R
E P
F
o c k
C 1 B L K
n
0
0
n
I R
E V / N
:
:
- O C 2 B L
/ O n
E N
/ O n
- D I R
/ R E V / N
- 2 F
B l o c k
- O C 3 B L
/ O n
E N
/ O n
:
:
- O C 4 B L
/ O n
P
R / 2 O U T
0
O N
K
0
0
0
O N
K
0
0
0
O F 3
OCEN
Enter 1(=On) to enable the OC and press the ENTER key. If disabling the OC, enter
164
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
MOC1C, <MOC2C>
To set the OC1 and OC2 Inverse Curve Type, do the following.
If [MOC] is 1(=IEC), enter 0(=NI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) or 3(=LTI) and press the ENTER
key.
If [MOC] is 2(=IEEE), enter 0(=MI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) and press the ENTER key.
If [MOC] is 3(=US), enter 0(=CO2) or 1(=CO8) and press the ENTER key.
OC1R, <OC2R>
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the EF protection
F
f
F
W
E
I
E
I
E
E F
1
f
1
D
F
/
F
/
F
E
/
/
1
V
1
V
1
N
O
D
R
C
I
C
I
C
1
n
I
E
/
/
-
/
R
V
I
E
I
E
U
P O P
/
E
I
E
I
S
0
N O N
C
0
/ L T I
E E
0
165
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
C
E
D
E
N
C
O
V
O
E
O
E
F
O
F
E
F
A
T
f
T
f
F
f
F
W
2
1
F
1
/
F
f
F
f
2
f
2
D
/
R
/
B
/
/
E
/
/
C O 8
D
2
l
E
O
E
O
N
O
D
R
C
O
V
O
E
O
E
F
E
N
C
O
V
O
E
O
T
f
T
f
F
f
F
W
F
A
T
f
T
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
3
f
3
D
3
/
F
f
F
f
4
f
/
/
E
/
/
B
/
/
E
/
E
O
E
O
N
O
D
R
2
l
E
O
E
O
N
O
V
O
C
O
T
f
U
f
F
f
R
f
/
R
/
E
O
E
1
0
E
F
o
F
n
F
n
n
I
E
:
:
F
n
F
n
n
I
E
F
o
F
n
F
n
P
c k
1 B L K
1 B L K
0
/ P O P
R
0
V / N O N
2 B L K
2 B L K
0
/ P O P
R
0
V / N O N
c k
3 B L K
3 B L K
0
n
:
:
F 4 B L K
0
n
V
0
/ 2 / 3 / 4
EFEN
Enter 1(=On) to use an earth fault protection or enter 2(=POP) to use the directional earth fault
command protection (POP scheme), and press the ENTER key. If disabling the EF, enter
To set the EF1 and EF2 Inverse Curve Type, do the following.
If [MEF] is 1(=IEC), enter 0(=NI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) or 3(=LTI) and press the ENTER
key.
If [MEF] is 2(=IEEE), enter 0(=MI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) and press the ENTER key.
166
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
If [MEF] is 3(=US), enter 0(=CO2) or 1(=CO8) and press the ENTER key.
EF1R, <EF2R>
To set the CTF block and VTF block enable of EF, do the following.
Enter 1(=On) to enable "Trip block" by the CTF function and VTF function, and press the
ENTER key. If disabling them, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
CURREV
To set which stage is used for current reverse detection in the command protection, do the
following.
Enter 1(=EF1), 2(=EF2), 3(EF3) or 4(=EF4) and press the ENTER key. If disabling them,
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the SEF protection
E
f
E
W
S
I
S
I
S
O
E
E
E
f
E
A
S E F
1
f
1
D
E
/
E
/
E
2
1
F
1
f
1
/
E
/
/
1
V
1
V
1
/
R
/
S
/
B
N
O
D
R
C
I
C
I
C
C
1
n
I
E
/
/
O
R
V
I
E
I
E
U
8
/
E
I
E
I
S
0
N O N
C
0
/ L T I
E E
0
0
D
2
O
2
l
E P
0
n
F
o c k
167
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
V
O
S
O
S
F
T
f
E
f
E
W
F
f
2
f
2
D
V
O
S
O
S
F
S
N
V
O
S
O
T
f
E
f
E
W
E
A
T
f
E
f
F
f
3
f
3
D
3
/
F
f
4
f
V
O
R
O
T
f
P
f
F
f
E
f
/
E
/
/
S
O
N
O
D
R
E 1 B L K
n
0
0
n
I R
E V / N
:
:
- S E 2 B L
/ O n
E N
/ O n
- D I R
/ R E V / N
- 2 F
B l o c k
- S E 3 B L
/ O n
E N
/ O n
:
:
- S E 4 B L
/ O n
N
/ O n
0
O N
K
0
0
0
O N
K
0
0
SEEN
Enter 1(=On) to enable the SEF and press the ENTER key. If disabling the SEF, enter
To set the SEF1 and SEF2 Inverse Curve Type, do the following.
If [MSE] is 1(=IEC), enter 0(=NI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) or 3(=LTI) and press the ENTER
key.
If [MSE] is 2(=IEEE), enter 0(=MI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) and press the ENTER key.
If [MSE] is 3(=US), enter 0(=CO2) or 1(=CO8) and press the ENTER key.
SE1R, <SE2R>
168
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
the ENTER key.
VTF-SEBLK
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the NOC protection
N O C
N
O
N
F
M
N
M
M
M
C
N
D
N
N
C
O
V
O
N
O
N
F
C
f
C
W
N
I
N
I
N
O
C
E
C
A
T
f
T
f
C
f
C
W
1
f
1
D
C
/
C
/
C
2
1
F
1
/
F
f
F
f
2
f
2
D
E
/
/
1
V
1
V
1
/
R
/
B
/
/
E
/
/
N
O
D
R
C
I
C
I
C
C
D
2
l
N
O
N
O
N
O
D
R
C
O
V
O
T
f
T
f
F
f
F
f
/
/
N
O
N
O
1
n
I
E
/
/
O
R
V
I
E
I
E
U
8
/
E
I
E
I
S
0
N O N
C
0
/ L T I
E E
0
0
E
F
o
C
n
C
n
P
c k
1 B L K
1 B L K
0
0
n
I
E
:
:
C
n
C
n
R
0
V / N O N
2 B L K
2 B L K
169
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
NCEN
Enter 1(=On) to enable the NC and press the ENTER key. If disabling the NC, enter
To set the NOC1 and NOC2 Inverse Curve Type, do the following.
If [MNC] is 1(=IEC), enter 0(=NI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) or 3(=LTI) and press the ENTER
key.
If [MNC] is 2(=IEEE), enter 0(=MI) or 1(=VI) or 2(=EI) and press the ENTER key.
If [MNC] is 3(=US), enter 0(=CO2) or 1(=CO8) and press the ENTER key.
NC1R, <NC2R>
To set the CTF block and VTF block enable of NC, do the following.
Enter 1(=On) to enable "Trip block" by the CTF function and VTF function, and press the
ENTER key. If disabling them, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
After setting, press the END key to display the following confirmation screen.
C h a n g e
s e t t i n g s ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the Misc. protection
C
f
T
f
C
M i s c .
1
f
F
f
2
E
/
/
E
N
O n
U C 1 B L K
O n
N
170
0
0
0
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
O
C
O
T
O
T
O
B
O
B
N
B
O
R
O
f
T
f
H
f
H
f
C
f
C
A
T
f
T
f
f
F
f
M
f
M
f
D
f
D
/
C
f
C
f
/
/
E
/
A
/
E
/
B
O
U
O
N
O
E
O
N
O
2
l
n
C 2 B L K
n
0
0
n
N
n
0
0
n
F
o c k
0
0
/ O n
0
/ D I R / O C
UCEN
Enter 1(=On) to enable the UC and press the ENTER key. If disabling the UC, enter
171
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter 0(=Off) or 1(=Direct) or 2(=OC controlled) and press the ENTER key.
Setting the Cold Load protection
L
f
L
f
C o l d
E
f
D
f
L o a d
N
/ O n
O E N
/ O n
CLEN
Cold Load drop-off, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
After setting, press the END key to display the following confirmation screen.
C h a n g e
s e t t i n g s ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the OV protection
V
f
V
f
V
f
V
f
O V
1
f
2
f
3
f
4
f
E
/
E
/
E
/
E
/
N
D
N
D
N
O
N
O
0
_
T / I D M T / C
0
T / I D M T / C
0
n
0
n
OV1EN, <OV2EN>
disabling the OV1 or OV2, enter 0 (=Off) and press the ENTER key.
172
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
OV3EN, <OV4EN>
Enter 1 (=On) to enable the OV3 or OV4, and press the ENTER key. If disabling the OV3 or
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the UV protection
V
f
T
f
V
f
T
f
V
f
T
f
V
f
T
f
B
f
U V
1
f
F
f
2
f
F
f
3
f
F
f
4
f
F
f
L
f
E
/
/
E
/
/
E
/
/
E
/
/
K
/
N
D
U
O
N
D
U
O
N
O
U
O
N
O
U
O
E
O
1
_
T / I D M T / C
V 1 B L K
0
n
1
T / I D M T / C
V 2 B L K
0
n
0
n
V 3 B L K
0
n
0
n
V 4 B L K
0
n
N
0
n
UV1EN, <UV2EN>
disabling the UV1 or UV2, enter 0 (=Off) and press the ENTER key.
UV3EN, <UV4EN>
Enter 1 (=On) to enable the UV3 or UV4, and press the ENTER key. If disabling the UV3 or
173
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
After setting, press the END key to display the following confirmation screen.
C h a n g e
s e t t i n g s ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
VBLKEN
Enter 1 (=On) to enable the UV blocking and press the ENTER key. If disabling the UV
O
f
T
f
O
f
T
f
Z O V
V
f
F
f
V
f
F
f
1
/
/
2
/
/
E
D
Z
O
E
D
Z
O
N
T
V
n
N
T
V
n
1
_
/ I D M T / C
1 B L K
0
0
/ I D M T / C
2 B L K
0
ZOV1EN, <ZOV2EN>
disabling the ZOV1 or ZOV2, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
VTF-ZV1BLK, VTF-ZV1BLK
To set the VTF block enable of ZOV1 and ZOV2, do the following.
Enter 1(=On) to enable "Trip block" by the VTF function and press the ENTER key. If
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the NOV protection
N O V
N O V 1 E N
174
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
O
V
O
N
O
V
O
f
T
f
O
f
T
f
f
F
f
V
f
F
f
/
/
2
/
/
D
N
O
E
D
N
O
T
V
n
N
T
V
n
/ I D M T / C
1 B L K
0
0
/ I D M T / C
2 B L K
0
NOV1EN, <NOV2EN>
disabling the NOV1 or NOV2, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
VTF-NV1BLK, < VTF-NV2BLK
To set the VTF block enable of NOV1 and NOV2, do the following.
Enter 1(=On) to enable "Trip block" by the VTF function and press the ENTER key. If
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Scheme sw" screen.
Setting the FRQ protection
The settings for the FRQ (over/under frequency) protection are as follows:
Select "FRQ" on the "Scheme sw" screen to display the "FRQ" screen.
/ 7
F
O
F
O
F
O
F
O
D
O
D
O
D
O
D
O
R
f
R
f
R
f
R
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F R Q
Q
f
Q
f
Q
f
Q
f
R
f
R
f
R
f
R
f
1
/
2
/
3
/
4
/
Q
/
Q
/
Q
/
Q
/
E
O
E
O
E
O
E
O
1
R
2
R
3
R
4
R
N
F
N
F
N
F
N
F
E
/
E
/
E
/
E
/
/ U F
0
/ U F
0
/ U F
0
/ U F
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
0
0
0
0
FRQEN
disabling the FRQ, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
175
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DFRQEN
If disabling the FRQ, enter 0(=Off) and press the ENTER key.
Setting the protection elements
6
O
E
S
N
M
C
O
U
Z
N
F
C
P r o t . e l e m e n t
C
F
E
O
i
o
V
V
O
O
R
T
F
C
s c
l d
L o a d
V
V
Q
F / V T F
O C
O C
4 5
O C 1
1
T O C
1
T O C
1 .
T O C
0
T O C
1 .
O C 2
5
T O C
1
T O C
1 .
T O C
0
T O C
1 .
O C 3
1 0
T O C
0
O C 4
_
A
.
1
.
1
0
1
.
1
0
0 0
s
0
M
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
s
M
0
A
.
2
.
2
0
2
.
2
0
0 0
s
0
M
0
R
0
R
0
0
0
s
M
0
A
. 0 0
3
. 0 0
s
A
176
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
2 0 .
T O C 4
0 .
O C 1 0 . 0
O C 1 0 .
O C 1 0 . 0
O C 1 0 . 0
O C 1 0 .
O C 2 0 . 0
0 0
s
0
k
0
0
C
0
k
0
0
k
0
:
:
O C 2 -
0 . 0
0
OC1 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
r
0
ditto
ditto
0
OC2 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the EF elements
Select "EF" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "EF" screen.
/ 7
E F
E F
4 5
E F V
3 . 0
E F 1
0
T E F
1 .
T E F
1
T E F
T
E
T
E
T
E
.
1
0
1
.
1
0
E F 1
1 . 0
F 2
3 .
E F 2
1 .
F 3
5 .
E F 3
0 .
F 4
1 0 .
A
3 0
M
0 0
_
s
0
R
.
R
0
0
s
0
M
0
A
0 0
s
0 0
A
0 0
s
0 0
A
0 0
177
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
T E F
0
T R E
0
E F 1
0 .
E F 1
0
E F 1
0 .
E F 1
0 .
E F 1
0
E F 2
0 .
4
.
B
.
0
.
0
0
.
0
0
K
1
k
0
0
C
0
k
0
0
k
0
:
:
E F 2 -
0 . 0
0
s
0
EF1 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
r
0
ditto
ditto
0
EF2 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the SEF elements
Select "SEF" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "SEF" screen.
/ 7
S E
S E F
9 0
S E V
3 . 0
S E 1
0 . 0
T S E 1
1 .
T S E 1
1 . 0
T S E 1
0
T S E 1
1 . 0
T S 1 S
0 .
S E 2
0 . 0
T S E 2
1 .
T S E 2
1 . 0
T S E 2
A
1 0
s
0
M
0
R
.
R
0
2
0
0
0
s
0
M
0
s
0
A
1 0
s
0 0
M
0 0
R
178
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
T S
1
S E
0
T S
E
.
3
.
E
0
S E 4
0 .
T S E
0
R P
0
S E 1
0 .
S E 1
0
S E 1
0 .
S E 1
0 .
S E 1
0
S E 2
0 .
0 . 0
2 R M
0 0 0
A
0 1 0
3
. 0 0
s
A
0 10
4
. 0 0
s
W
.
0
.
0
0
.
0
0
k
0
0
C
0
k
0
0
k
0
:
:
S E 2 -
0 . 0
0
SE1 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
r
0
ditto
ditto
0
SE2 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the NOC elements
Select "NOC" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "NOC" screen.
/ 7
N C
N O C
4 5
N C V
3 . 0
N C 1
0
T N C
1
T N C
1 .
T N C
.
1
.
1
0
1
0
T N C 1
1 . 0
A
4 0
s
0
M
0
R
.
R
0
0
0
s
0
M
0
179
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
N C 2
0
T N C
1
T N C
1 .
T N C
T N
1
N C
0
N C
N C
0
N C
0
N C
N C
0
N C
A
.
2
.
2
0
2
0
2
0
0
.
0
0
.
0
2 0
0
M
0
R
.
C
R
.
0
1
k
.
0
1
0
0
1
C
.
0
1
k
.
0
1
0
0
2
k
.
0
:
:
2 -
0 . 0
s
0
0
s
0
M
0
NC1 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
r
0
ditto
ditto
0
NC2 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the Misc. protection elements
Select "Misc." on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "Misc." screen.
/ 7
U C 1
0
T U C
1
U C 2
0
T U C
1
T H M
1
T H M
0
T T H
1
T H M
M i s c .
A
. 2 0
1
. 0 0
_
s
A
. 4 0
2
. 0 0
s
A
.
I
.
M
0
A
0 0
P
0 0
A
m i n
. 0
%
8 0
B C D
180
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
0
T B C
1
C B F
0
T B T
0
T R T
0
I C D
. 2 0
D
. 0 0
s
A
.
C
.
C
.
-
5 0
s
5 0
4
2
1
I C D O C
0 . 1
s
0
f
5
%
A
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the Cold Load protection elements
Select "Cold Load" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "Cold Load" screen.
/ 7
O C 1
2
O C 2
5
O C 3
2 0
O C 4
4 0
E F 1
2
E F 2
5
E F 3
2 0
E F 4
4 0
S E 1
0 .
S E 2
0 .
S E 3
0 .
S E 4
0 .
N C 1
0
N C 2
0
B C D
0
C o l d
l o a d
A
. 0 0
_
A
. 0 0
A
. 0 0
A
. 0 0
A
. 0 0
A
. 0 0
A
. 0 0
A
. 0 0
A
0 2 0
A
0 2 0
A
0 2 0
A
0 2 0
A
. 8 0
A
. 4 0
. 4 0
181
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
T C L
1
T C L
1
I C L
0
T C L
0
E
0
R
0
D
.
D
.
s
0
s
0
O
5 0
O
0 0
A
s
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the OV elements
Select "OV" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "OV" screen.
/ 7
O V
O V 1
1 2 0
T O V 1
1 .
T O V 1
1 .
T O V 1
0
O V 1 D
. 0
0
M
0
R
.
P
9
O V 2
1 4 0 .
:
:
O V 2 D P
9
O V 3
2 4 0 .
T O V 3
1 . 0
O V 3 D P
9
O V 4
2 4 0 .
T O V 4
1 . 0
O V 4 D P
9
O V 1 - k
1 . 0
O V 1 -
1 . 0
O V 1 - C
0 . 0 0
O V 2 - k
0
OV1 Inverse time multiplier setting.
0
0
R
5
0
R
5
0
0
R
5
0
0
R
5
182
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
1
O V 2
1
O V 2
0 .
.
.
0
0 0
0 0
C
0 0
ditto
ditto
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the UV elements
Select "UV" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "UV" screen.
/ 7
U V 1
6
T U V
1
T U V
1
T U V
U V 2
4
T U V
1
U V 3
4
T U V
1
U V 4
4
T U V
1
V B L
1
U V 1
1
U V 1
1
U V 1
0 .
U V 2
1
U V 2
1
U V 2
0 .
U V
0
1
.
1
.
1
0
. 0
0 0
M
0 0
R
. 0
0 . 0
2
. 0 0
0 . 0
3
. 0 0
0
4
.
K
0
.
.
0
.
.
0
_
UV1 Inverse time multiplier setting.
s
UV Blocking threshold
. 0
0 0
.
k
0
0
C
0
k
0
0
C
0
0
UV1 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
UV2 User configurable IDMT curve setting
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
183
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
C h a n g e
s e t t i n g s ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the ZOV elements
Select "ZOV" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "ZOV" screen.
/ 7
Z O V
Z O V
2
T Z O
1
T Z O
1
T Z O
1
0
V
.
V
.
V
0
2
0
V
.
V
.
V
0
1
.
1
.
1
0
2
.
2
.
2
0
Z O V
4
T Z O
1
T Z O
1
T Z O
Z O V
1
Z O V
1
Z O V
0 .
Z O V
1
Z O V
1
Z O V
0 .
.
1
0
1
0
1
.
.
2
0
2
0
2
.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
M
0
R
0
0
0
M
0
R
0
k
0
0
C
0
k
0
0
C
0
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the NOV protection elements
Select "NOV" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "NOV" screen.
/ 7
N O V
N O V
2
T N O
1
1
0 . 0
V 1
. 0 0
184
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
T N O V 1 M
1 . 0 0
T N O V 1 R
0 . 0
N O V 2
4 0 . 0
T N O V 2
1 . 0 0
T N O V 2 M
1 . 0 0
T N O V 2 R
0 . 0
N O V 1 - k
1 . 0 0
N O V 1 -
1 . 0 0
N O V 1 - C
0 . 0 0 0
N O V 2 - k
1 . 0 0
N O V 2 -
1 . 0 0
N O V 2 - C
0 . 0 0 0
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the FRQ elements
Select "FRQ" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "FRQ" screen.
/ 7
F R Q
F R Q 1
1 . 0
T F R Q 1
1 . 0
F R Q 2
1 . 0
T F R Q 2
1 . 0
F R Q 3
1 . 0
T F R Q 3
1 . 0
F R Q 4
1 . 0
T F R Q 4
1 . 0
F V B L K
4 0 .
D F R Q 1
H z
0
0
H z
0
0
H z
0
0
H z
0
0
V
0
H z s
185
UV Blocking threshold
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
0
D F R Q
0
D F R Q
0
D F R Q
0
.
2
.
3
.
4
.
5
H z s
5
H z s
5
H z s
5
Press the ENTER (= Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the CTF/VTF elements
Select "CTF/VTF" on the "Prot. element" screen to display the "CTF/VTF" screen.
/ 7
C T F / V T F
E F F
0
Z O V
2
U V F
5
A
. 2 0
F
0 . 0
_
V
V
1 . 0
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "Prot. element" screen.
Setting the autoreclose function
6
G
O
E
S
M
S c h e m e
e n e r a l
C
F
E F
i s c
s w
186
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
General
Select "General" on the "Scheme sw" screen to set the autoreclose mode.
/ 7
A
O
A
S
V
O
D
O
V
A
V
P
3
B
R
f
R
1
C
f
f
f
T
/
T
H
P
u
G e n e r a l
C
f
C
/
H
f
E
f
P
B
H
s
E
/
S
K
/
N
/
H
/
R
G
/
N
0
_
O n
N U M
0
2 / S 3 / S 4 / S 5
0
L D / D L / D D / S
0
O n
S E L
0
C
A T E
0
/ P H - P H
V T
0
L i n e
ARCEN
Enter 1(=On) or 0(=Off) to enable or to disable the autoreclose.
ARC-NUM
Enter 0 or 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 to set the number of shot.
Enter 0 (= Off) to perform the reclose without voltage and synchronism check.
Enter 1 (= LD) to perform the reclose under "live bus and dead line" condition or with
synchronism check.
Enter 2 (= DL) to perform the reclose under "dead bus and live line" condition or with
synchronism check.
Enter 3 (= DD) to perform the reclose under "dead bus and dead line" condition.
Enter 4 (= S) to perform the reclose with synchronism check.
DfEN
Enter 0 or 1 and press the ENTER key.
187
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter 0 (= A) not to use A-phase voltage for voltage and synchronism check.
Enter 1 (= B) to use B-phase voltage.
Enter 2 (= C) to use C-phase voltage.
VT-RATE
Enter 0 or 1 and press the ENTER key.
C
A
C
f
C
f
C
f
C
f
C
f
C
f
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C
O
C
C
f
C
f
C
f
C
f
C
f
C
f
O
f
O C
1
/
1
f
1
f
1
f
1
f
1
f
1
f
:
:
4
4
f
4
f
4
f
4
f
4
f
4
f
O
f
O
T
/
T
/
T
/
T
/
T
/
T
/
I
n
P
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
N
/
1
n
2
n
3
n
4
n
5
n
6
n
I T
0
B l o c k
2
s t / S e t
2
s t / S e t
2
s t / S e t
2
s t / S e t
2
s t / S e t
2
s t / S e t
T
/
T
/
T
/
T
/
T
/
T
/
R
/
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
P
I
D
o
N
1
n
2
n
3
n
4
n
5
n
6
n
n
I T
s t / S e
s t / S e
s t / S e
s t / S e
s t / S e
s t / S e
O C
2
2
t
2
t
2
t
2
t
2
t
2
t
0
Enter 1(=INIT) or 2(=Block) to initiate or to block the autoreclose by the OC1 trip in
"OC1-INIT". To neither initiate nor block it, enter 0(=NA).
188
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter 1(=Inst) or 2(=Set) to set the OC1 first trip to Instantaneous trip or Set time delay trip
in the "OC1-TP1". To not use the OC1 trip, enter 0(=Off).
Note: OC1-TP2 to OC1-TP6 show the OC1 second trip to OC1 sixth trip.
M i s c
E X T - I N I T
0
N A / O n / B l o c k
Enter 1(=On: INIT) or 2(=Block) to initiate or to block the autoreclose by the external trip. To
neither initiate nor block it, enter 0(=NA).
Setting ARC element
Select "ARC element" on the "Group " screen to set timer setting and the threshold setting of
OC, EF and SEF for co-ordination.
/ 6
A R C
e l e m e n t
T R D
6
T D 1
1 0
T R 1
3 1 0
:
:
T D 5
1 0
T R 5
3 1 0
T W
2
T S U
3
T R C
1 0
T A R
1 0
T R S
3
O V B
Y
0 . 0
s
s
. 0 0
s
. 0 0
s
. 0 0
s
. 0 0
s
.
C
.
O
.
C
.
E
.
0 0
s
0
V
0
P
0
T
0
0
s
0
s
0
s
0
V
5 1
U V B
189
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
1 3
O V L
V
5 1
U V L
S Y N U
S Y N O
S Y N D
1
S Y N
S Y
T S
T D
T L
T D
O C
E F
S E
0
1
V
8
V
5
V
5
3
V
3
V
1
V
0
d e g
3 0
N D f
1 . 0 0
Y N
1 . 0 0
B L L
0 . 0 5
B D L
0 . 0 5
B D L
0 . 0 5
- C O
1 . 0 0
- C O
0 . 3 0
- C O
. 0 1 0
H z
s
s
s
s
A
A
A
Press the ENTER (=Y) key to change settings and return to the "ARC" screen.
Setting group copy
To copy the settings of one group and overwrite them to another group, do the following:
Select "Copy gp." on the "Protection" screen to display the "Copy A to B" screen.
/ 3
C o p y
t o
A
B
B
_
Enter the group number to be copied in line A and press the ENTER key.
Enter the group number to be overwritten by the copy in line B and press the ENTER key.
4.2.6.8 Binary Input
The logic level of binary input signals can be inverted by setting before entering the scheme logic.
190
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Inversion is used when the input contact cannot meet the requirements described in Table 3.2.2.
Select "Binary I/P" on the "Set. (change)" sub-menu to display the "Binary I/P" screen.
/
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
B i n a r y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I / P
After setting, press the ENTER key to display the "BI" screen.
/ 3
B I
T i m e r s
F u n c t i o n s
Setting timers
Select "Timers" on the "BI" screen to display the "Timers" screen.
/ 4
T i m e r s
P U D
0 . 0 0
D O D
0 . 0 0
F u n c t i o n s
S N S
N o r m / I n v
To set the Binary Input Sense, enter 0(=Normal) or 1(=Inverted) and press the ENTER key.
After setting, press the END key to return to the "BI" screen.
4.2.6.9
Binary Output
All the binary outputs of the GRD140 except the relay failure signal are user-configurable. It is
possible to assign one signal or up to four ANDing or ORing signals to one output relay. Available
signals are listed in Appendix C.
It is also possible to attach Instantaneous or delayed or latched reset timing to these signals.
191
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix H shows the factory default settings.
CAUTION
When having changed the binary output settings, release the latch state on a digest screen by
pressing the RESET key for more than 3 seconds.
To configure the binary output signals, do the following:
Selection of output relay
Select "Binary O/P" on the "Set. (change)" screen to display the "Binary O/P" screen.
2
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B i n a r y
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
O / P
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
2
B
B
B
B
B
B
H
H
H
H
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
O
O
O
O
O / P
O
O
O
O
O
O
B
B
B
B
i n a r y
1
2
3
4
Note: The setting is required for all the binary outputs. If any of the binary outputs are not used, enter
0 to logic gates #1 to #6 in assigning signals.
Select the output relay number (BO number) and press the ENTER key to display the "BO"
screen.
/ 3
B O
L o g i c / R e s e t
F u n c t i o n s
o
R
e
n
L o g i c / R e s e t
g
/
s
s
i
A
e
/
c
0
_
N D
t
0
D l / D w / L a t
Enter 0(=OR) or 1(=AND) to use an OR gate or AND gate and press the ENTER key.
192
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter 0(=Instantaneous) or 1(=Delayed) or 2(=Dwell) or 3(=Latched) to select the reset timing
and press the ENTER key.
Press the END key to return to the "BO" screen.
Note: To release the latch state, push the [RESET] key for more than 3 seconds.
Assigning signals
Select "Functions" on the "BO" screen to display the "Functions" screen.
/ 4
I n
I n
I n
I n
I n
I n
T B
F u n c t i o n s
#
1 0
#
1 0
#
1 0
#
1 0
#
1 0
#
1 0
O
0 .
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
s
2 0
Assign signals to gates (In #1 to #6) by entering the number corresponding to each signal
referring to Appendix C. Do not assign the signal numbers 471 to 477 and 487 to 490 (signal
names: "BO1 OP" to "BO7 OP" and "HBO1_OP" to "HBO4_OP"). And set the delay time of
timer TBO.
Note: If signals are not assigned to all the gates #1 to #6, enter 0 for the unassigned gate(s).
Six LEDs of the GRD140 are user-configurable. A configurable LED can be programmed to
indicate the OR combination of a maximum of 4 elements, the individual statuses of which can be
viewed on the LED screen as Virtual LEDs. The signals listed in Appendix C can be assigned to
each LED as follows.
CAUTION
When having changed the LED settings, must release the latch state on a digest screen by
pressing the RESET key for more than 3 seconds.
Selection of LEDs
Select "LED" on the "Set. (change)" screen to display the "LED" screen.
/ 2
L E D
L E D
V i r t u a l
L E D
193
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
/
3
L
L
L
L
L
L
E
E
E
E
E
E
L
D
D
D
D
D
D
E D
1
2
3
4
5
6
Select the LED number and press the ENTER key to display the "LED" screen.
/ 4
L E D
L o g i c / R e s e t
F u n c t i o n s
o
R
e
n
L o g i c / R e s e t
g
/
s
s
i
A
e
t
c
N D
t
/ L a t c h
Enter 0(=OR) or 1(=AND) to use an OR gate or AND gate and press the ENTER key.
Enter 0(=Instantaneous) or 1(=Latched) to select the reset timing and press the ENTER key.
Press the END key to return to the "LED" screen.
Note: To release the latch state, refer to Section 4.2.1.
Assigning signals
Select "Functions" on the "LED" screen to display the "Functions" screen.
/ 5
I n
F u n c t i o n s
#
1 0
I n
#
1 0
I n
#
1 0
I n
#
1 0
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
1
2
3
Assign signals to gates (In #1 to #4) by entering the number corresponding to each signal
referring to Appendix C.
Note: If signals are not assigned to all the gates #1 to #4, enter 0 for the unassigned gate(s).
194
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
/ 3
V i r t u a l
I N D 1
I N D 2
L E D
Select the IND number and press the ENTER key to display the "IND" screen.
/ 4
I N D
R e s e t
F u n c t i o n s
R e s e t
R e s e t
I n s t / L a t c h
Enter 0(=Instantaneous) or 1(=Latched) to select the reset timing and press the ENTER key.
Press the END key to return to the "IND" screen.
Note: To release the latch state, push the [RESET] key for more than 3 seconds.
Assigning signals
Select "Functions" on the "IND" screen to display the "Functions" screen.
/ 5
F u n c t i o n s
B I T
1
B I T
1
1
0 0 0
2
0 0 1
B I T 8
1 0 0 7
Assign signals to bits (1 to 8) by entering the number corresponding to each signal referring to
Appendix C.
Note: If signals are not assigned to all the bits 1 to 8, enter 0 for the unassigned bit(s).
4.2.7
Testing
The sub-menu "Test" provides such functions as disabling the automatic monitoring function and
forced operation of binary outputs. The password, if set, must be entered in order to enter the test
screens because the "Test" menu has password security protection. (See the section 4.2.6.2.) If the
password trap ser, enter the password in the following screen.
P a s s w o r d
_
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Note: When operating the "Test" menu, the "IN SERVICE" LED is flickering. But if an alarm occurs
during the test, the flickering stops. The "IN SERVICE" LED flickers only in a lighting state.
195
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.2.7.1 Scheme Switch
The automatic monitor function (A.M.F.) can be disabled by setting the switch [A.M.F] to "OFF".
Disabling the A.M.F. inhibits trip blocking even in the event of a failure in the items being
monitored by this function. It also prevents failures from being displayed on the "ALARM" LED
and LCD described in Section 4.2.1. No events related to A.M.F. are recorded, either.
Disabling A.M.F. is useful for blocking the output of unnecessary alarms during testing.
Select "Test" on the top "MENU" screen to display the "Test" screen.
/
1
T e
S w i t
B i n a
L o g i
s t
c h
r y
O / P
c
c i r c u i t
.
f
V
f
L
f
H
f
H
f
E
f
S w i t c h
M
f
T
f
P
f
M
f
O
f
C
f
.
/
S
/
T
/
R
/
T
/
T
/
F
O
T
O
S
S
S
O
N
S
S
O
.
n
0
n
T
0 / S 3
T
n
U M
1 - S 6
T
n
0
0
0
0
Enter 0(=Off) to disable the A.M.F. and press the ENTER key.
Enter 1(=On) for UVTST to disable the UV block when testing UV elements and press the
ENTER key.
Enter 0(=Off) or 1(=State0) or 2(=State3) to set forcibly the test condition of the Cold Load
Protection (CLPTST) and press the ENTER key.
Enter 1(=On) to set the reset delay time of the thermal overload element to instantaneous reset
for testing (THMRST) and press the ENTER key.
Enter 0(=Off) or 1(=S1) or 2(=S2) or 3(=S3) or 4(=S4) or 5(=S5) to set shot number
(SHOTNUM) for autoreclose test and press the ENTER key.
Enter 1(=On) for IECTST to transmit test mode to the control system by IEC60870-5-103
communication when testing the local relay, and press the ENTER key.
Press the END key to return to the "Test" screen.
4.2.7.2 Binary Output Relay
It is possible to forcibly operate all binary output relays for checking connections with the external
devices. Forced operation can be performed on one or more binary outputs at a time.
Select "Binary O/P" on the "Test" screen to display the "Binary O/P" screen. Then the LCD
196
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
displays the name of the output relay.
/ 2
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
H
D
H
D
H
D
H
D
F
D
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
B
i
B
i
B
i
B
i
A
i
B i n a r y
1
s
2
s
3
s
4
s
5
s
6
s
7
s
O
s
O
s
O
s
O
s
I
s
O / P
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
1
0
a b l e / E n a b
2
0
a b l e / E n a b
3
0
a b l e / E n a b
4
0
a b l e / E n a b
L
0
a b l e / E n a b
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
Enter 1(=Enable) and press the ENTER key to operate the output relays forcibly.
After completing the entries, press the END key. Then the LCD displays the screen shown
below.
O p e r a t e ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
Keep pressing the ENTER key to operate the assigned output relays.
Release pressing the ENTER key to reset the operation.
Press the CANCEL key to return to the upper "Binary O/P" screen.
4.2.7.3 Logic Circuit
It is possible to observe the binary signal level on the signals listed in Appendix C with monitoring
jacks A and B.
Select "Logic circuit" on the "Test" screen to display the "Logic circuit" screen.
/ 2
L o g i c
c i r c u i t
T e r m A
1
_
T e r m B
1 0 0 1
_
Enter a signal number to be observed at monitoring jack A and press the ENTER key.
Enter the other signal number to be observed at monitoring jack B and press the ENTER key.
197
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
After completing the setting, the signals can be observed by the binary logic level at monitoring
jacks A and B or by the LEDs above the jacks.
On screens other than the above screen, observation with the monitoring jacks is disabled.
198
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.3
Oscillograph display
Harmonic analysis:
Frequency analysis:
For the details, see the separate instruction manual "PC INTERFACE RSM100".
4.4
Figure 4.4.1
HUB
199
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.5
The protocol can be used through the RS485 port or the Fibre optic port on the relay rear panel.
The relay supports two baud-rates 9.6kbps and 19.2kbps, and supports two normalizing factors 1.2
and 2.4 for measurand. These are selected by setting. See Section 4.2.6.4.
The data transfer from the relay can be blocked by the setting.
For the settings, see the Section 4.2.6.
4.6
200
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.7
Clock Function
The clock function (Calendar clock) is used for time-tagging for the following purposes:
Event records
Disturbance records
Fault records
The calendar clock can run locally or be synchronised with an external clock such as the binary
time standard input signal, RSM clock, IEC60870-5-103 or SNTP for IEC61850 etc. This can be
selected by setting (see 4.2.6.6.).
The clock synchronise function synchronises the relay internal clock to the BI (connected to
PLC input No.2576 SYNC_CLOCK) by the following method. Since the BI signal is an ON or
OFF signal which cannot express year-month-day and hour-minute-second etc, synchronising is
achieved by setting the number of milliseconds to zero. This method will give accurate timing if
the synchronising BI signal is input every second.
Synchronisation is triggered by an OFF to ON (rising edge) transition of the BI signal. When
the trigger is detected, the millisecond value of the internal clock is checked, and if the value is
between 0~500ms then it is rounded down. If it is between 500~999ms then it is rounded up (ie the
number of seconds is incremented).
n sec
(n+1) sec
500ms
corrected to (n+1) sec
corrected to n sec
When the relays are connected with the RSM system as shown in Figure 4.4.1 and selected "RSM"
in the time synchronisation setting, the calendar clock of each relay is synchronised with the RSM
clock. If the RSM clock is synchronised with the external time standard, then all the relay clocks
are synchronised with the external time standard.
201
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
5. Installation
5.1
Receipt of Relays
When relays are received, carry out the acceptance inspection immediately. In particular, check
for damage during transportation, and if any is found, contact the vendor.
Always store the relays in a clean, dry environment.
5.2
Relay Mounting
A flush mounting relay is included. Appendix F shows the case outline.
For details of relay withdrawal and insertion, see Section 6.7.3.
5.3
Electrostatic Discharge
CAUTION
Do not take out the relay unit outside the relay case since electronic components on the modules
are very sensitive to electrostatic discharge. If it is absolutely essential to take the modules out of
the case, do not touch the electronic components and terminals with your bare hands.
Additionally, always put the module in a conductive anti-static bag when storing it.
5.4
Handling Precautions
A person's normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials of several thousand
volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor devices when handling electronic circuits
can cause serious damage. This damage often may not be immediately apparent, but the reliability
of the circuit will have been reduced.
The electronic circuits are completely safe from electrostatic discharge when housed in the case.
Do not expose them to risk of damage by withdrawing the relay unit unnecessarily.
The relay unit incorporates the highest practical protection for its semiconductor devices.
However, if it becomes necessary to withdraw the relay unit, precautions should be taken to
preserve the high reliability and long life for which the equipment has been designed and
manufactured.
CAUTION
Before removing the relay unit, ensure that you are at the same electrostatic potential as the
equipment by touching the case.
Use the handle to draw out the relay unit. Avoid touching the electronic components,
printed circuit board or connectors.
Do not pass the relay unit to another person without first ensuring you are both at the same
electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achieves equipotential.
Place the relay unit on an anti-static surface, or on a conducting surface which is at the same
potential as yourself.
Do not place the relay unit in polystyrene trays.
202
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
It is strongly recommended that detailed investigations on electronic circuitry should be carried
out in a Special Handling Area.
5.5
External Connections
External connections for each relay model are shown in Appendix G.
203
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
These tests are performed for the following hardware to ensure that there is no hardware defect.
Defects of hardware circuits other than the following can be detected by monitoring which circuits
function when the DC power is supplied.
User interfaces
Binary input circuits and output circuits
AC input circuits
Function tests
These tests are performed for the following functions that are fully software-based.
Measuring elements
Metering and recording
Conjunctive tests
The tests are performed after the relay is connected with the primary equipment and other external
equipment.
The following tests are included:
On load test: phase sequence check and polarity check
Tripping circuit test
Reclosing circuit test
204
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.2
Cautions
6.2.1
Safety Precautions
CAUTION
The relay rack is provided with an earthing terminal.
Before starting the work, always make sure the relay rack is earthed.
When connecting the cable to the back of the relay, firmly fix it to the terminal block and attach
the cover provided on top of it.
Before checking the interior of the relay, be sure to turn off the power.
Failure to observe any of the precautions above may cause electric shock or malfunction.
6.2.2
Failure to observe any of the precautions above may cause damage or malfunction of the relay.
205
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.3
Preparations
Test equipment
Before starting the tests, it must be specified whether the tests will use the users settings or the
default settings.
For the default settings, see the Appendix H Relay Setting Sheet.
Visual inspection
After unpacking the product, check for any damage to the relay case. If there is any damage, the
internal module might also have been affected. Contact the vendor.
Relay ratings
Check that the items described on the nameplate on the front of the relay conform to the users
specification. The items are: relay type and model, AC current and frequency ratings, and
auxiliary DC supply voltage rating.
Local PC
When using a local PC, connect it with the relay via the RS232C port on the front of the relay.
RSM100 software is required to run the PC.
For details, see separate volume "PC INTERFACE RSM100".
206
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.4
Hardware Tests
The tests can be performed without external wiring, but a DC power supply and AC current and
voltage sources are required.
6.4.1
User Interfaces
This test ensures that the LCD, LEDs and keys function correctly.
LCD display
Apply the rated DC voltage and check that the LCD is off.
Note: If there is a failure, the LCD will display the "Err: " screen when the DC voltage is applied.
Press the RESET key for one second or more and check that black dots appear on the whole
screen.
LED display
Apply the rated DC voltage and check that the "IN SERVICE" LED is lit in green.
Press the RESET key for one second or more and check that remaining five LEDs are lit in
red or yellow. (Programmable LEDs are yellow.)
VIEW and RESET keys
Press the VIEW key when the LCD is off and check that the "Virtual LED" and "Metering"
screens are sequentially displayed on the LCD.
Press the RESET key and check that the LCD turns off.
Other operation keys
Press any key when the LCD is off and check that the LCD displays the "MENU" screen. Press
the END key to turn off the LCD.
Repeat this for all keys.
6.4.2
207
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140-100, -400, -420
TB2
- A1
BI6
BI7
- B1
BI8
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
- A8
DC
power
supply
- B8
TB2 -A9
- B9
E
Note: Models 400 and 420 are not provided with BI6 to BI8.
- A4
- B4
- A8
- B8
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
- B9
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
B i n a r y
I / O
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Apply the rated DC voltage to terminal A1-B1, A2-B2, ..., A8-B8 of terminal block TB2.
Check that the status display corresponding to the input signal (IP) changes from 0 to 1. (For
details of the binary input status display, see Section 4.2.4.2.)
Note: Models 400 and 420 are not provided with BI6 to BI8.
The user will be able to perform this test for one terminal to another or for all the terminals at once.
6.4.3
208
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
the name of the output relay.
/ 2
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
B
D
H
D
H
D
H
D
H
D
F
D
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
B
i
B
i
B
i
B
i
A
i
B i n a r y
1
s
2
s
3
s
4
s
5
s
6
s
7
s
O
s
O
s
O
s
O
s
I
s
O / P
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
1
0
a b l e / E n a b
2
0
a b l e / E n a b
3
0
a b l e / E n a b
4
0
a b l e / E n a b
L
0
a b l e / E n a b
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
Keep pressing the ENTER key to operate the output relays forcibly.
Check that the output contacts operate at the terminal.
Stop pressing the ENTER key to reset the operation
6.4.4
AC Input Circuits
This test can be performed by applying known values of voltage and current to the AC input
circuits and verifying that the values applied coincide with the values displayed on the LCD
screen.
The testing circuits are shown in Figures 6.4.2 and 6.4.3. A three-phase voltage source and a
single-phase current source are required.
209
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140-110
V
TB1 -1
Single-phase
voltage
source
-2
TB1 -5
Single-phase
current
source
-6
-7
-8
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
Ie
Ise
Three-phase
voltage
a
source
b
V
-A1
-B1
Va
Vb
-A2
Vc
-B2
-A3
TB1 -1
Single-phase
current
source
-B3
-2
TB2 -3
-4
-5
-6
Ves
Ia
Ib
Ic
-7
-8
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
Ie or I
se
Check that the metering data is set to be expressed as secondary values on the "Metering switch"
screen.
210
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.5
Function Test
CAUTION
The function test may cause the output relays to operate including the tripping output relays.
Therefore, the test must be performed with tripping circuits disconnected.
6.5.1
Measuring Element
Measuring element characteristics are realized by software, so it is possible to verify the overall
characteristics by checking representative points.
Operation of the element under test is observed by the binary output signal at monitoring jacks A
or B or by the LED indications above the jacks. In any case, the signal number corresponding to
each element output must be set on the "Logic circuit" screen of the "Test" sub-menu.
/ 2
L o g i c
c i r c u i t
T e r m A
1
_
T e r m B
4 8
_
When a signal number is entered for the Term A line, the signal is observed at monitoring jack A
and when entered for the Term B line, it is observed at monitoring jack B.
Note:
The voltage level at the monitoring jacks is +5V for logic level "1" and less than 0.1V for
logic level "0".
CAUTION
Use test equipment with more than 1 k of internal impedance when observing the output
signal at the monitoring jacks.
Do not apply an external voltage to the monitoring jacks.
Do not leave the A or B terminal shorted to 0V terminal for a long time.
In case of a three-phase element, it is sufficient to test for a representative phase. The A-phase
element is selected hereafter. Further, the [APPLCT] and [APPLVES] settings are selected 3P
and 3PV.
Note: Operating time test of measuring relay elements at monitoring jack A or B is not
including the operation of binary output. Whole the operating time test, if required,
should be measured at a binary output relay.
211
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.5.1.1
Overcurrent and undercurrent element OC1 to OC4, UC1, UC2 and CBF and Earth fault
element EF1 to EF4 and SEF1 to SEF4
The overcurrent element is checked on the operating current value and operating time for IDMT
curve.
Operating current check
Figure 6.5.1 shows a testing circuit. The operating current value is checked by increasing or
decreasing the magnitude of the current applied.
GRD140
Single-phase
current
source
TB1 -(*)
-(*)
Monitoring
jack
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
A
0V
DC
voltmeter
0V
(): Connect the terminal number corresponding to the testing element. Refer to Table 3.2.1.
Signal No.
Element
Signal No.
Element
Signal No.
Element
Signal No.
OC1-A
101
EF1
131
SEF1
141
UC1-A
161
OC2-A
107
EF2
133
SEF2
143
UC2-A
164
OC3-A
113
EF3
135
SEF3
145
CBF-A
173
OC4-A
116
EF4
136
SEF4
146
Enter the signal number to observe the operation at the LED as shown in Section 6.5.1 and
press the ENTER key.
Set the scheme switches [-DIR] to NON.
Apply a test current and change the magnitude of the current applied and measure the value
at which the element operates.
Check that the measured value is within 5% of the setting value.
212
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Operating time check for IDMT curve
Single-phase
current
source
TB1 ()
- ()
Monitoring
jack
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
A
0V
E
Start
Time
counter
Stop
OV
(): Connect the terminal number corresponding to the testing element. Refer to Table 3.2.1.
One of the inverse time characteristics can be set, and the output signal numbers of the IDMT
elements are as follows:
Element
Signal No.
OC1-A
101
EF1
131
SEF1
141
Fix the time characteristic to test by setting the scheme switch MOC1, MEF1 or MSE1 on the
"OC", "EF" or "SEF" screen.
Example: "Settings" sub-menu "Protection" screen "Group" screen "OC" screen
The test procedure is as follows:
Enter the signal number to observe the operating time at the monitoring jack A as shown in
Section 6.5.1.
Apply a test current and measure the operating time. The magnitude of the test current should
be between 1.2 Is to 20 Is, where Is is the current setting.
Calculate the theoretical operating time using the characteristic equations shown in Section
2.1.1. (For the accuracy, refer to Appendix K.)
If checking the dependent time reset characteristic, use the output signal numbers 576 to 587
(_DEPRST). These signals output 1(logic level) when the value of internal time delay
counter is down to 0 in Figure 6.5.2.1 Dependent time reset characteristic in accordance with
IEC 60255-151.
213
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.5.1.2
TB2 -A1
Va
-B1
Vb
-A2
Vc
-B2
a
Three-phase
voltage
b
source
Monitoring
jack
Single-phase
current
source
DC
power
supply
TB1 -1
Ia
-2
TB2 -A9
-B9
(E)
DC
voltmeter
OC elements and their output signal number are shown in Section 6.5.1.1.
214
A
0V
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The following shows the case when testing OC1.
Select "Logic circuit" on the Test screen to display the "Logic circuit" screen.
Enter the signal number to be observed at monitoring jack as shown in Section 6.5.1.
Set the scheme switch [OC1-DIR] to FWD.
Apply three-phase rated voltage and single-phase test current IT (= Ia).
Set IT to lag Vbc by OC characteristic angle OC . (The default setting of OC is -45.)
Changing the magnitude of IT while retaining the phase angle with the voltages, and measure
the current at which the element operates. Check that the measured current magnitude is within
5% of the current setting.
EF element
TB1 or TB2
-(*)
Residual voltage
Single-phase
voltage
source
-(*)
Monitoring
jack
Single-phase
current
source
DC
power
supply
TB1 -(*)
Ie or Ise
A
0V
-(*)
TB2 -A9
-B9
E
DC
voltmeter
Note: Connect the terminal number of residual voltage input and residual current
input or zero sequence current input for SEF as shown in Table 3.2.1.
Figure 6.5.4
EF elements and their output signal number are shown in Section 6.5.1.1.
The following shows the case when testing EF1.
Select Logic circuit on the Test menu screen to display the Logic circuit screen.
Enter the signal number to be observed at monitoring jack A as shown in Section 6.5.1.
Set the scheme switch [EF1-DIR] to FWD.
Apply the rated voltage VT (= V0) and single-phase test current IT.
Set IT to lag V0 by EF characteristic angle EF . (The default setting of EF is -45.)
Changing the magnitude of IT while retaining the phase angle with the voltages, and measure
the current at which the element operates. Check that the measured current magnitude is within
5% of the current setting.
215
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
SEF element
Signal No.
THM-A
167
THM-T
168
Enter the signal number to observe the operation at the monitoring jack A as shown in
Section 6.5.1.
Apply a test current and measure the operating time. The magnitude of the test current
should be between 1.2 Is to 10 Is, where Is is the current setting.
CAUTION
After the setting of a test current, apply the test current after checking that the THM% has
become 0 on the "Metering" screen.
Calculate the theoretical operating time using the characteristic equations shown in Section
2.1.5. Check that the measured operating time is within 5%.
6.5.1.4
Signal No.
NOC1
169
NOC2
171
216
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter the signal number to observe the operation at the monitoring jack A as shown in
Section 6.5.1.
Apply the three-phase balance current and the operating current value is checked by
increasing the magnitude of the current applied.
TB1 -1
-2
Three-phase
Current
source
Ib
-3
-4
Ic
-5
-6
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
Monitoring
jack
A
0V
E
DC
voltmeter
0V
Va
TB2 -A1
Vb
Three-phase
voltage
source
-B1
Vc
-A2
-B2
Monitoring
jack
Ia
TB1 -1
-3
-2
Three-phase
Current
source
Ib
Ic
-4
-5
-6
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
E
DC
voltmeter
217
A
0V
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The following shows the case when testing NOC1.
Select "Logic circuit" on the Test screen to display the "Logic circuit" screen.
Enter the signal number to be observed at monitoring jack as shown in Section 6.5.1.
Set the scheme switch [NC1-DIR] to FWD.
Apply three-phase balance voltage and three-phase balance current.
Set Ia to lag Va by NOC characteristic angle NC . (The default setting of NC is -45.)
Changing the magnitude of three-phase balance current while retaining the phase angle with
the voltages, and measure the current Ia at which the element operates. Check that the
measured current magnitude is within 5% of the current setting.
6.5.1.5
TB1 -1
-3
-2
Ib
-4
Ic
-5
-6
Monitoring
jack
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
A
0V
E
DC
voltmeter
0V
Signal No.
172
Enter the signal number to observe the operation at the monitoring jack A as shown in
Section 6.5.1.
Apply the three-phase balance current at 10% of the rated current and interrupt a phase
current.
218
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Set the scheme switch [CLPTST] to "S0".
Check that the OC1 operates at the setting value of normal setting group.
Next, set the scheme switch [CLPTST] to "S3".
Check that the OC1 operates at the setting value of cold load setting of CLP-OC1.
6.5.1.7
Variable-
TB2
Voltage source
DC
power
supply
-(*)
-(*)
TB2 -A9
-B9
Monitoring
jack
A
0V
E
DC
voltmeter
0V
(): Connect the terminal number corresponding to the testing element. Refer to Table 3.2.1.
Signal No.
191
197
515
518
201
207
525
528
211
213
Enter the signal number to observe the operation at the monitoring jack A as shown in
Section 6.5.1.
Operating value test of OV1, OV2, OV3, OV4, ZOV1, ZOV2
Apply a rated voltage as shown in Figure 6.5.8.
Increase the voltage and measure the value at which the element operates. Check that the
measured value is within 5% of the setting.
Operating value test of UV1, UV2, UV3, UV4
Apply a rated voltage and frequency as shown Figure 6.5.8.
219
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Decrease the voltage and measure the value at which the element operates. Check that the
measured value is within 5% of the setting.
Operating time check of OV1, UV1, ZOV1 IDMT curves
Change the voltage from the rated voltage to the test voltage quickly and measure the
operating time.
Calculate the theoretical operating time using the characteristic equations shown in Section
2.2.1 and 2.2.2. Check the measured operating time.
6.5.1.8
TB2 -A1
Vb
-B1
Vc
VN
-A2
-B2
Monitoring
jack
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
A
0V
DC
voltmeter
0V
Signal No.
NOV1
214
NOV2
216
Enter the signal number to observe the operation at the monitoring jack A as shown in
Section 6.5.1.
Apply the three-phase balance voltage and the operating voltage value is checked by
increasing the magnitude of the voltage applied.
220
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.5.1.9
Frequency Elements
VariableFrequency /
Voltage source
DC
power
supply
TB2
-A1
-B2
TB2 -A9
-B9
Monitoring
jack
A
0V
DC
voltmeter
Signal No.
FRQ1
FRQ2
FRQ3
FRQ4
FRQBLK
218
219
220
221
222
221
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140
Single-phase
voltage
source
Single-phase
voltage
source
TB2 -A1
-B2
-A3
-B3
VL
VB
Monitoring
jack
A
0V
DC
power
supply
TB2 -A9
-B9
E
DC
voltmeter
Voltage and synchronism check elements and their output signal number are listed below.
Element
Signal No.
OVB
534
UVB
536
OVL
533
UVL
535
SYN
532
222
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Enter a signal number 532 for the TermA line to observe at monitoring jack A and press the
ENTER key.
Apply rated voltages VB and VL as shown Figure 6.5.11.
Voltage check:
Set the [DfEN] to "OFF", and set the voltage to any value over the SYNOV setting. (The
default setting of SYNOV is 51 V.)
Whilst keeping VL in-phase with VB, increase the single-phase voltage VL from zero volts.
Measure the voltage at which the element operates. Check that the measured voltage is
within 5% of the SYNUV setting.
Further increase VL and measure the voltage at that the element resets. Check that the
measured voltage is within 5% of the SYNOV setting.
To check the SYNDV detector, set the VB to a fixed value and increase the VL from zero
volts. Measure the voltage at which the element operates. Check that | VL VB| is within
5% of the SYNDV setting.
223
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.5.2
Protection Scheme
In the protection scheme tests, a dynamic test set is required to simulate power system pre-fault,
fault and post-fault conditions.
Tripping is observed with the tripping command output relays after a simulated fault occurs.
Circuit Breaker failure tripping
Set the scheme switch [BTC] to "ON" and [RTC] to "DIR" or "OC".
Apply a fault, retain it and input an external trip signal. Check that the retrip output relays
operate after the time setting of the TRTC and the adjacent breaker tripping output relay
operates after the time setting of the TBTC.
6.5.3
224
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.6
Conjunctive Tests
6.6.1
On Load Test
To check the polarity of the current and voltage transformers, check the load current, system
voltage and their phase angle with the metering displays on the LCD screen.
Open the "Auto-supervision" screen check that no message appears.
Open the following "Metering" screen from the "Status" sub-menu to check the above.
/ 3
I a
I b
I c
I e
I s e
I 1
I 2
I 0
I 2 /
T H M
V a
V b
V c
V e s
V a b
V b c
V c a
V 1
V 2
V 0
f
P F
P
Q
S
C u r r e
I 1
- .
-
-
-
Note:
t
.
.
.
.
.
.
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P setting in models 40 and 42.
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P and 2P settings in models 40 and 42.
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P setting in models 40 and 42.
A
A
k A
k A
%
k V
k V
k V
k V
k V
k V
k V
k V
k V
k V
H z
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P setting in models 40 and 42.
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P and 2P settings in models 40 and 42.
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P and 2P settings in models 40 and 42.
Not available for model 110 and APPL=1P and 2P settings in models 40 and 42.
k W
k v a r
k V A
The magnitude of current can be set in values on the primary side or on the secondary side by
the setting. (The default setting is the secondary side.)
225
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Directional check of Directional phase overcurrent element
The rightness of the polarity of directional phase overcurrent element is verified if current and
voltage values and their phase angle are all right in above metering check. Further, it can be also
checked as follows:
Select Direction on the Metering screen to display Direction screen, and then the
direction of current is displayed. (See Section 4.2.4.1.) Check the direction of current is
correct.
Note: Not available for models 110 and APPL=1P and 2P settings in models 40 and 42.
The rightness of the polarity of directional earth fault element is verified if current and voltage
values and their phase angle are all right in above metering check. Further, if required, it can be
also checked as follows:
Check the operation of this element by simulating the unbalanced condition of three phase
voltages and currents.
Note: Not available for APPL=1P and 2P settings in models 40 and 42.
CAUTION: Must block the tripping circuit while checking by simulating the unbalanced
condition. After checking, must return the connections to their original state.
6.6.2
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
O
i
B
i
B
i
B
B i n a r y
1
s
2
s
3
s
4
s
5
s
6
s
7
s
O
s
O
s
O
O / P
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
0
a b l e / E n a b
1
0
a b l e / E n a b
2
0
a b l e / E n a b
3
0
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
l e
_
226
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
D
H
D
F
D
i
B
i
A
i
s
O
s
I
s
a b l e / E n a b l e
4
0
_
a b l e / E n a b l e
L
0
_
a b l e / E n a b l e
BO1 to BO7 and HBO1 to HBO4 are output relays with one normally open contact.
Enter 1 for BO1 and press the ENTER key.
Press the END key. Then the LCD displays the screen shown below.
O p e r a t e ?
E N T E R = Y
C A N C E L = N
Keep pressing the ENTER key to operate the output relay BO1 and check that the A-phase
breaker is tripped.
Stop pressing the ENTER key to reset the operation.
Repeat the above for BOs.
Reclosing circuit
Ensure that the circuit breaker is open.
Select "Binary O/P" on the "Test" sub-menu screen to display the "Binary O/P" screen.
Select the BO number which is an autoreclose command output relay with one normally open
contact.
Note: The autoreclose command is assigned to any of the output relays by the user setting
227
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6.7
Maintenance
6.7.1
Regular Testing
The relay is almost completely self-supervised. The circuits that can not be supervised are binary
input and output circuits and human interfaces.
Therefore, regular testing is minimised to checking the unsupervised circuits. The test procedures
are the same as described in Sections 6.4.1, 6.4.2 and 6.4.3.
6.7.2
Failure location
CB or
AC cable
cable
Err: SUM
Err: ROM
Err: RAM
Err: CPU
Err: Invalid
Err: NMI
Err: BRAM
Err: EEP
Err: A/D
Err: SP
Err: DC
Err: TC
(Flash memory)
(ROM data)
(SRAM)
(CPU)
(Backup RAM)
(EEPROM)
(A/D converter)
(Sampling)
(DC power supply circuit)
(Tripping circuit)(1)
Err: CB
(Circuit breaker)(1)
Err: CTF
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
(2)
Err: PLC
(PLC data)
Err: MAP
Err: RTC
(SNTP setting)
Err: LAN
(Ethernet LAN)
Err: GOOSE
(GOOSE subscribe)
Err: Ping
(Ping response)
( ): Probable failure location in the relay unit including its peripheral circuits.
If no message is shown on the LCD, this means that the failure location is either in the DC power
228
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
supply circuit or in the microprocessors. If the "ALARM" LED is off, the failure is in the DC
power supply circuit. If the LED is lit, the failure is in the microprocessors. Replace the relay unit
in both cases after checking if the correct DC voltage is applied to the relay.
If a failure is detected by automatic supervision or regular testing, replace the failed relay unit.
Note: When a failure or an abnormality is detected during the regular test, confirm the following
first:
- Test circuit connections are correct.
- Modules are securely inserted in position.
- Correct DC power voltage is applied.
- Correct AC inputs are applied.
- Test procedures comply with those stated in the manual.
6.7.3
CAUTION
WARNING Hazardous voltage may remain in the DC circuit just after switching off the
DC power supply. It takes about 30 seconds for the voltage to discharge.
CAUTION
229
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IN SERVICE
VIEW
TRIP
ALARM
IN SERVICE
VIEW
TRIP
ALARM
RESET
RESET
0V CAN ENTER
CEL
END
0V CAN ENTER
CEL
END
Handle
Pull up handle
Bind screw
6.7.4
Resumption of Service
After replacing the failed relay unit or repairing failed external circuits, take the following
procedures to restore the relay to the service.
Switch on the DC power supply and confirm that the "IN SERVICE" green LED is lit and the
"ALARM" red LED is not lit.
Supply the AC inputs and reconnect the trip outputs.
6.7.5
Storage
The spare relay should be stored in a dry and clean room. Based on IEC Standard 60255-6 the
storage temperature should be 25C to +70C, but the temperature of 0C to +40C is
recommended for long-term storage.
230
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
In particular, when settings are changed temporarily for testing, be sure to restore them.
Clear any unnecessary records on faults, alarms, events, disturbances and counters which are
recorded during the tests.
Press the VIEW key and check that no failure message is displayed on the "Alarm view"
screen.
Check that the green "IN SERVICE" LED is lit and no other LEDs are lit on the front panel.
231
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
232
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix A
Programmable Reset Characteristics
and Implementation of Thermal Model
to IEC60255-8
233
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Figure A-1
234
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
t
I2
1 e 100%
2
I AOL
(1)
where:
= thermal state of the system as a percentage of allowable thermal capacity,
I = applied load current,
IAOL = allowable overload current of the system,
= thermal time constant of the system.
The thermal stateis expressed as a percentage of the thermal capacity of the protected system, where
0% represents the cold state and 100% represents the thermal limit, that is the point at which no further
temperature rise can be safely tolerated and the system should be disconnected. The thermal limit for
any given electrical plant is fixed by the thermal setting IAOL. The relay gives a trip output when =
100%.
If current I is applied to a cold system, then will rise exponentially from 0% to (I2/IAOL2 100%), with time
constant , as in Figure A-2. If = 100%, then the allowable thermal capacity of the system has been reached.
(%)
100%
I2
I AOL
100%
2
I I 2 1 e
AOL
100 %
t (s)
Figure A-2
A thermal overload protection relay can be designed to model this function, giving tripping times
according to the IEC60255-8 Hot and Cold curves.
I2
t =Ln 2 2
I I AOL
(1)
Cold curve
I2 I 2
t =Ln 2 2P
I I AOL
(2)
Hot curve
where:
235
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IP = prior load current.
In fact, the cold curve is simply a special case of the hot curve where prior load current IP = 0, catering
for the situation where a cold system is switched on to an immediate overload.
Figure A-3 shows a typical thermal profile for a system which initially carries normal load current, and
is then subjected to an overload condition until a trip results, before finally cooling to ambient
temperature.
()
Overload Current
Condition
Trip at 100%
100%
Normal Load
Current Condition
Cooling Curve
t (s)
Figure A-3
236
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix B
Directional Earth Fault Protection and
Power System Earthing
237
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
51N
67
V an
Prefault
V cn
IR
V an
Ia
Post-fault
Earth
n
V bn
V cn
V bn
VR
Figure B-1 Directional Earth Fault Protection for Solidly Earthed Systems
238
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
The relay characteristic angle setting is applied to compensate for lag of the fault current.
Generally accepted angle settings are -45 for solidly earthed distribution systems and -60 for
transmission systems.
Due to system imbalances and measuring tolerances, small levels of residual voltage can be
present during normal operating conditions. Therefore, GRD140 provides a voltage threshold
which must be exceeded before the directional protection will operate. Although this threshold is
user programmable, most applications will be satisfied by the default setting of 3V.
239
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
A
B
C
51N
51N
F
IF
IU2
IU1
-VR
IU3+....
Healthy
feeder
V an
Faulty
feeder
Earth (e)
IR1
Ib
n
V cn
IU2(=IR2)
Ic
IU1
IU1
IF=IU1+IU2+IU3+...
V bn
V an
V cn
n
V bn
It can be shown that the residual current measured in the faulty feeder is 180 out of phase with
that in the healthy feeder, as illustrated in Figure B-2 This fact can be used to apply a GRD140
directional sensitive earth fault relay. The polarising voltage used for directional earth fault
relays is normally -VR (the residual voltage inverted), and it can be seen that the residual current
(IR1) for the faulty feeder leads this voltage by 90. For the healthy feeders the residual current
lags the voltage by 90. Therefore, the GRD140 sensitive earth fault protection should be
applied with a characteristic angle of +90 so as to provide discriminatory protection.
The residual current in the faulted phase is equal to three times the per phase charging current,
and the sensitive earth fault element should be set well below this value to ensure operation
(30% of this value is typical).
3. Impedance earthing
In between the two extremes of solidly earthed and unearthed systems there are a variety of
compromise solutions, which normally involve connecting the system neutrals to earth via a
resistance or reactance.
3a. Resistance earthing
In the case of resistance earthed systems, GRD140 directional earth fault relays can normally be
applied in a similar manner to that for solidly earthed systems, with the exceptions that current
settings will be lower and the characteristic angle setting will probably be different. In the event
of a fault, it is the resistance in the neutral which predominates in the source impedance, and so
the residual current lags its polarising voltage by a much smaller angle. Characteristic angle
240
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
settings of -15 or 0 are common.
3b. Reactance earthing
Reactance earthed systems are also common in many countries. A special case of this method is
known as Petersen coil, or resonant, earthing. The inductance in the neutral is chosen to cancel
the total capacitance of the system so that no current flows into an earth fault.
Directional sensitive earth fault protection can again be applied by detecting the unbalance in
charging currents. It can be shown that the residual current distribution for healthy and faulty
feeders is as illustrated in Figure B-3.
In the case of the healthy feeder, the residual current lags the polarising voltage (-VR) by more
than 90, while for the faulty feeder, the angle is less than 90. GRD140 directional sensitive
earth fault protection can be applied, with a 0 characteristic angle. Note that the SEF boundary
of directional operation should be set to 90. The residual current for the healthy feeder then
falls in the restraint zone, while for the faulty feeder it lies in the operate zone, thus providing
selective isolation of the fault.
-V R
-V R
Healthy
feeder
Faulty
feeder
Earth (e)
V an
V an
IR1
Operate Zone
n
V cn
V bn
Restraint Zone
IR2
V cn
n
V bn
PR I R V R cos
where is the phase angle between the residual current (IR) and the polarising voltage (-VR).
It is clear from Figure B-3 that this value will be positive when measured at the faulty feeder and
negative anywhere else. GRD140 directional sensitive earth fault protection can be applied with
a power threshold such that operation is permitted when residual power exceeds the setting and
is in the operate direction.
241
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
242
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix C
Signal List
243
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
0 CONSTANT_0
1 CONSTANT_1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
Contents
constant 0
constant 1
244
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
Signal Name
Contents
OC1-A
OC1-B
OC1-C
OC1-A_INST
OC1-B_INST
OC1-C INST
OC2-A
OC2-B
OC2-C
OC2-A_INST
OC2-B_INST
OC2-C_INST
OC3-A
OC3-B
OC3-C
OC4-A
OC4-B
OC4-C
OC1-A_HS
OC1-B_HS
OC1-C_HS
EF1
EF1_INST
EF2
EF2_INST
EF3
EF4
CUR-REV_DET.
EF1_HS
SEF1
SEF1_INST
SEF2
SEF2_INST
SEF3
SEF4
SEF1_HS
RPF
RPR
ICD-A
ICD-B
ICD-C
245
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
Signal Name
UC1-A
UC1-B
UC1-C
UC2-A
UC2-B
UC2-C
THM-A
THM-T
NOC1
NOC1_INST
NOC2
BCD
CBF-A
CBF-B
CBF-C
ICLDO-A
ICLDO-B
ICLDO-C
OC-A_DIST
OC-B_DIST
OC-C_DIST
EF_DIST
SEF_DIST
NOC_DIST
NOC2_INST
Contents
UC1-A relay element output
UC1-B relay element output
UC1-C relay element output
UC2-A relay element output
UC2-B relay element output
UC2-C relay element output
THERMAL Alarm relay element output
THERMAL Trip relay element output
NOC1 relay element output
NOC1 relay element start
NOC2 relay element output
BCD relay element output
CBF-A relay element output
CBF-B relay element output
CBF-C relay element output
ICLDO-A relay (OC relay) element output used in "CLP scheme"
ICLDO-B relay (OC relay) element output used in "CLP scheme"
ICLDO-C relay (OC relay) element output used in "CLP scheme"
OC-A relay for disturbance record
OC-B relay for disturbance record
OC-C relay for disturbance record
EF relay for disturbance record
SEF relay for disturbance record
NOC relay for disturbance record
NOC2 relay element start
OV1-A
OV1-B
OV1-C
OV1-A_INST
OV1-B_INST
OV1-C_INST
OV2-A
OV2-B
OV2-C
UV1-A
UV1-B
UV1-C
UV1-A_INST
UV1-B_INST
UV1-C_INST
UV2-A
UV2-B
UV2-C
ZOV1
ZOV1_INST
ZOV2
NOV1
NOV1_INST
NOV2
UVBLK
FRQ1
FRQ2
FRQ3
FRQ4
FRQBLK
ZOV2_INST
NOV2_INST
DFRQ1
DFRQ2
DFRQ3
DFRQ4
EFCF
ZOVCF
UVVF-A
UVVF-B
UVVF-C
UVVF-OR
OCDVF-A
OCDVF-B
OCDVF-C
OCDVF-OR
246
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
Contents
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
ZOVVF
EFVF
OC_COORD-A
OC_COORD-B
OC_COORD-C
EF_COORD
SEF_COORD
ZOV_DIST
NOV_DIST
OV-A_DIST
OV-B_DIST
OV-C_DIST
UV-A_DIST
UV-B_DIST
UV-C_DIST
OC1_TRIP
OC1-A_TRIP
OC1-B_TRIP
OC1-C_TRIP
OC2_TRIP
OC2-A_TRIP
OC2-B_TRIP
OC2-C_TRIP
OC3_TRIP
OC3-A_TRIP
OC3-B_TRIP
OC3-C_TRIP
OC4_ALARM
OC4-A_ALARM
OC4-B_ALARM
OC4-C_ALARM
EF1_TRIP
EF2_TRIP
EF3_TRIP
EF4_ALARM
EF1_CARRIER
EF2_CARRIER
EF3_CARRIER
EF4_CARRIER
SEF1-S1_TRIP
SEF1-S2_TRIP
SEF2_TRIP
SEF3_TRIP
SEF4_ALARM
UC1_TRIP
UC1-A_TRIP
UC1-B_TRIP
UC1-C_TRIP
UC2_ALARM
UC2-A_ALARM
UC2-B_ALARM
UC2-C_ALARM
THM_ALARM
THM_TRIP
NOC1_TRIP
NOC2_ALARM
BCD_TRIP
CBF_RETRIP
CBF_RETRIP-A
CBF_RETRIP-B
CBF_RETRIP-C
CBF_TRIP
CBF_TRIP-A
CBF_TRIP-B
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
247
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
Signal Name
Contents
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
CBF_TRIP-C
CBF_OP-A
CBF_OP-B
CBF_OP-C
OV1_TRIP
OV1-A_TRIP
OV1-B_TRIP
OV1-C_TRIP
OV2_TRIP
OV2-A_TRIP
OV2-B_TRIP
OV2-C_TRIP
UV1_TRIP
UV1-A_TRIP
UV1-B_TRIP
UV1-C_TRIP
UV2_TRIP
UV2-A_TRIP
UV2-B_TRIP
UV2-C_TRIP
ZOV1_TRIP
ZOV2_ALARM
NOV1_TRIP
NOV2_ALARM
FRQ_TRIP
FRQ1_TRIP
FRQ2_TRIP
FRQ3_TRIP
FRQ4_TRIP
DFRQ1_TRIP
DFRQ2_TRIP
DFRQ3_TRIP
DFRQ4_TRIP
GEN.TRIP
GEN.TRIP-A
GEN.TRIP-B
GEN.TRIP-C
GEN.TRIP-N
CLP_STATE0
CLP_STATE1
CLP_STATE2
CLP_STATE3
GEN.ALARM
GEN.ALARM-A
GEN.ALARM-B
GEN.ALARM-C
GEN.ALARM-N
CTF
VTF
VTF1
VTF2
CB_CLOSE
CB_OPEN
ARC_BLK_OR
Auto-Reclosing block
248
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
Signal Name
Contents
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
ARC_READY_T
ARC_IN-PROG
ARC_SHOT
ARC_SHOT1
ARC_SHOT2
ARC_SHOT3
ARC_SHOT4
ARC_SHOT5
ARC_FT
ARC_SUCCESS
ARC_COORD
VCHK
VCHK_SYN
VCHK_LBDL
VCHK_DBLL
VCHK_DBDL
OV3_TRIP
OV3-A_TRIP
OV3-B_TRIP
OV3-C_TRIP
OV4_ALARM
OV4-A_ALARM
OV4-B_ALARM
OV4-C_ALARM
UV3_TRIP
UV3-A_TRIP
UV3-B_TRIP
UV3-C_TRIP
UV4_ALARM
UV4-A_ALARM
UV4-B_ALARM
UV4-C_ALARM
OC1-OR
OC2-OR
OC3-OR
OC4-OR
OC1_INST-OR
OC2_INST-OR
UC1-OR
UC2-OR
CBF-OR
OV1-OR
OV2-OR
OV3-OR
OV4-OR
OV1_INST-OR
OV2_INST-OR
UV1-OR
UV2-OR
UV3-OR
UV4-OR
UV1_INST-OR
UV2_INST-OR
ICD-OR
BO1_OP
BO2_OP
BO3_OP
BO4_OP
BO5_OP
BO6_OP
BO7_OP
Binary output 1
Binary output 2
Binary output 3
Binary output 4
Binary output 5
Binary output 6
Binary output 7
249
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
Signal Name
Contents
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
OV2-A_INST
OV2-B_INST
OV2-C_INST
OV3-A
OV3-B
OV3-C
OV4-A
OV4-B
OV4-C
UV2-A_INST
UV2-B_INST
UV2-C_INST
UV3-A
UV3-B
UV3-C
UV4-A
UV4-B
UV4-C
SYN
OVL
OVB
UVL
UVB
OC1-A_RST
OC1-B_RST
OC1-C_RST
OC2-A_RST
OC2-B_RST
OC2-C_RST
EF1_RST
EF2_RST
SEF1_RST
SEF2_RST
NOC1_RST
NOC2_RST
OV1-A_RST
OV1-B_RST
OV1-C_RST
OV2-A_RST
OV2-B_RST
OV2-C_RST
UV1-A_RST
UV1-B_RST
UV1-C_RST
UV2-A_RST
UV2-B_RST
250
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
Signal Name
UV2-C_RST
ZOV1_RST
ZOV2_RST
NOV1_RST
NOV2_RST
UVBLK-A
UVBLK-B
UVBLK-C
Contents
ditto
ZOV1 relay element definite time reset
ZOV2 relay element definite time reset
NOV1 relay element definite time reset
NOV2 relay element definite time reset
UV blocked element operating
ditto
ditto
OC1-A DEPRST
OC1-B_DEPRST
OC1-C_DEPRST
EF1_DEPRST
SEF1_DEPRST
NOC1_DEPRST
OC2-A_DEPRST
OC2-B_DEPRST
OC2-C_DEPRST
EF2_DEPRST
SEF2 DEPRST
NOC2_DEPRST
251
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
Signal Name
Contents
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
252
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
Signal Name
Contents
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
BI1_COMMAND
BI2_COMMAND
BI3_COMMAND
BI4_COMMAND
BI5_COMMAND
BI6_COMMAND
BI7_COMMAND
BI8_COMMAND
E_FAULT_L1
253
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
Signal Name
Contents
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
E_FAULT_L2
E_FAULT_L3
E_FAULT_FWD
E_FAULT_REV
PICKUP_L1
PICKUP_L2
PICKUP_L3
PICKUP_N
FAULT_FWD
FAULT_REV
CBF_TP_RETP
IDMT_OC_TRIP
DT_OC_TRIP
IDMT_EF_TRIP
DT_EF_TRIP
254
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
Signal Name
Contents
255
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040 FAULT_PHA_A
Contents
fault_phase_A
256
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
FAULT_PHA_B
FAULT_PHA_C
FAULT_PHA_N
FL_ERR
FL_OB_FWD
FL_OB_BACK
FL_NC
FL_COMPLETED
Contents
fault_phase_B
fault_phase_C
fault_phase_N
fault location start up error
fault location out of bounds(forward)
fault location out of bounds(backward)
fault location not converged
fault location completed
257
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
Signal Name
Contents
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
258
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241 IEC_MDBLK
1242 IEC_TESTMODE
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
GROUP1_ACTIVE
GROUP2_ACTIVE
GROUP3_ACTIVE
GROUP4_ACTIVE
GROUP5_ACTIVE
GROUP6_ACTIVE
GROUP7_ACTIVE
GROUP8_ACTIVE
RLY_FAIL
RLY_OP_BLK
AMF_OFF
Contents
RELAY_FAIL-A
TRIP-H
CT_ERR_UF
V0_ERR_UF
V2_ERR_UF
CT_ERR
V0 error(unfiltered)
V2 error(unfiltered)
CT error
V0_ERR
V2_ERR
TCSV
CBSV
TC_ALARM
SGM_Iy_ALM
OT_ALARM
CTF_ALARM
VTF1_ALARM
VTF2_ALARM
V0 error
V2 error
Trip circuit supervision failure
Circuit breaker status monitoring failure
Trip counter alarm
IY alarm
Operate time alarm
CT failure detection
VT failure detection 1
VT failure detection 2
GEN_PICKUP
General start/pick-up
1280
259
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
Signal Name
Contents
BI1_COM_UF
BI2_COM_UF
BI3_COM_UF
BI4_COM_UF
BI5_COM_UF
BI6_COM_UF
BI7_COM_UF
BI8_COM_UF
GOOSE_IN_Q1
GOOSE_IN_Q2
GOOSE_IN_Q3
GOOSE_IN_Q4
GOOSE_IN_Q5
GOOSE_IN_Q6
GOOSE_IN_Q7
GOOSE_IN_Q8
GOOSE_IN_Q9
GOOSE_IN_Q10
GOOSE_IN_Q11
GOOSE_IN_Q12
GOOSE_IN_Q13
GOOSE_IN_Q14
GOOSE_IN_Q15
GOOSE_IN_Q16
GOOSE_IN_Q17
GOOSE_IN_Q18
GOOSE_IN_Q19
GOOSE_IN_Q20
GOOSE_IN_Q21
GOOSE_IN_Q22
GOOSE_IN_Q23
GOOSE_IN_Q24
GOOSE_IN_Q25
GOOSE_IN_Q26
GOOSE_IN_Q27
GOOSE_IN_Q28
GOOSE_IN_Q29
GOOSE_IN_Q30
GOOSE_IN_Q31
GOOSE_IN_Q32
GOOSE_IN_1
260
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
Signal Name
Contents
GOOSE_IN_2
GOOSE_IN_3
GOOSE_IN_4
GOOSE_IN_5
GOOSE_IN_6
GOOSE_IN_7
GOOSE_IN_8
GOOSE_IN_9
GOOSE_IN_10
GOOSE_IN_11
GOOSE_IN_12
GOOSE_IN_13
GOOSE_IN_14
GOOSE_IN_15
GOOSE_IN_16
GOOSE_IN_17
GOOSE_IN_18
GOOSE_IN_19
GOOSE_IN_20
GOOSE_IN_21
GOOSE_IN_22
GOOSE_IN_23
GOOSE_IN_24
GOOSE_IN_25
GOOSE_IN_26
GOOSE_IN_27
GOOSE_IN_28
GOOSE_IN_29
GOOSE_IN_30
GOOSE_IN_31
GOOSE_IN_32
Goose Input #2
Goose Input #3
Goose Input #4
Goose Input #5
Goose Input #6
Goose Input #7
Goose Input #8
Goose Input #9
Goose Input #10
Goose Input #11
Goose Input #12
Goose Input #13
Goose Input #14
Goose Input #15
Goose Input #16
Goose Input #17
Goose Input #18
Goose Input #19
Goose Input #20
Goose Input #21
Goose Input #22
Goose Input #23
Goose Input #24
Goose Input #25
Goose Input #26
Goose Input #27
Goose Input #28
Goose Input #29
Goose Input #30
Goose Input #31
Goose Input #32
LOCAL_OP_ACT
REMOTE_OP_ACT
NORM_LED_ON
ALM_LED_ON
TRIP_LED_ON
TEST_LED_ON
PRG_LED_RESET
LED_RESET
ARC_COM_ON
PROT_COM_ON
PRG_LED1_ON
PRG_LED2_ON
PRG_LED3_ON
PRG_LED4_ON
PRG_LED5_ON
PRG_LED6_ON
LCD_IND.
LCD_IND1.
LCD_IND2.
F.Record_CLR
E.Record_CLR
D.Record_CLR
Data_Lost
TP_COUNT_CLR
Iy_COUNT_CLR
261
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
Signal Name
AR_COUNT_CLR
DEMAND_CLR
Contents
ARC Counter CLR
Demand cleared
PLC_data_CHG
IEC103_data_CHG
IEC850_data_CHG
Sys.set_change
Rly.set_change
Grp.set_change
KEY-VIEW
KEY-RESET
KEY-ENTER
KEY-END
KEY-CANCEL
DC_supply_err
RTC err
PCI_err
GOOSE_stop
Ping_err
PLC_err
61850_err
SUM_err
ROM_RAM_err
SRAM_err
BU_RAM_err
DC supply error
RTC stopped
PCI bus error
GOOSE stopped
Ping no anwer
PLC stopeed
61850 stopped
Program ROM checksum error
Rom - Ram mismatch error
SRAM memory monitoring error
BU-RAM memory monitoring error
EEPROM_err
A/D_err
CPU_err
Invalid
NMI
Sampling_err
DIO_err
LAN_err
LCD_err
ROM_data_err
262
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
Contents
263
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
Signal Name
OC1_BLOCK
OC2_BLOCK
OC3_BLOCK
OC4_BLOCK
Contents
OC trip block command
ditto
ditto
ditto
EF1_BLOCK
EF2_BLOCK
EF3_BLOCK
EF4_BLOCK
EF1_PERMIT
EF2_PERMIT
EF3_PERMIT
EF4 PERMIT
SEF1_BLOCK
SEF2_BLOCK
SEF3_BLOCK
SEF4_BLOCK
NOC1_BLOCK
NOC2 BLOCK
UC1_BLOCK
UC2_BLOCK
CBF_BLOCK
THM_BLOCK
THMA_BLOCK
BCD_BLOCK
DFRQ1_BLOCK
DFRQ2_BLOCK
DFRQ3_BLOCK
DFRQ4_BLOCK
OV1_BLOCK
OV2_BLOCK
OV3_BLOCK
OV4_BLOCK
UV1_BLOCK
UV2_BLOCK
UV3_BLOCK
UV4_BLOCK
ZOV1_BLOCK
ZOV2_BLOCK
NOV1_BLOCK
NOV2_BLOCK
FRQ1_BLOCK
FRQ2_BLOCK
FRQ3_BLOCK
FRQ4_BLOCK
ARC_BLOCK
ARC_READY
ARC_INIT
MANUAL_CLOSE
ARC_NO_ACT
264
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
Signal Name
Contents
CTF_BLOCK
VTF_BLOCK
EXT_CTF
EXT_VTF
EXT_TRIP-A
EXT_TRIP-B
EXT_TRIP-C
EXT_TRIP
TC_FAIL
CB_N/O_CONT
CB_N/C_CONT
IND.RESET
ARC-S1_COND
ARC-S2_COND
ARC-S3_COND
ARC-S4_COND
ARC-S5_COND
CBF_INIT-A
CBF_INIT-B
CBF_INIT-C
CBF_INIT
TP_COUNT-A
TP_COUNT-B
TP_COUNT-C
TP_COUNT
SGM_IY-A
SGM_IY-B
SGM_IY-C
OT_ALARM-A
OT_ALARM-B
OT_ALARM-C
FRQ_S1_TRIP
FRQ_S2_TRIP
FRQ_S3_TRIP
FRQ_S4_TRIP
command (Stage1)
command (Stage2)
command (Stage3)
command (Stage4)
265
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
Signal Name
Contents
OC1_INST_TP
OC2_INST_TP
OC3_INST_TP
OC4_INST_TP
EF1_INST_TP
EF2_INST_TP
EF3_INST_TP
EF4_INST_TP
SEF1_INST_TP
SEF2_INST_TP
SEF3_INST_TP
SEF4_INST_TP
266
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
:
:
:
2557
2558
2559
Contents
267
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
Signal Name
DISP.ALARM1
DISP.ALARM2
DISP.ALARM3
DISP.ALARM4
Contents
Indicate the alarm display
ditto
ditto
ditto
SYNC_CLOCK
ALARM_LED_SET
F.RECORD1
F.RECORD2
F.RECORD3
F.RECORD4
D.RECORD1
D.RECORD2
D.RECORD3
D.RECORD4
268
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
Signal Name
SET.GROUP1
SET.GROUP2
SET.GROUP3
SET.GROUP4
SET.GROUP5
SET.GROUP6
SET.GROUP7
SET.GROUP8
Contents
Active setting group changed command (Change to group1)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CON_TPMD1
CON_TPMD2
CON_TPMD3
CON_TPMD4
CON_TPMD5
CON_TPMD6
CON_TPMD7
CON_TPMD8
ARC_COM_RECV
PROT_COM_RECV
TPLED_RST_RCV
269
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No. Signal Name
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
Contents
270
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
Signal Name
Contents
TEMP001
TEMP002
TEMP003
TEMP004
TEMP005
TEMP006
TEMP007
TEMP008
TEMP009
TEMP010
TEMP011
TEMP012
TEMP013
TEMP014
TEMP015
TEMP016
TEMP017
TEMP018
TEMP019
TEMP020
TEMP021
TEMP022
TEMP023
TEMP024
TEMP025
TEMP026
TEMP027
TEMP028
TEMP029
TEMP030
TEMP031
TEMP032
TEMP033
TEMP034
TEMP035
TEMP036
TEMP037
TEMP038
TEMP039
TEMP040
TEMP041
TEMP042
TEMP043
TEMP044
TEMP045
TEMP046
TEMP047
TEMP048
TEMP049
TEMP050
TEMP051
TEMP052
TEMP053
TEMP054
TEMP055
TEMP056
TEMP057
TEMP058
TEMP059
TEMP060
TEMP061
TEMP062
TEMP063
TEMP064
271
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
Signal Name
TEMP065
TEMP066
TEMP067
TEMP068
TEMP069
TEMP070
TEMP071
TEMP072
TEMP073
TEMP074
TEMP075
TEMP076
TEMP077
TEMP078
TEMP079
TEMP080
TEMP081
TEMP082
TEMP083
TEMP084
TEMP085
TEMP086
TEMP087
TEMP088
TEMP089
TEMP090
TEMP091
TEMP092
TEMP093
TEMP094
TEMP095
TEMP096
TEMP097
TEMP098
TEMP099
TEMP100
TEMP101
TEMP102
TEMP103
TEMP104
TEMP105
TEMP106
TEMP107
TEMP108
TEMP109
TEMP110
TEMP111
TEMP112
TEMP113
TEMP114
TEMP115
TEMP116
TEMP117
TEMP118
TEMP119
TEMP120
TEMP121
TEMP122
TEMP123
TEMP124
TEMP125
TEMP126
TEMP127
TEMP128
TEMP129
TEMP130
TEMP131
TEMP132
TEMP133
TEMP134
TEMP135
TEMP136
TEMP137
TEMP138
TEMP139
TEMP140
TEMP141
TEMP142
TEMP143
TEMP144
Contents
272
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
Signal Name
TEMP145
TEMP146
TEMP147
TEMP148
TEMP149
TEMP150
TEMP151
TEMP152
TEMP153
TEMP154
TEMP155
TEMP156
TEMP157
TEMP158
TEMP159
TEMP160
TEMP161
TEMP162
TEMP163
TEMP164
TEMP165
TEMP166
TEMP167
TEMP168
TEMP169
TEMP170
TEMP171
TEMP172
TEMP173
TEMP174
TEMP175
TEMP176
TEMP177
TEMP178
TEMP179
TEMP180
TEMP181
TEMP182
TEMP183
TEMP184
TEMP185
TEMP186
TEMP187
TEMP188
TEMP189
TEMP190
TEMP191
TEMP192
TEMP193
TEMP194
TEMP195
TEMP196
TEMP197
TEMP198
TEMP199
TEMP200
TEMP201
TEMP202
TEMP203
TEMP204
TEMP205
TEMP206
TEMP207
TEMP208
TEMP209
TEMP210
TEMP211
TEMP212
TEMP213
TEMP214
TEMP215
TEMP216
TEMP217
TEMP218
TEMP219
TEMP220
TEMP221
TEMP222
TEMP223
TEMP224
Contents
273
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
Signal Name
TEMP225
TEMP226
TEMP227
TEMP228
TEMP229
TEMP230
TEMP231
TEMP232
TEMP233
TEMP234
TEMP235
TEMP236
TEMP237
TEMP238
TEMP239
TEMP240
TEMP241
TEMP242
TEMP243
TEMP244
TEMP245
TEMP246
TEMP247
TEMP248
TEMP249
TEMP250
TEMP251
TEMP252
TEMP253
TEMP254
TEMP255
TEMP256
Contents
274
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
For IEC61850
Measure Table
NO
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
SIGNAL NAME
Va_mag
Vb_mag
Vc_mag
Va_ang
Vb_ang
Vc_ang
Ves_mag
Ves_ang
Vab_mag
Vbc_mag
Vca_mag
Vab_ang
Vbc_ang
Vca_ang
Ia_mag
Ib_mag
Ic_mag
Ia_ang
Ib_ang
Ic_ang
Ie_mag
Ie_ang
Ise_mag
Ise_ang
V1_mag
V2_mag
V0_mag
V1_ang
V2_ang
V0_ang
I1_mag
I2_mag
I0_mag
I1_ang
I2_ang
I0_ang
Freq
FLT_DIS_KM
FLT_Z
CONTENTS
Va magnitude
Vb magnitude
Vc magnitude
Va angle
Vb angle
Vc angle
Ves magnitude
Ves angle
Vab magnitude
Vbc magnitude
Vca magnitude
Vab angle
Vbc angle
Vca angle
Ia magnitude
Ib magnitude
Ic magnitude
Ia angle
Ib angle
Ic angle
Ie magnitude
Ie angle
Ise magnitude
Ise angle
V1 magnitude
V2 magnitude
V0 magnitude
V1 angle
V2 angle
V0 angle
I1 magnitude
I2 magnitude
I0 magnitude
I1 angle
I2 angle
I0 angle
Frequency
FLT_DIS_KM
FLT_Z
275
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Setting Table
NO
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
SIGNAL NAME
CONTENTS
GROUP_NO
ACT_GROUP
EDIT_GROUP
CHG_GROUP
number of groups
active group number
edit group number
change active group
NO
276
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
SIGNAL NAME
CONTENTS
1A2_5A1
1A1_5A2
1A1_5A0
1A0_5A1
1A:2 5A:1
1A:1 5A:2
1A:1 5A:0
1A:0 5A:1
SoftType
MappingName
Vendor
Software type
Mapping info
venfor name
Const0
Const1
Const2
Const3
Always 0
Always 1
Always 2
Always 3
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Status Table
NO
SIGNAL NAME
0 GOOSE_V_001
1 GOOSE_V_002
CONTENTS
GOOSE_Value_001
GOOSE_Value_002
2 GOOSE_V_003
3 GOOSE_V_004
4 GOOSE_V_005
NO
SIGNAL NAME
51 GOOSE_V_052
52 GOOSE_V_053
CONTENTS
GOOSE_Value_052
GOOSE_Value_053
GOOSE_Value_003
GOOSE_Value_004
GOOSE_Value_005
53 GOOSE_V_054
54 GOOSE_V_055
55 GOOSE_V_056
GOOSE_Value_054
GOOSE_Value_055
GOOSE_Value_056
5 GOOSE_V_006
6 GOOSE_V_007
GOOSE_Value_006
GOOSE_Value_007
56 GOOSE_V_057
57 GOOSE_V_058
GOOSE_Value_057
GOOSE_Value_058
7 GOOSE_V_008
8 GOOSE_V_009
9 GOOSE_V_010
GOOSE_Value_008
GOOSE_Value_009
GOOSE_Value_010
58 GOOSE_V_059
59 GOOSE_V_060
60 GOOSE_V_061
GOOSE_Value_059
GOOSE_Value_060
GOOSE_Value_061
10 GOOSE_V_011
11 GOOSE_V_012
12 GOOSE_V_013
GOOSE_Value_011
GOOSE_Value_012
GOOSE_Value_013
61 GOOSE_V_062
62 GOOSE_V_063
63 GOOSE_V_064
GOOSE_Value_062
GOOSE_Value_063
GOOSE_Value_064
13 GOOSE_V_014
14 GOOSE_V_015
15 GOOSE_V_016
GOOSE_Value_014
GOOSE_Value_015
GOOSE_Value_016
64 GOOSE_V_065
65 GOOSE_V_066
66 GOOSE_V_067
GOOSE_Value_065
GOOSE_Value_066
GOOSE_Value_067
16 GOOSE_V_017
17 GOOSE_V_018
18 GOOSE_V_019
GOOSE_Value_017
GOOSE_Value_018
GOOSE_Value_019
67 GOOSE_V_068
68 GOOSE_V_069
69 GOOSE_V_070
GOOSE_Value_068
GOOSE_Value_069
GOOSE_Value_070
19 GOOSE_V_020
20 GOOSE_V_021
21 GOOSE_V_022
GOOSE_Value_020
GOOSE_Value_021
GOOSE_Value_022
70 GOOSE_V_071
71 GOOSE_V_072
72 GOOSE_V_073
GOOSE_Value_071
GOOSE_Value_072
GOOSE_Value_073
22 GOOSE_V_023
23 GOOSE_V_024
24 GOOSE_V_025
GOOSE_Value_023
GOOSE_Value_024
GOOSE_Value_025
73 GOOSE_V_074
74 GOOSE_V_075
75 GOOSE_V_076
GOOSE_Value_074
GOOSE_Value_075
GOOSE_Value_076
25 GOOSE_V_026
26 GOOSE_V_027
27 GOOSE_V_028
GOOSE_Value_026
GOOSE_Value_027
GOOSE_Value_028
76 GOOSE_V_077
77 GOOSE_V_078
78 GOOSE_V_079
GOOSE_Value_077
GOOSE_Value_078
GOOSE_Value_079
28 GOOSE_V_029
29 GOOSE_V_030
GOOSE_Value_029
GOOSE_Value_030
79 GOOSE_V_080
80 GOOSE_V_081
GOOSE_Value_080
GOOSE_Value_081
30 GOOSE_V_031
31 GOOSE_V_032
32 GOOSE_V_033
GOOSE_Value_031
GOOSE_Value_032
GOOSE_Value_033
81 GOOSE_V_082
82 GOOSE_V_083
83 GOOSE_V_084
GOOSE_Value_082
GOOSE_Value_083
GOOSE_Value_084
33 GOOSE_V_034
34 GOOSE_V_035
35 GOOSE_V_036
GOOSE_Value_034
GOOSE_Value_035
GOOSE_Value_036
84 GOOSE_V_085
85 GOOSE_V_086
86 GOOSE_V_087
GOOSE_Value_085
GOOSE_Value_086
GOOSE_Value_087
36 GOOSE_V_037
37 GOOSE_V_038
38 GOOSE_V_039
GOOSE_Value_037
GOOSE_Value_038
GOOSE_Value_039
87 GOOSE_V_088
88 GOOSE_V_089
89 GOOSE_V_090
GOOSE_Value_088
GOOSE_Value_089
GOOSE_Value_090
39 GOOSE_V_040
40 GOOSE_V_041
41 GOOSE_V_042
GOOSE_Value_040
GOOSE_Value_041
GOOSE_Value_042
90 GOOSE_V_091
91 GOOSE_V_092
92 GOOSE_V_093
GOOSE_Value_091
GOOSE_Value_092
GOOSE_Value_093
42 GOOSE_V_043
43 GOOSE_V_044
44 GOOSE_V_045
GOOSE_Value_043
GOOSE_Value_044
GOOSE_Value_045
93 GOOSE_V_094
94 GOOSE_V_095
95 GOOSE_V_096
GOOSE_Value_094
GOOSE_Value_095
GOOSE_Value_096
45 GOOSE_V_046
46 GOOSE_V_047
47 GOOSE_V_048
GOOSE_Value_046
GOOSE_Value_047
GOOSE_Value_048
96 GOOSE_V_097
97 GOOSE_V_098
98 GOOSE_V_099
GOOSE_Value_097
GOOSE_Value_098
GOOSE_Value_099
48 GOOSE_V_049
49 GOOSE_V_050
50 GOOSE_V_051
GOOSE_Value_049
GOOSE_Value_050
GOOSE_Value_051
99 GOOSE_V_100
100 GOOSE_V_101
101 GOOSE_V_102
GOOSE_Value_100
GOOSE_Value_101
GOOSE_Value_102
277
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
NO
SIGNAL NAME
101 GOOSE_V_102
102 GOOSE_V_103
CONTENTS
GOOSE_Value_102
GOOSE_Value_103
103 GOOSE_V_104
104 GOOSE_V_105
105 GOOSE_V_106
GOOSE_Value_104
GOOSE_Value_105
GOOSE_Value_106
153
154
155
106 GOOSE_V_107
107 GOOSE_V_108
108 GOOSE_V_109
GOOSE_Value_107
GOOSE_Value_108
GOOSE_Value_109
156
157
158
109 GOOSE_V_110
110 GOOSE_V_111
111 GOOSE_V_112
GOOSE_Value_110
GOOSE_Value_111
GOOSE_Value_112
159
160
161
112 GOOSE_V_113
113 GOOSE_V_114
114 GOOSE_V_115
GOOSE_Value_113
GOOSE_Value_114
GOOSE_Value_115
162
163
164
115 GOOSE_V_116
116 GOOSE_V_117
117 GOOSE_V_118
GOOSE_Value_116
GOOSE_Value_117
GOOSE_Value_118
165
166
167
118 GOOSE_V_119
119 GOOSE_V_120
120 GOOSE_V_121
GOOSE_Value_119
GOOSE_Value_120
GOOSE_Value_121
168
169
170
121 GOOSE_V_122
122 GOOSE_V_123
123 GOOSE_V_124
GOOSE_Value_122
GOOSE_Value_123
GOOSE_Value_124
171
172
173
124 GOOSE_V_125
125 GOOSE_V_126
126 GOOSE_V_127
GOOSE_Value_125
GOOSE_Value_126
GOOSE_Value_127
174
175
176 DIRMODE_OC1
DIRMODE_OC1
127 GOOSE_V_128
128 XCBR_POS0
129
GOOSE_Value_128
XCBR_POS0
177 DIRMODE_OC2
178 DIRMODE_OC3
179 DIRMODE_OC4
DIRMODE_OC2
DIRMODE_OC3
DIRMODE_OC4
130
131
132
180 DIRMODE_EF1
181 DIRMODE_EF2
182 DIRMODE_EF3
DIRMODE_EF1
DIRMODE_EF2
DIRMODE_EF3
133
134
135 LEDRST_EXEC
183 DIRMODE_EF4
184 DIRMODE_SEF1
185 DIRMODE_SEF2
DIRMODE_EF4
DIRMODE_SEF1
DIRMODE_SEF2
LEDRST_EXEC
136 RREC1
137
138 FLT_LOOP_ST
RREC1
139 XCBR_OPCNT0
140
141
XCBR_OPCNT0
NO
SIGNAL NAME
142
143
144
192
193
194
145
146
147
195
196
197
148
149
198
199
150 HEALTH
HEALTH
CONTENTS
151
152
200 MOD_001
278
IEC-MODE_001
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
NO
SIGNAL NAME
201 MOD_002
202 MOD_003
CONTENTS
IEC-MODE_002
IEC-MODE_003
203 MOD_004
204 MOD_005
205 MOD_006
NO
SIGNAL NAME
251 MOD_052
252 MOD_053
CONTENTS
IEC-MODE_052
IEC-MODE_053
IEC-MODE_004
IEC-MODE_005
IEC-MODE_006
253 MOD_054
254 MOD_055
255 MOD_056
IEC-MODE_054
IEC-MODE_055
IEC-MODE_056
206 MOD_007
207 MOD_008
208 MOD_009
IEC-MODE_007
IEC-MODE_008
IEC-MODE_009
256 MOD_057
257 MOD_058
258 MOD_059
IEC-MODE_057
IEC-MODE_058
IEC-MODE_059
209 MOD_010
210 MOD_011
211 MOD_012
IEC-MODE_010
IEC-MODE_011
IEC-MODE_012
259 MOD_060
260 MOD_061
261 MOD_062
IEC-MODE_060
IEC-MODE_061
IEC-MODE_062
212 MOD_013
213 MOD_014
214 MOD_015
IEC-MODE_013
IEC-MODE_014
IEC-MODE_015
262 MOD_063
263 MOD_064
264 MOD_065
IEC-MODE_063
IEC-MODE_064
IEC-MODE_065
215 MOD_016
216 MOD_017
217 MOD_018
IEC-MODE_016
IEC-MODE_017
IEC-MODE_018
265 MOD_066
266 MOD_067
267 MOD_068
IEC-MODE_066
IEC-MODE_067
IEC-MODE_068
218 MOD_019
219 MOD_020
220 MOD_021
IEC-MODE_019
IEC-MODE_020
IEC-MODE_021
268 MOD_069
269 MOD_070
270 MOD_071
IEC-MODE_069
IEC-MODE_070
IEC-MODE_071
221 MOD_022
222 MOD_023
223 MOD_024
IEC-MODE_022
IEC-MODE_023
IEC-MODE_024
271 MOD_072
272 MOD_073
273 MOD_074
IEC-MODE_072
IEC-MODE_073
IEC-MODE_074
224 MOD_025
225 MOD_026
226 MOD_027
IEC-MODE_025
IEC-MODE_026
IEC-MODE_027
274 MOD_075
275 MOD_076
276 MOD_077
IEC-MODE_075
IEC-MODE_076
IEC-MODE_077
227 MOD_028
228 MOD_029
229 MOD_030
IEC-MODE_028
IEC-MODE_029
IEC-MODE_030
277 MOD_078
278 MOD_079
279 MOD_080
IEC-MODE_078
IEC-MODE_079
IEC-MODE_080
230 MOD_031
231 MOD_032
232 MOD_033
IEC-MODE_031
IEC-MODE_032
IEC-MODE_033
280 MOD_081
281 MOD_082
282 MOD_083
IEC-MODE_081
IEC-MODE_082
IEC-MODE_083
233 MOD_034
234 MOD_035
235 MOD_036
IEC-MODE_034
IEC-MODE_035
IEC-MODE_036
283 MOD_084
284 MOD_085
285 MOD_086
IEC-MODE_084
IEC-MODE_085
IEC-MODE_086
236 MOD_037
237 MOD_038
238 MOD_039
IEC-MODE_037
IEC-MODE_038
IEC-MODE_039
286 MOD_087
287 MOD_088
288 MOD_089
IEC-MODE_087
IEC-MODE_088
IEC-MODE_089
239 MOD_040
240 MOD_041
241 MOD_042
IEC-MODE_040
IEC-MODE_041
IEC-MODE_042
289 MOD_090
290 MOD_091
291 MOD_092
IEC-MODE_090
IEC-MODE_091
IEC-MODE_092
242 MOD_043
243 MOD_044
244 MOD_045
IEC-MODE_043
IEC-MODE_044
IEC-MODE_045
292 MOD_093
293 MOD_094
294 MOD_095
IEC-MODE_093
IEC-MODE_094
IEC-MODE_095
245 MOD_046
246 MOD_047
247 MOD_048
IEC-MODE_046
IEC-MODE_047
IEC-MODE_048
295 MOD_096
296 MOD_097
297 MOD_098
IEC-MODE_096
IEC-MODE_097
IEC-MODE_098
248 MOD_049
249 MOD_050
IEC-MODE_049
IEC-MODE_050
298 MOD_099
299 MOD_100
IEC-MODE_099
IEC-MODE_100
250 MOD_051
IEC-MODE_051
300 BEH_001
IEC-Behavier_001
279
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
NO
SIGNAL NAME
301 BEH_002
302 BEH_003
CONTENTS
IEC-Behavier_002
IEC-Behavier_003
303 BEH_004
304 BEH_005
305 BEH_006
NO
SIGNAL NAME
351 BEH_052
352 BEH_053
CONTENTS
IEC-Behavier_052
IEC-Behavier_053
IEC-Behavier_004
IEC-Behavier_005
IEC-Behavier_006
353 BEH_054
354 BEH_055
355 BEH_056
IEC-Behavier_054
IEC-Behavier_055
IEC-Behavier_056
306 BEH_007
307 BEH_008
308 BEH_009
IEC-Behavier_007
IEC-Behavier_008
IEC-Behavier_009
356 BEH_057
357 BEH_058
358 BEH_059
IEC-Behavier_057
IEC-Behavier_058
IEC-Behavier_059
309 BEH_010
310 BEH_011
311 BEH_012
IEC-Behavier_010
IEC-Behavier_011
IEC-Behavier_012
359 BEH_060
360 BEH_061
361 BEH_062
IEC-Behavier_060
IEC-Behavier_061
IEC-Behavier_062
312 BEH_013
313 BEH_014
314 BEH_015
IEC-Behavier_013
IEC-Behavier_014
IEC-Behavier_015
362 BEH_063
363 BEH_064
364 BEH_065
IEC-Behavier_063
IEC-Behavier_064
IEC-Behavier_065
315 BEH_016
316 BEH_017
317 BEH_018
IEC-Behavier_016
IEC-Behavier_017
IEC-Behavier_018
365 BEH_066
366 BEH_067
367 BEH_068
IEC-Behavier_066
IEC-Behavier_067
IEC-Behavier_068
318 BEH_019
319 BEH_020
320 BEH_021
IEC-Behavier_019
IEC-Behavier_020
IEC-Behavier_021
368 BEH_069
369 BEH_070
370 BEH_071
IEC-Behavier_069
IEC-Behavier_070
IEC-Behavier_071
321 BEH_022
322 BEH_023
323 BEH_024
IEC-Behavier_022
IEC-Behavier_023
IEC-Behavier_024
371 BEH_072
372 BEH_073
373 BEH_074
IEC-Behavier_072
IEC-Behavier_073
IEC-Behavier_074
324 BEH_025
325 BEH_026
326 BEH_027
IEC-Behavier_025
IEC-Behavier_026
IEC-Behavier_027
374 BEH_075
375 BEH_076
376 BEH_077
IEC-Behavier_075
IEC-Behavier_076
IEC-Behavier_077
327 BEH_028
328 BEH_029
329 BEH_030
IEC-Behavier_028
IEC-Behavier_029
IEC-Behavier_030
377 BEH_078
378 BEH_079
379 BEH_080
IEC-Behavier_078
IEC-Behavier_079
IEC-Behavier_080
330 BEH_031
331 BEH_032
332 BEH_033
IEC-Behavier_031
IEC-Behavier_032
IEC-Behavier_033
380 BEH_081
381 BEH_082
382 BEH_083
IEC-Behavier_081
IEC-Behavier_082
IEC-Behavier_083
333 BEH_034
334 BEH_035
335 BEH_036
IEC-Behavier_034
IEC-Behavier_035
IEC-Behavier_036
383 BEH_084
384 BEH_085
385 BEH_086
IEC-Behavier_084
IEC-Behavier_085
IEC-Behavier_086
336 BEH_037
337 BEH_038
338 BEH_039
IEC-Behavier_037
IEC-Behavier_038
IEC-Behavier_039
386 BEH_087
387 BEH_088
388 BEH_089
IEC-Behavier_087
IEC-Behavier_088
IEC-Behavier_089
339 BEH_040
340 BEH_041
341 BEH_042
IEC-Behavier_040
IEC-Behavier_041
IEC-Behavier_042
389 BEH_090
390 BEH_091
391 BEH_092
IEC-Behavier_090
IEC-Behavier_091
IEC-Behavier_092
342 BEH_043
343 BEH_044
344 BEH_045
IEC-Behavier_043
IEC-Behavier_044
IEC-Behavier_045
392 BEH_093
393 BEH_094
394 BEH_095
IEC-Behavier_093
IEC-Behavier_094
IEC-Behavier_095
345 BEH_046
346 BEH_047
347 BEH_048
IEC-Behavier_046
IEC-Behavier_047
IEC-Behavier_048
395 BEH_096
396 BEH_097
397 BEH_098
IEC-Behavier_096
IEC-Behavier_097
IEC-Behavier_098
348 BEH_049
349 BEH_050
IEC-Behavier_049
IEC-Behavier_050
398 BEH_099
399 BEH_100
IEC-Behavier_099
IEC-Behavier_100
350 BEH_051
IEC-Behavier_051
400 Const0
Const0
280
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
NO
SIGNAL NAME
401 Const1
402 Const2
CONTENTS
Const1
Const2
403 Const3
404 Const4
405 Const5
Const3
Const4
Const5
NO
SIGNAL NAME
451
452
453
454
455
406
407
408
456
457
458
409
410
411
459
460
461
412
413
414
462
463
464
415
416
417
465
466
467
418
419
420
468
469
470
421
422
423
471
472
473
424
425
426
474
475
476
477
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
450
281
CONTENTS
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Control Table
NO
SIGNAL NAME
0 LEDRST_SIG
1 LEDRST_ORCAT
CONTENTS
LED Reset
Control - LED Reset Originator category
2 LEDRST_ORID
3 LEDRST_ORCAT_ST
4 LEDRST_ORID_ST
5 RESERVE
Reserve
6 RESERVE
Reserve
7 RESERVE
Reserve
8 RESERVE
Reserve
9 RESERVE
Reserve
10 MOD_CHECK
MOD_CHECK
11 MOD_CTLNUM
MOD_CTLNUM
12 MOD_CTLVAL
MOD_CTLVAL
13 MOD_ORCAT
MOD_ORCAT
14 MOD_ORIDENT
MOD_ORIDENT
15 MOD_TEST
MOD_TEST
16 MOD_CTLMDL
MOD_CTLMDL
17 MOD_ST_ORCAT
MOD_ST_ORCAT
18 MOD_ST_ORIDENT
MOD_ST_ORIDENT
19 MOD_SELECT
MOD_SELECT
20 MOD_SBOTIMEOUT
MOD_SBOTIMEOUT
21 MOD_SBOCLASS
MOD_SBOCLASS
282
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix D
Event Record Default Setting list
283
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Event record
Default setting
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Name
EV1
EV2
EV3
EV4
EV5
EV6
EV7
EV8
EV9
EV10
EV11
EV12
EV13
EV14
EV15
EV16
EV17
EV18
EV19
EV20
EV21
EV22
EV23
EV24
EV25
EV26
EV27
EV28
EV29
EV30
EV31
EV32
EV33
EV34
EV35
EV36
EV37
EV38
EV39
EV40
EV41
EV42
EV43
EV44
EV45
EV46
EV47
EV48
EV49
EV50
EV51
EV52
EV53
EV54
EV55
EV56
EV57
EV58
EV59
EV60
EV61
EV62
EV63
EV64
Range
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
Unit
Contents
Signal No.
Signal name
Signal No.
Event record signal
768
ditto
769
ditto
770
ditto
771
ditto
772
ditto
773
ditto
774
ditto
775
ditto
1639
ditto
371
ditto
380
ditto
355
ditto
318
ditto
403
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
1251
ditto
1266
ditto
1268
ditto
1269
ditto
1270
ditto
1271
ditto
1275
ditto
1276
ditto
1277
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
1258
ditto
1438
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
ditto
0
Signal Name
BI1 command
BI2 command
BI3 command
BI4 command
BI5 command
BI6 command
BI7 command
BI8 command
Ind reset
GEN trip
GEN alarm
FRQ trip
CBF trip
ARC shot
Relay fail
CT err
V0 err
V2 err
TCSV
CBSV
CTF alarm
VTF1 alarm
VTF2 alarm
Ry fail-A
Data lost
284
Model
110D
Type
400D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
420D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Event record
Default setting
No.
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Name
EV65
EV66
EV67
EV68
EV69
EV70
EV71
EV72
EV73
EV74
EV75
EV76
EV77
EV78
EV79
EV80
EV81
EV82
EV83
EV84
EV85
EV86
EV87
EV88
EV89
EV90
EV91
EV92
EV93
EV94
EV95
EV96
EV97
EV98
EV99
EV100
EV101
EV102
EV103
EV104
EV105
EV106
EV107
EV108
EV109
EV110
EV111
EV112
EV113
EV114
EV115
EV116
EV117
EV118
EV119
EV120
EV121
EV122
EV123
EV124
EV125
EV126
EV127
EV128
Range
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
Unit
Contents
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Signal No.
Signal name
Signal No.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
0
0
0
0
0
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
1448
1449
1450
0
1272
1273
1274
0
0
0
1445
0
1409
1435
1436
1437
1439
1440
1441
1442
Signal Name
Model
110D
BO1 operate
BO2 operate
BO3 operate
BO4 operate
BO5 operate
BO6 operate
BO7 operate
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
SET.GROUP1
SET.GROUP2
SET.GROUP3
SET.GROUP4
SET.GROUP5
SET.GROUP6
SET.GROUP7
SET.GROUP8
Sys. change
Rly. change
Grp. change
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
TC alarm
SGM_Iy alarm
OT alarm
420D
x
-
x
x
LED RST
F.record_CLR
E.record_CLR
D.record_CLR
TP_COUNT_CL
R
Iy_COUNT_CLR
AR_COUNT_CL
R
DEMAND_CLR
x
x
x
x
x
285
Type
400D
x
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
286
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix E
Details of Relay Menu and
LCD & Button Operation
287
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
MENU
Record
Status
Set. (view)
Set. (change)
Test
/1 Record
F. record
E. record
D. record
Counter
/2 F.record
Display
/3 F.record
Clear
#1 16/Jul/2002
18:13:57.031
Refer to Section
4.2.3.1.
Clear records?
END=Y CANCEL=N
/2 E.record
Display
/3 E.record
Clear
16/Jul/2002 480
OC1-A trip On
Refer to Section
4.2.3.2.
Clear records?
END=Y CANCEL=N
/2 D.record
Display
/3 D.record
Clear
#1 16/Jul/2002
18:13:57.401
Refer to Section
4.2.3.3.
Clear records?
END=Y CANCEL=N
a-1 b-1
288
/4 F.record #1
16/Jul/2002
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-1
/2 Counter
Display
/3 Counter
Trips *****
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
TripsA *****
TripsB *****
TripsC *****
I^yA ******E6
I^yB ******E6
I^yC ******E6
ARCs ******
Trips
Trips A
Trips B
Trips C
I^yA
I^yB
I^yC
ARCs
Refer to Section
4.2.3.4.
Clear Trips?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear Trips A?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear Trips B?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear Trips C?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear I^yA?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear I^yB?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear I^yC?
END=Y CANCEL=N
Clear ARCs?
END=Y CANCEL=N
a-1
289
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1
/1 Status
Metering
/2 Metering
Current
Binary I/O
Relay element
Time sync.
Clock adjust.
LCD contrast
Demand
Direction
/2 Binary I/O
IP [0000 0000]
/2 Ry element
A OC1-4[0000 ]
/2 Time sync.
*BI: Act.
/2 12/Nov/2002
22:56:19
/2 LCD contrast
/1 Set. (view)
Version
Description
Comms
Record
Status
Protection
Binary I/P
Binary O/P
LED
/2 Version
Relay type
Serial No.
Software
/2 Description
Plant name
GRD140-400D-10
-A0
GSPDM1-04-*
Description
/2 Comms
Addr./Param.
Switch
/3 Addr./Param.
IEC
2
/3 Switch
a-1, b-1
290
/3 Current
la
**.** kA
/3 Demand
lamax
**.** kA
/3 Direction
la
Forward
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-1
/2 Record
F.record
E.record
D.record
Counter
/3 F.record
FL
Off/On
/3 E.record
Signal No.
/4 Signal No.
BITRN
100
/4 Event name
Event name
/3 D.record
Time/starter
Scheme sw
Binary sig.
Signal name
/4 Time/starter
Time
2.0s
/4 Scheme sw
/4 Binary sig.
SIG1
/4 Signal name
SIG1
/3 Counter
Scheme sw
Alarm set
/2 Status
Metering
Time sync.
/3 Metering
/3 Time sync.
/2 Act. gp. =*
Common
Group1
:
Group8
/3 Common
/3 Group1
Parameter
Trip
ARC
a-1 b-1 c-1 d-1
291
/4 Scheme sw
/4 Alarm set
TCALM 10000
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-1 c-1 d-1
/4 Parameter
Line name
CT/VT ratio
Fault Locator
/5 CT/VT ratio
OCCT
400
/5 Fault Loc.
X1
10.0 OHM
/6 Application
/4 Trip
Scheme sw
/6 OC
Prot.element
/5 Scheme sw
Application
OC
EF
SEF
NOC
Misc.
Cold Load
OV
UV
ZOV
NOV
FRQ
/6 EF
/6 SEF
/6 NOC
/6 Misc.
/6 Cold Load
/6 OV
/6 UV
/6 ZOV
/6 NOV
/6 FRQ
a-1
b-1
C-1
d-1
e-1
292
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1
b-1
c-1
d-1 e-1
/5 Prot.element
OC
EF
SEF
NOC
Misc.
Cold Load
OV
UV
ZOV
NOV
FRQ
CTF/VTF
/6 OC
OC
45
/6 EF
EF
45
/6 SEF
SE
+90
/6 NOC
NC
45
/6 Misc.
UC1
0.40A
/6 Cold Load
OC1
2.00A
/4 ARC
Scheme sw
/6 OV
OV1
120.0V
/6 UV
UV1
60.0V
/6 ZOV
ZOV1
20.0V
/6 NOV
NOV1
20.0V
/6 FRQ
FRQ1
1.00Hz
/6 CTF/VTF
EFF
0.20A
ARC element
/5 Scheme SW
General
/6 General
OC
EF
SEF
Misc
/6 OC
/6 EF
/5 ARC element
TRDY
60.0s
/6 SEF
/6 Misc
a-1
b-1
C-1
293
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1
b-1
c-1
/3 Group2
Parameter
/3 Group8
Parameter
/2 Binary I/P
Timers
/4 Timers
Functions
/4 Functions
/2 Binary O/P
BO1 AND, D
1000, 1001, 1002,
1003, 1004, 1005
BO2 AND, DL
, ,
BO7 OR, L
, ,
BO1TBO 0.20s
BO7TBO
0.20s
/2 LED
LED
/3 LED
Virtual LED
/3 Virtual LED
IND1
/4 LED1
BIT1
I,O
/4 LED2
BIT1
I,O
IND2
a-1 b-1
294
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1
/1 Set.(change)
Password
Description
Comms
Record
Status
Protection
Binary I/P
Binary O/P
LED
: Password trap
Password [_ ]
1234567890
: Confirmation trap
Input
[_ ]
1234567890
Change settings?
ENTER=Y CANCEL=N
Retype
[_ ]
1234567890
/2 Description
Plant name
Description
Alarm1 Text
:
Alarm4 Text
/2 Comms
Addr./Param.
_
ABCDEFG
_
ABCDEFG
/3 Addr./Param.
/3 Switch
Switch
Refer to Section
4.2.6.4.
/3 F.record
/2 Record
F.record
/3 E.record
E.record
D.record
Counter
BITRN
100 _
:
Refer to Section
4.2.6.5.
/3 D.record
Time/starter
Scheme sw
Binary sig.
/3 Counter
Scheme sw
Alarm set
a-1 b-2
295
/4 Time/starter
/4 Scheme sw
/4 Binary sig.
/4 Scheme sw
/4 Alarm set
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-2
/3 Metering
/2 Status
Metering
Time sync.
Time zone
/3 Time sync.
/3 Time zone
/2 Protection
Change act. gp.
Change set.
Copy gp.
Refer to Section
4.2.6.7.
/3 Change act.
gp.
/3 Act gp.=1
Common
Group1
Group2
:
Group8
/4 Common
/4 Group1
Parameter
Trip
ARC
/5 Parameter
Line name
CT/VT ratio
Fault Locator
_
ABCDEFG
/6 CT/VT ratio
/6 Fault Loc.
a-1 b-2
296
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-2 c-2 d-2
e-2
/5 Trip
Scheme sw
Prot.element
/6 Scheme sw
Application
OC
EF
SEF
NOC
Misc.
Cold Load
OV
UV
ZOV
NOV
FRQ
/7 Application
/7 OC
/7 EF
/7 SEF
/7 NOC
/7 Misc.
/7 Cold Load
/7 OV
/7 UV
/7 ZOV
/7 NOV
/7 FRQ
297
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-2 c-2 d-2
e-2 f-2
/7 OC
/6 Prot.element
OC
EF
SEF
NOC
Misc.
Cold Load
OV
UV
ZOV
NOV
FRQ
CTF/VTF
/7 EF
/7 SEF
/7 NOC
/7 Misc.
/7 Cold Load
/7 OV
/7 UV
/7 ZOV
/7 NOV
/7 FRQ
/5 ARC
Scheme sw
/7 CTF/VTF
ARC element
/6 Scheme SW
General
/7 General
OC
EF
SEF
Misc
/7 OC
/7 EF
/6 ARC element
/7 SEF
/7 Misc
298
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1 b-2 c-2
d-2
/4 Group2
Parameter
/4 Group8
Parameter
/3 Copy A to B
A
_
B
/2 Binary I/P
BI1
/3 BI1
Timers
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
Functions
/4 Timers
/4 Functions
/3 BI8
Timers
Functions
/2 Binary O/P
BO1
/3 BO1
Logic/Reset
Functions
BO7
Refer to Section
4.2.6.9.
/2 LED
LED
Virtual LED
/3 LED
LED1
Functions
Refer to Section
4.2.6.10.
/4 LED1
Logic/Reset
LED6
/4 LED6
Logic/Reset
c-3
/4 Functions
/3 BO7
Logic/Reset
Functions
a-1
/4 Logic/Reset
Functions
299
/5 Logic/Reset
/5 Functions
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
a-1
c-3
/3 Virtual LED
IND1
/4 IND1
Reset
IND2
Functions
/5 Reset
/5 Functions
/4 IND2
Reset
Functions
/1 Test
Switch
/2 Switch
Binary O/P
Logic circuit
A.M.F.
Off/On
UVTST
Off/On
CLPTST
Off/S0/S3
THMRST
Off/On
SHOTNUM
Off/S1-S6
IECTST
Off/On
Password [_ ]
1234567890
1 _
0
0
0
0
0
/2 Binary O/P
BO1
0 _
Disable/Enable
FAIL
0
Disable/Enable
/2 Logic
circuit
TermA
1
TermB
1001
_
_
1
300
Operate?
ENTER=Y CANCEL=N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
LCD AND BUTTON OPERATION INSTRUCTION
MANUAL
MODE
1. PRESS ARROW KEY TO MOVE TO EACH DISPLAYED
ITEMS
NORMAL
(DISPLAY OFF)
VIEW
PRESS ANY
BUTTON
EXCEPT FOR
"VIEW" AND
"RESET"
1=RECORD
MENU
( DISPLAY ON )
1=FAULT RECORD
2=EVENT RECORD
3=DISTURBANCE RECORD
METERING 1
( DISPLAY ON )
4=COUNTER
2=STATUS
VIEW
RESET
1=METERING
2=BINARY INPUT&OUPUT
METERING 13
( DISPLAY ON )
VIEW
AUTOMODE 1
3=RELAY ELELMENT
TRIP OUTPUT
ISSUED !
5=CLOCK ADJUSTMENT
RESET
TRIP
( LED ON )
3=SETTING
(VIEW)
1=RELAY VERSION
LATEST FAULT *
( DISPLAY ON )
2=DESCRIPTION
AUTOMODE 2
3=COMMUNICATION
4=RECORD
RELAY
FAILED !
VIEW
5=STATUS
RESET
ALARM
( LED ON )
6=PROTECTION
7=BINARY INPUT
8=BINARY OUTPUT
AUTO SUPERVISON *
( DISPLAY ON )
9=LED
*. "LATEST FAULT" AND "AUTO
SUPERVISION" SCREEN IS
DISPLAYED ONLY IF DATA
IS STORED
VIEW
RESET
4=SETTING
(CHANGE)
5=TEST
1=SWITCH
2=BINARY OUTPUT
301
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
302
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix F
Case Outline
303
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
I N SERVICE
RESET
258
VI EW
T RIP
ALARM
0V CAN
CEL ENTER
END
15.6
104
185.2
32
Side view
Front view
4 holes-5.5
4 holes-4.5
OPT
T
TB1
TB3
TB1
TB2
R
TB3
F1
R
T
56
102
Panel cut-out
TB3
TB1
1
3
5
7
A1
A1
2
4
6
8
TB2
B1
B1
Terminal
Application
TB3: A1 A3
RS485 I/F
TB3: B1 B2
IRIG-B
OPT
T1
100BASE-TX
F1
100BASE-FX
OPT: ST connector
B10
F1: SC connector
A18
B18
Terminal block
Case Outline
304
24 9
T1
239
TB2
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix G
Typical External Connection
305
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140 110D
Core balance
CT
Ie
Ise
BO2
A7
B7
A6
B6
BO3
B8
A8
A9
B9
FRAME EARTH
TB11
2
Ves
FRAME EARTH
BI6
COMMAND
BI7
COMMAND
BI8
COMMAND
BI1
COMMAND
BI2
COMMAND
BI3
COMMAND
BI4
COMMAND
TB2A1
B1
A2
B2
A3
B3
A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
COMMAND
GENERAL TRIP
GENERAL TRIP
GENERAL TRIP
EF1 TRIP
EF1 TRIP
SEF1-S1 TRIP
ZOV1 TRIP
A10
B10
A11
B11
BO4
(P)
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
A4
A5
B5
BO1
TB15
6
7
8
Line VT
BI5
OUTPUT CONTACTS
SIGNAL LIST (DEFAULT)
TB3B4
CT
A13
BI6
B13
A12
B12
BO5
BI7
A14
BI8
B14
A15
B15
BO6
BI1
A16
BI2
BO7
B16
FAIL
A17
A18
B18
BI3
B17
BI4
BI5
(N)
RELAY FAIL.
COM-A
TB3-A2
DD FAIL.
DC
SUPPLY
TB2- A9
(+)
+5Vdc
DC-DC
B9
(-)
0V
COM-0V
A10
OPT
B10
()
A1
COM-B
T
R
FRAME EARTH
E
TX
CASE EARTH
FX
TB3-B2
B1
306
IRIG-B
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140 400D
Bus VT
A
TB11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Vs
CT
Ia
Ic
Ie
B7
A6
B6
BO2
TB2A1
Va
Vb
A10
A2
B2
Vc
A3
B3
Ves
A13
(P)
COMMAND
BI2
COMMAND
BI3
COMMAND
BI4
COMMAND
BI5
COMMAND
B13
A12
B12
FRAME EARTH
BI1
B10
A11
B11
BO4
BO5
Vs
(Busbar or Line Voltage)
GENERAL TRIP
GENERAL TRIP
GENERAL TRIP
OC1 TRIP
EF1 TRIP
UV1 TRIP
ZOV1 TRIP
B8
A8
A9
B9
BO3
B1
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
A4
A5
B5
A7
BO1
Ib
FRAME EARTH
Line VT
OUTPUT CONTACTS
SIGNAL LIST (DEFAULT)
TB3B4
A14
B14
A15
B15
BO6
TB2A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
BI1
A16
BO7
BI2
B16
BI3
B17
A17
A18
B18
FAIL
BI4
BI5
(N)
RELAY FAIL.
DD FAIL.
DC
SUPPLY
TB2- A9
(+)
B9
(-)
+5Vdc
TB3-A2
COM-A
DC-DC
0V
A1
COM-B
()
FRAME EARTH
E
A3
COM-0V
OPT
T
R
CASE EARTH
TX
FX
TB3-B2
B1
IRIG-B
307
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140 420D
Bus VT
A
TB11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Vs
CT
Core balance
CT
Ia
Ic
Ise
B7
A6
B6
BO2
FRAME EARTH
Va
(P)
BI1
COMMAND
BI3
COMMAND
BI4
COMMAND
BI5
COMMAND
A10
Vc
A3
B3
Ves
A13
FRAME EARTH
B13
A12
B12
B10
A11
B11
BO4
A14
B14
A15
B15
BO6
TB2A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
COMMAND
BI2
Vb
A2
B2
BO5
Vs
(Busbar or LineVoltage)
GENERAL TRIP
GENERAL TRIP
OC1 TRIP
EF1 TRIP
SEF1-S1 TRIP
UV1 TRIP
ZOV1 TRIP
B8
A8
A9
B9
BO3
B1
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
A4
A5
B5
A7
BO1
Ib
TB2A1
OUTPUT CONTACTS
SIGNAL LIST (DEFAULT)
TB3B4
A16
BI1
BO7
B16
BI2
B17
BI3
A17
A18
B18
FAIL
BI4
BI5
(N)
RELAY FAIL.
DD FAIL.
DC
SUPPLY
TB2- A9
(+)
B9
(-)
+5Vdc
COM-A
TB3-A2
DC-DC
0V
A1
COM-B
A10
FRAME EARTH
E
A3
COM-0V
B10
()
CASE EARTH
OPT
T
R
TX
FX
TB3-B2
B1
308
IRIG-B
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140 401D
TB3A4
Bus VT
A
(1) HBO1
TB11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Vs
CT
A5
(1) HBO2
Ia
A6
(1) HBO3
Ie
A8
TB3A10
TB2A1
Va
B1
BO1
A11
Vc
BO2
Ves
BO3
BI2
COMMAND
BI3
COMMAND
BI4
COMMAND
BI5
COMMAND
B12
A13
FRAME EARTH
BO4
COMMAND
B11
A12
A3
B3
BI1
B10
Vb
A2
B2
(P)
(+)
B8
FRAME EARTH
Vs
(Busbar or Line Voltage)
(+)
B6
(1) HBO4
Line VT
(+)
B5
Ib
Ic
(+)
B4
B13
A14
TB2A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
BO5
B14
BI1
A15
BO6
B15
BI2
BI3
B17
A17
A18
B18
FAIL
BI4
BI5
(N)
RELAY FAIL.
DD FAIL.
DC
SUPPLY
(+)
TB2- A9
B9
(-)
+5Vdc
COM-A
TB3-A2
DC-DC
0V
A1
COM-B
(2)
FRAME EARTH
E
A3
COM-0V
T
R
OPT
CASE EARTH
TX
FX
TB3-B2
B1
IRIG-B
309
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140 421D
TB3A4
Bus VT
A
(1) HBO1
TB11
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Vs
CT
Core balance
CT
A5
(1) HBO2
Ia
A6
(1) HBO3
A8
Ise
TB3A10
TB2A1
Va
B1
BO1
A11
Vc
BO2
Ves
BO3
BI2
COMMAND
BI3
COMMAND
BI4
COMMAND
BI5
COMMAND
B12
A13
FRAME EARTH
BO4
COMMAND
B11
A12
A3
B3
BI1
B10
Vb
A2
B2
(P)
(+)
B8
FRAME EARTH
Vs
(Busbar or Line Voltage)
(+)
B6
(1) HBO4
Line VT
(+)
B5
Ib
Ic
(+)
B4
B13
A14
TB2A4
B4
A5
B5
A6
B6
A7
B7
A8
B8
BO5
B14
BI1
A15
BO6
B15
BI2
BI3
B17
A17
A18
B18
FAIL
BI4
BI5
(N)
RELAY FAIL.
DD FAIL.
DC
SUPPLY
(+)
TB2- A9
B9
(-)
+5Vdc
COM-A
TB3-A2
DC-DC
0V
A1
COM-B
(2)
FRAME EARTH
E
A3
COM-0V
T
R
OPT
CASE EARTH
TX
FX
TB3-B2
B1
IRIG-B
310
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
CT connection
Bus
Bus
TB1 -1
TB1 -2
TB1 -1
Ia
TB1 -2
TB1 -3
TB1 -4
Ib
TB1 -4
TB1 -5
TB1 -6
Ib
TB1 -5
Ic
TB1 -6
TB1 -7
TB1 -8
Ia
TB1 -3
Ic
TB1 -7
Ie(Io)
TB1 -8
Ise(Io)
Bus
Bus
TB1 -1
TB1 -1
TB1 -2
Ia
TB1 -2
TB1 -4
Ic
TB1 -4
Ic
TB1 -5
TB1 -5
TB1 -6
Ia
TB1 -3
TB1 -3
Ie(Io)
TB1 -6
TB1 -7
TB1 -7
TB1 -8
TB1 -8
Bus
Ie(Io)
Ise(Io)
Bus
TB1 -1
TB1 -1
TB1 -2
TB1 -2
TB1 -3
TB1 -3
TB1 -4
TB1 -4
TB1 -5
TB1 -6
TB1 -5
Ie(Io)
TB1 -6
TB1 -7
TB1 -7
TB1 -8
TB1 -8
311
Ie(Io)
Ise(Io)
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
VT connection
Bus
Bus
TB2A1
TB2-A1
Va
Va
TB2-B1
TB2-B1
Vb
TB2-A2
TB2-B2
Vc
TB2-B2
TB2-A3
TB2-A3
TB2-B3
TB1-B3
Bus
TB2-A1
Va
TB2-B1
Vb
TB2-A2
TB2-B2
Vc
TB2-A3
Vb
TB2-A2
TB1-B3
Vs(for 25)
312
Vc
Ve(Vo)
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix H
Relay Setting Sheet
1. Relay Identification
2. Line parameter
3. Binary output setting
4. Relay setting
5. Disturbance record signal setting
6. LED setting
313
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
1. Relay Identification
Date:
Relay type
Serial Number
Frequency
AC current
AC voltage
DC supply voltage
Password
Active setting group
2. Line parameter
CT ratio
OC:
EF:
VT ratio
PVT:
RVT:
314
SEF:
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3. Binary output setting
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
Setting
Device
Name
Range
Unit
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
In #5
In #6
TBO
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
OR - AND
Ins - Dl - Dw - Lat
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0.00 - 10.00
Contents
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Logic gate
Reset application
Output signal
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Dl/Dw timer
Default Setting
Model
110D
400D
420D
Settin Signal Name Settin Signal Name Settin Signal Name
-OR
-OR
-OR
Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-371
GEN.TRIP
371
GEN.TRIP
371
GEN.TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
--OR
-OR
-OR
Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-371
GEN.TRIP
371
GEN.TRIP
371
GEN.TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
--OR
-OR
-OR
Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-371
GEN.TRIP
261
OC1_TRIP
371
GEN.TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
--OR
-OR
-OR
Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-261
OC1_TRIP
281
EF1_TRIP
281
EF1_TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
--OR
-OR
-OR
Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-281
EF1_TRIP
291
SEF1281
EF1_TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
-OR
-OR
-OR
-Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-341
UV1_TRIP
291
SEF1341
UV1_TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
--OR
-OR
-OR
Dl
-Dl
-Dl
-351 ZOV1_TRIP 351 ZOV1_TRIP 351 ZOV1_TRIP
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.20
-0.20
-0.20
--
315
Setting
Model
Setting
Signal Name
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4. Relay setting
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
Model
Contents
Units
1A rating
110D
400D
420D
21000
Active group
1-8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
21001
21010
21002
21003
21005
21006
21007
21008
21009
21011
APPLCT
APPLVT
APPLVES
CTFEN
VTF1EN
VTF2EN
CTSVEN
V0SVEN
V2SVEN
AOLED
Of f - 3P - 2P - 1P
Of f - On
Of f - Ve - Vs
Of f - On - OPT-On
Of f - On - OPT-On
Of f - On - OPT-On
Of f - ALM&BLK - ALM
Of f - ALM&BLK - ALM
Of f - ALM&BLK - ALM
Of f - On
Application setting of CT
Application setting of VT
Application setting of VT-Ves
CTF Enable
VTF1 Enable
VTF2 Enable
AC input imbalance Super Visor Enable
ditto
ditto
TRIP LED lighting control at alarm output
12
5000
Line name
Line name
13
14
15
16
17
6000
6001
6003
6004
6005
OCCT
EFCT
SEFCT
PVT
VESVT
1 - 20000
1 - 20000
1 - 20000
1 - 20000
1 - 20000
Phase CT ratio
Residual CT ratio
SEF CT ratio
Phase VT ratio
Ves's VT ratio
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
0.00 - 199.99
0.0 - 999.9
0.00 - 199.99
0.0 - 999.9
0.00 - 199.99
0.0 - 999.9
0.00 - 199.99
0.0 - 999.9
80 - 120
80 - 120
80 - 120
80 - 120
80 - 120
80 - 120
0.0 - 399.9
%
%
%
%
%
%
km
Fault location
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
------------
2.00 / 10.0
6.80 / 34.0
0.20 / 1.0
0.70 / 3.5
100
100
100
100
100
100
50.0
29
1000
MOC1
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
--
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
MOC2
MEF1
MEF2
MSE1
MSE2
MNC1
MNC2
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
D - IEC - IEEE - US - C
--
D
D
---
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1208
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1209
1021
1022
1023
1210
1024
1025
1026
1211
1027
1028
OC
OC1EN
OC1-DIR
MOC1C-IEC
MOC1C-IEEE
MOC1C-US
OC1R
OC1-2F
VTF-OC1BLK
OC2EN
OC2-DIR
MOC2C-IEC
MOC2C-IEEE
MOC2C-US
OC2R
OC2-2F
VTF-OC2BLK
OC3EN
OC3-DIR
OC3-2F
VTF-OC3BLK
OC4EN
OC4-DIR
OC4-2F
VTF-OC4BLK
OCTP
Of f - On
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Of f - On
Of f - On
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Of f - On
Of f - On
FWD - REV - NON
NA - Block
Of f - On
Of f - On
FWD - REV - NON
NA - Block
Of f - On
3POR - 2OUTOF3
OC1 Enable
OC1 Directional Characteristic
OC1 IEC Inverse Curve Type
OC1 IEEE Inverse Curve Type
OC1 US Inverse Curve Type
OC1 Reset Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
OC2 Enable
OC2 Directional Characteristic
OC2 IEC Inverse Curve Type
OC2 IEEE Inverse Curve Type
OC2 US Inverse Curve Type
OC2 Reset Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
OC3 Enable
OC3 Directional Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
OC4 Enable
OC4 Directional Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
OC trip mode
--------------------------
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1212
1035
1036
EF
EF1EN
EF1-DIR
MEF1C-IEC
MEF1C-IEEE
MEF1C-US
EF1R
EF1-2F
CTF-EF1BLK
VTF-EF1BLK
Of f - On - POP
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Of f - On
Of f - On
EF1 Enable
EF1 Directional Characteristic
EF1 IEC Inverse Curve Type
EF1 IEEE Inverse Curve Type
EF1 US Inverse Curve Type
EF1 Reset Characteristic
2f Block Enable
CTF block enable
VTF block enable
FL
X1
X0
R1
R0
Kab
Kbc
Kca
Ka
Kb
Kc
Line
316
1
----------
3P
On
Ve
Of f
Of f
Of f
ALM
ALM
ALM
On
no-name
-400
--
400
400
--
400
100
100
D
D
D
---
D
D
D
D
On
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
NA
Of f
Of f
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
NA
Of f
Of f
FWD
NA
Of f
Of f
FWD
NA
Of f
3POR
On
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
----
NA
Of f
Of f
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
Range
Setting Device Name
(No.)
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
(Offset
No.)
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1213
1043
1044
1045
1046
1214
1047
1048
1049
1050
1215
1051
1052
1053
1054
SEF
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1216
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1217
1068
1069
1070
1218
1071
1072
1073
1219
1074
1075
1076
NOC
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1220
1082
1083
1084
1085
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1086
1087
1088
UC
1089
1090
1091
1092 Thermal
1093
1094
BCD
1226
1095
CBF
1096
1097 Cold Load
1098
Units
5A rating
EF2EN
EF2-DIR
MEF2C-IEC
MEF2C-IEEE
MEF2C-US
EF2R
EF2-2F
CTF-EF2BLK
VTF-EF2BLK
EF3EN
EF3-DIR
EF3-2F
CTF-EF3BLK
VTF-EF3BLK
EF4EN
EF4-DIR
EF4-2F
CTF-EF4BLK
VTF-EF4BLK
CURREV
SE1EN
SE1-DIR
MSE1C-IEC
MSE1C-IEEE
MSE1C-US
SE1R
SE1S2
SE1-2F
VTF-SE1BLK
SE2EN
SE2-DIR
MSE2C-IEC
MSE2C-IEEE
MSE2C-US
SE2R
SE2-2F
VTF-SE2BLK
SE3EN
SE3-DIR
SE3-2F
VTF-SE3BLK
SE4EN
SE4-DIR
SE4-2F
VTF-SE4BLK
RPEN
NC1EN
NC1-DIR
MNC1C-IEC
MNC1C-IEEE
MNC1C-US
NC1R
NC1-2F
CTF-NC1BLK
VTF-NC1BLK
NC2EN
NC2-DIR
MNC2C-IEC
MNC2C-IEEE
MNC2C-US
NC2R
NC2-2F
CTF-NC2BLK
VTF-NC2BLK
UC1EN
CTF-UC1BLK
UC2EN
CTF-UC2BLK
THMEN
THMAEN
BCDEN
BCD-2F
BTC
RTC
CLEN
CLDOEN
Contents
1A rating
Off - On - POP
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On - POP
FWD - REV - NON
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On - POP
FWD - REV - NON
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
Off - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4
Off - On
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
Off - On
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
FWD - REV - NON
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
FWD - REV - NON
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
FWD - REV - NON
NI - VI - EI - LTI
MI - VI - EI
CO2 - CO8
DEF - DEP
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
NA - Block
Off - On
Off - DIR - OC
Off - On
Off - On
EF2 Enable
EF2 Directional Characteristic
EF2 IEC Inverse Curve Type
EF2 IEEE Inverse Curve Type
EF2 US Inverse Curve Type
EF2 Reset Characteristic
2f Block Enable
CTF block enable
VTF block enable
EF3 Enable
EF3 Directional Characteristic
2f Block Enable
CTF block enable
VTF block enable
EF4 Enable
EF4 Directional Characteristic
2f Block Enable
CTF block enable
VTF block enable
Current reverse detection
SEF1 Enable
SEF1 Directional Characteristic
SEF1 IEC Inverse Curve Type
SEF1 IEEE Inverse Curve Type
SEF1 US Inverse Curve Type
SEF1 Reset Characteristic
SEF1 Stage 2 Timer Enable
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
SEF2 Enable
SEF2 Directional Characteristic
SEF2 IEC Inverse Curve Type
SEF2 IEEE Inverse Curve Type
SEF2 US Inverse Curve Type
SEF2 Reset Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
SEF3 Enable
SEF3 Directional Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
SEF4 Enable
SEF4 Directional Characteristic
2f Block Enable
VTF block enable
Residual Power block Enable
NOC1 Enable
NOC1 Directional Characteristic
NOC1 IEC InverNC Curve Type
NOC1 IEEE InverNC Curve Type
NOC1 US InverNC Curve Type
NOC1 ReNCt Characteristic
2f Block Enable
CTF block enable
VTF block enable
NOC2 Enable
NOC2 Directional Characteristic
NOC2 IEC InverNC Curve Type
NOC2 IEEE InverNC Curve Type
NOC2 US InverNC Curve Type
NOC2 ReNCt Characteristic
2f Block Enable
CTF block enable
VTF block enable
UC1 Enable
CTF block enable
UC2 Enable
CTF block enable
Thermal OL Enable
Thermal Alarm Enable
Broken Conductor Enable
2f Block Enable
Back-trip control
Re-trip control
Cold Load Protection Enable
Cold Load drop-off Enable
317
400D
420D
Off
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
----
NA
Off
Off
Off
FWD
----
NA
Off
Off
Off
FWD
----
NA
Off
Off
Off
--------
On
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
Off
On
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
Off
NA
Off
Off
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
NA
Off
Off
FWD
NA
Off
Off
FWD
NA
Off
Off
--Off
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
---------
Off
FWD
-----
Off
FWD
-----
Off
-------------------------------
-Off
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
NA
Off
Off
Off
FWD
NI
MI
CO2
DEF
NA
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
NA
Off
Off
Off
Off
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
Units
5A rating
Model
Contents
1A rating
110D
400D
420D
147
148
149
150
1099
1100
1227
1228
OV
OV1EN
OV2EN
OV3EN
OV4EN
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
Of f - On
OV1 Enable
OV2 Enable
OV3 Enable
OV4 Enable
-----
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1241
1229
1230
1231
UV
UV1EN
VTF-UV1BLK
UV2EN
VTF-UV2BLK
UV3EN
VTF-UV3BLK
UV4EN
VTF-UV4BLK
VBLKEN
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
Of f - On
Of f - On
Of f - On
Of f - On
Of f - On
UV1 Enable
VTF block enable
UV2 Enable
VTF block enable
UV3 Enable
VTF block enable
UV4 Enable
VTF block enable
UV Block Enable
----------
DT
Of f
DT
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
160
161
162
163
1106
1107
1108
1109
ZOV
ZOV1EN
VTF-ZV1BLK
ZOV2EN
VTF-ZV2BLK
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
ZOV1 Enable
VTF block enable
ZOV2 Enable
VTF block enable
--
Of f
164
165
166
167
1110
1111
1112
1113
NOV
NOV1EN
VTF-NV1BLK
NOV2EN
VTF-NV2BLK
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
Of f - DT - IDMT - C
Of f - On
NOV1 Enable
VTF block enable
NOV2 Enable
VTF block enable
-----
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
1114
1115
1116
1117
1232
1233
1234
1235
FRQ
FRQ1EN
FRQ2EN
FRQ3EN
FRQ4EN
DFRQ1EN
DFRQ2EN
DFRQ3EN
DFRQ4EN
Of f - OF - UF
Of f - OF - UF
Of f - OF - UF
Of f - OF - UF
Of f - R - D
Of f - R - D
Of f - R - D
Of f - R - D
FRQ1 Enable
FRQ2 Enable
FRQ3 Enable
FRQ4 Enable
DFRQ1 Enable
DFRQ2 Enable
DFRQ3 Enable
DFRQ4 Enable
---------
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
176
3000
deg
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
3001
12000
3002
3003
3004
3005
12001
3006
3007
3008
3009
12002
3010
12003
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
3021
3022
3023
12004
3024
3025
3026
3027
12005
3028
3029
3030
3031
12006
3032
12007
12008
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
DFRQ
OC
EF
OC
-95 - 95
OC1
TOC1
TOC1M
TOC1R
TOC1RM
OC2
TOC2
TOC2M
TOC2R
TOC2RM
OC3
TOC3
OC4
TOC4
OC1-k
OC1-
OC1-C
OC1-kr
OC1-
OC2-k
OC2-
OC2-C
OC2-kr
OC2-
0.1 - 25.0
0.02 - 5.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.1 - 25.0
0.02 - 5.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
EF
EFV
EF1
TEF1
TEF1M
TEF1R
TEF1RM
EF2
TEF2
TEF2M
TEF2R
TEF2RM
EF3
TEF3
EF4
TEF4
TREBK
EF1-k
EF1-
EF1-C
EF1-kr
EF1-
-95 - 95
0.5 - 100.0
0.1 - 25.0
0.02 - 5.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.1 - 25.0
0.02 - 5.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 10.00
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
A
s
A
s
A
s
A
s
deg
V
A
s
A
s
A
s
A
s
s
DT
--
Of f
Of f
OC Characteristic Angle
--
-45
-------------------------
5.0 / 1.00
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
25.0 / 5.00
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
50.0 / 10.00
1.00
100.0 / 20.00
1.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
EF Characteristic Angle
EF ZPS voltage level
EF1 Threshold setting
EF1 EFinite time setting
EF1 Time multiplier setting
EF1 EFinite time reset delay
EF1 Dependent time reset time multiplier
EF2 Threshold setting
EF2 EFinite time setting
EF2 Time multiplier setting
EF2 EFinite time reset delay
EF2 Dependent time reset time multiplier
EF3 Threshold setting
EF3 EFinite time setting
EF4 Threshold setting
EF4 EFinite time setting
Current reverse blocking time
Conf igurable IDMT Curve setting of EF1
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
318
-45
3.0
1.5 / 0.30
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
15.0 / 3.00
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
25.0 / 5.00
1.00
50.0 / 10.00
1.00
0.10
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
(Of f set
No.)
Units
5A rating
223
224
225
226
227
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
3043
3044
3045
12009
3046
3047
3048
12010
3049
12011
3050
3051
3052
3053
12012
3054
12013
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
SEF
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
3066
3067
3068
12014
3069
3070
3071
3072
12015
3132
3158
3133
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
NOC
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
3078
12016
3079
12017
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
12018
3085
12019
12020
3159
3139
UC
293
294
295
296
297
298
Range
Setting Device Name
Thermal
BCD
CBF
Inrush
1A rating
EF2-k
EF2-
EF2-C
EF2-kr
EF2-
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
SE
SEV
SE1
TSE1
TSE1M
TSE1R
TSE1RM
TS1S2
SE2
TSE2
TSE2M
TSE2R
TSE2RM
SE3
TSE3
SE4
TSE4
RP
SE1-k
SE1-
SE1-C
SE1-kr
SE1-
SE2-k
SE2-
SE2-C
SE2-kr
SE2-
-95 - 95
0.5 - 100.0
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.00 - 300.00
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.00 - 300.00
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 100.00
0.00 - 20.00
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
NC
NCV
NC1
TNC1
TNC1M
TNC1R
TNC1RM
NC2
TNC2
TNC2M
TNC2R
TNC2RM
NC1-k
NC1-
NC1-C
NC1-kr
NC1-
NC2-k
NC2-
NC2-C
NC2-kr
NC2-
-95 - 95
0.5 - 25.0
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.010 - 1.500
0.0 - 300.0
0.010 - 1.500
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.000 - 30.000
0.00 - 5.00
UC1
TUC1
UC2
TUC2
THM
THMIP
TTHM
THMA
BCD
TBCD
CBF
TBTC
TRTC
ICD-2f
ICDOC
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.00 - 300.00
2.0 - 10.0
0.40 - 2.00
0.0 - 5.0
0.00 - 1.00
0.5 - 500.0
50 - 99
0.10 - 1.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
10 - 50
0.5 - 25.0
0.10 - 5.00
OC1
OC2
OC3
OC4
EF1
EF2
0.1 - 25.0
0.1 - 25.0
0.1 - 250.0
0.1 - 250.0
0.1 - 25.0
0.1 - 25.0
0.02 - 5.00
0.02 - 5.00
0.02 - 50.00
0.02 - 50.00
0.02 - 5.00
0.02 - 5.00
Model
Contents
110D
deg
V
A
s
400D
420D
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
0
3.0
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
1.00
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
0.00 / 0.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
-----------------------
-45
3.0
2.0 / 0.40
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
1.0 / 0.20
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
s
A
s
s
%
A
----------------
1.0 / 0.20
1.00
2.0 / 0.40
1.00
5.0 / 1.00
0.0 / 0.00
10.0
80
0.20
1.00
2.5 / 0.50
0.50
0.40
15
0.5 / 0.10
A
A
A
A
A
A
-------
s
A
s
A
s
A
s
W
deg
V
A
s
A
s
A
s
A
s
A
A
min
%
319
-----------------------------
0
3.0
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
1.00
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
1.000
0.0
1.000
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
0.05 / 0.010
1.00
0.00 / 0.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.00
0.000
0.000
0.00
10.0 /
25.0 /
100.0 /
200.0 /
10.0 /
25.0 /
2.00
5.00
20.00
40.00
2.00
5.00
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
Units
5A rating
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
12021
12022
3101
12023
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
3102
12024
3103
3104
3105
3106
12025
3140
3141
3107
3142
12065
3160
3143
12066
3144
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
OV
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
3108
12026
3109
3110
3111
12027
3145
3146
3147
12067
3148
12068
3112
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
UV
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
3113
12028
3114
3115
3116
12029
3149
3150
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
ZOV
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
3117
12030
3118
3119
3120
12031
3151
3152
NOV
1A rating
EF3
EF4
SE1
SE2
SE3
SE4
NC1
NC2
BCD
TCLE
TCLR
ICLDO
TCLDO
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.10 - 1.00
0 - 10000
0 - 10000
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
0.00 - 100.00
OV1
TOV1
TOV1M
TOV1R
OV1DPR
OV2
TOV2
TOV2M
TOV2R
OV2DPR
OV3
TOV3
OV3DPR
OV4
TOV4
OV4DPR
OV1-k
OV1-
OV1-C
OV2-k
OV2-
OV2-C
10.0 - 200.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
10 - 98
10.0 - 200.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
10 - 98
10.0 - 200.0
0.00 - 300.00
10 - 98
10.0 - 200.0
0.00 - 300.00
10 - 98
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
UV1
TUV1
TUV1M
TUV1R
UV2
TUV2
TUV2M
TUV2R
UV3
TUV3
UV4
TUV4
VBLK
UV1-k
UV1-
UV1-C
UV2-k
UV2-
UV2-C
5.0 - 130.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
5.0 - 130.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
5.0 - 130.0
0.00 - 300.00
5.0 - 130.0
0.00 - 300.00
5.0 - 20.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
ZOV1
TZOV1
TZOV1M
TZOV1R
ZOV2
TZOV2
TZOV2M
TZOV2R
ZOV1-k
ZOV1-
ZOV1-C
ZOV2-k
ZOV2-
ZOV2-C
1.0 - 160.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
1.0 - 160.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
NOV1
TNOV1
TNOV1M
TNOV1R
NOV2
TNOV2
TNOV2M
TNOV2R
1.0 - 160.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
1.0 - 160.0
0.00 - 300.00
0.05 - 100.00
0.0 - 300.0
Model
Contents
110D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
s
s
A
s
V
s
s
%
V
s
s
%
V
s
%
V
s
%
V
s
s
V
s
s
V
s
V
s
V
V
s
s
V
s
V
s
s
V
s
400D
---
420D
--------
-----------------------
120.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
95
140.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
95
140.0
1.00
95
140.0
1.00
95
1.00
1.00
0.000
1.00
1.00
0.000
--------------------
60.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
40.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
40.0
1.00
40.0
1.00
10.0
1.00
1.00
0.000
1.00
1.00
0.000
-----
320
100.0 / 20.00
200.0 / 40.00
0.10 /
0.10 /
0.10 /
0.10 /
4.0 / 0.80
2.0 / 0.40
0.40
100
100
2.5 / 0.50
0.00
20.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
40.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
1.00
1.00
0.000
1.00
1.00
0.000
---------
20.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
40.0
1.00
1.00
0.0
0.020
0.020
0.020
0.020
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
375
376
377
378
379
380
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
3121
12032
3122
12033
3123
12034
3124
12035
3125
3153
3154
3155
3156
Units
5A rating
FRQ
DFRQ
394
395
396
397
3126 CTF/VTF
398
1118
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
1119
1120
1121
1122
1236
1237
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1238
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
3127
3128
ARC
Model
Contents
1A rating
110D
NOV1-k
NOV1-
NOV1-C
NOV2-k
NOV2-
NOV2-C
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 5.00
0.000 - 5.000
FRQ1
TFRQ1
FRQ2
TFRQ2
FRQ3
TFRQ3
FRQ4
TFRQ4
FVBLK
DFRQ1
DFRQ2
DFRQ3
DFRQ4
-10.00 - 10.00
0.00 - 300.00
-10.00 - 10.00
0.00 - 300.00
-10.00 - 10.00
0.00 - 300.00
-10.00 - 10.00
0.00 - 300.00
40.0 - 100.0
0.1 - 15.0
0.1 - 15.0
0.1 - 15.0
0.1 - 15.0
Hz
s
Hz
s
Hz
s
Hz
s
V
Hzs
Hzs
Hzs
Hzs
EFF
OCDF
ZOVF
UVF
0.1 - 25.0
0.02 - 5.00
0.5(Fixed)
0.1(Fixed)
5.0 - 130.0
5.0 - 130.0
ARCEN
ARC-NUM
VCHK
Df EN
VTPHSEL
VT-RATE
3PH-VT
OC1-INIT
OC1-TP1
OC1-TP2
OC1-TP3
OC1-TP4
OC1-TP5
OC1-TP6
OC2-INIT
OC2-TP1
OC2-TP2
OC2-TP3
OC2-TP4
OC2-TP5
OC2-TP6
OC3-INIT
OC3-TP1
OC3-TP2
OC3-TP3
OC3-TP4
OC3-TP5
OC3-TP6
OC4-INIT
OC4-TP1
OC4-TP2
OC4-TP3
OC4-TP4
OC4-TP5
OC4-TP6
COORD-OC
EF1-INIT
EF1-TP1
EF1-TP2
EF1-TP3
EF1-TP4
EF1-TP5
EF1-TP6
EF2-INIT
EF2-TP1
EF2-TP2
EF2-TP3
EF2-TP4
EF2-TP5
EF2-TP6
EF3-INIT
EF3-TP1
EF3-TP2
400D
420D
-------
1.00
1.00
0.000
1.00
1.00
0.000
--------------
-1.00
1.00
-1.00
1.00
-1.00
1.00
-1.00
1.00
40.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
A
A
V
V
-----
1.0 / 0.20
-20.0
51.0
Of f - On
Autoreclosing Enable.
On
S1 - S2 - S3 - S4 - S5
Of f - LD - DL - DD - S
Of f - On
A-B-C
PH-G - PH-PH
Bus - Line
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - On
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
S1
321
-----------------------------------
Of f
Of f
A
PH-G
Line
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Of f
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1239
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1240
1207
493
12036
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
12037
12038
12039
12040
12041
12042
12043
12044
12045
12046
12047
12048
12049
12050
12051
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
12052
12053
12054
12055
3129
3130
3131
525
22040
526
22041
Units
5A rating
ARC
BI1
Model
Contents
1A rating
110D
EF3 trip mode of 3rd trip
EF3 trip mode of 4th trip
EF3 trip mode of 5th trip
EF3 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclosing initiation by EF4 enable
EF4 trip mode of 1st trip
EF4 trip mode of 2nd trip
EF4 trip mode of 3rd trip
EF4 trip mode of 4th trip
EF4 trip mode of 5th trip
EF4 trip mode of 6th trip
EF relay f or Co-ordination Enable
Autoreclosing initiation by SEF1 enable
SEF1 trip mode of 1st trip
SEF1 trip mode of 2nd trip
SEF1 trip mode of 3rd trip
SEF1 trip mode of 4th trip
SEF1 trip mode of 5th trip
SEF1 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclosing initiation by SEF2 enable
SEF2 trip mode of 1st trip
SEF2 trip mode of 2nd trip
SEF2 trip mode of 3rd trip
SEF2 trip mode of 4th trip
SEF2 trip mode of 5th trip
SEF2 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclosing initiation by SEF3 enable
SEF3 trip mode of 1st trip
SEF3 trip mode of 2nd trip
SEF3 trip mode of 3rd trip
SEF3 trip mode of 4th trip
SEF3 trip mode of 5th trip
SEF3 trip mode of 6th trip
Autoreclosing initiation by SEF4 enable
SEF4 trip mode of 1st trip
SEF4 trip mode of 2nd trip
SEF4 trip mode of 3rd trip
SEF4 trip mode of 4th trip
SEF4 trip mode of 5th trip
SEF4 trip mode of 6th trip
SEF relay f or Co-ordination Enable
400D
EF3-TP3
EF3-TP4
EF3-TP5
EF3-TP6
EF4-INIT
EF4-TP1
EF4-TP2
EF4-TP3
EF4-TP4
EF4-TP5
EF4-TP6
COORD-EF
SE1-INIT
SE1-TP1
SE1-TP2
SE1-TP3
SE1-TP4
SE1-TP5
SE1-TP6
SE2-INIT
SE2-TP1
SE2-TP2
SE2-TP3
SE2-TP4
SE2-TP5
SE2-TP6
SE3-INIT
SE3-TP1
SE3-TP2
SE3-TP3
SE3-TP4
SE3-TP5
SE3-TP6
SE4-INIT
SE4-TP1
SE4-TP2
SE4-TP3
SE4-TP4
SE4-TP5
SE4-TP6
COORD-SE
EXT-INIT
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - On
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
NA - On - Block
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - Inst - Set
Of f - On
NA - On - Block
TRDY
0.0 - 600.0
TD1
TR1
TD2
TR2
TD3
TR3
TD4
TR4
TD5
TR5
TW
TSUC
TRCOV
TARCP
TRSET
OVB
UVB
OVL
UVL
SYNUV
SYNOV
SYNDV
SYN
SYNDf
TSYN
TLBDL
TDBLL
TDBDL
OC-CO
EF-CO
SE-CO
0.01 - 300.00
0.01 - 310.00
0.01 - 300.00
0.01 - 310.00
0.01 - 300.00
0.01 - 310.00
0.01 - 300.00
0.01 - 310.00
0.01 - 300.00
0.01 - 310.00
0.01 - 10.00
0.0 - 600.0
0.1 - 600.0
0.1 - 600.0
0.01 - 300.00
10 - 150
10 - 150
10 - 150
10 - 150
10 - 150
10 - 150
0 - 150
5 - 75
0.01 - 2.00
0.01 - 10.00
0.01 - 10.00
0.01 - 10.00
0.01 - 10.00
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
deg
Hz
s
s
s
s
A
A
A
PUD
0.00 - 300.00
0.00
DOD
0.00 - 300.00
0.00
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Of f
Reclaim timer
1st shot Dead timer of Stage1
1st shot Reset timer of Stage1
2nd shot Dead timer of Stage1
2nd shot Reset timer of Stage1
3rd shot Dead timer of Stage1
3rd shot Reset timer of Stage1
4th shot Dead timer of Stage1
4th shot Reset timer of Stage1
5th shot Dead timer of Stage1
5th shot Reset timer of Stage1
Out put pulse timer
Autoreclosing Pause Time af ter manually close
Autoreclosing Recovery time af ter Final Trip
Autoreclosing Pause Time af ter manually close
ARC reset time in CB closing mode.
OV element of bus-voltage check
UV element of bus-voltage check
OV element of line-voltage check
UV element of line-voltage check
UV element of Synchro. check
OV element of Synchro. check
Voltage dif f erence f or SYN
Synchro. check (ph. dif f .)
Frequency dif f erence checking f or SYN
Synchronism check timer (Live-bus & Live-line)
Voltage check timer (Live-bus & Dead-line)
Voltage check timer (Dead-bus & Live-line)
Voltage check timer (Dead-bus & Dead-line)
For Co-ordination
ditto
ditto
322
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Of f
-----------------------------NA
420D
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
NA
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Set
Of f
60.0
10.00
310.00
10.00
310.00
10.00
310.00
10.00
310.00
10.00
310.00
2.00
3.0
10.0
10.0
3.00
--------------0.05 / 0.010
51
13
51
13
83
51
150
30
1.00
1.00
0.05
0.05
0.05
5.0 / 1.00
1.5 / 0.30
-0.05 / 0.010
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
22000
22042
22043
22001
22044
22045
22002
22046
22047
22003
22048
22049
22004
22050
22051
22005
22052
22053
22006
22054
22055
22007
549
23032
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
23033
23000
23001
23002
23003
23034
23035
23004
23005
23006
23007
23036
23037
23008
23009
23010
23011
23038
23039
23012
23013
23014
23015
23040
23041
23016
23017
23018
23019
23042
23043
23020
23021
23022
23023
23080
23048
23049
23050
23051
23052
23053
23054
23055
23081
23056
23057
23058
23059
23060
23061
23062
23063
Units
5A rating
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
LED1
LED2
LED3
LED4
LED5
LED6
IND1
IND2
Model
Contents
1A rating
110D
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
PUD
DOD
SNS
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
0.00 - 300.00
0.00 - 300.00
Norm - Inv
s
s
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Binary
Logic
OR - AND
OR
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
Logic
Reset
In #1
In #2
In #3
In #4
Reset
BIT1
BIT2
BIT3
BIT4
BIT5
BIT6
BIT7
BIT8
Reset
BIT1
BIT2
BIT3
BIT4
BIT5
BIT6
BIT7
BIT8
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
OR - AND
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
OR - AND
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
OR - AND
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
OR - AND
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
OR - AND
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
Inst - Latch
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
Inst
0
0
0
0
OR
Inst
0
0
0
0
OR
Inst
0
0
0
0
OR
Inst
0
0
0
0
OR
Inst
0
0
0
0
OR
Inst
0
0
0
0
Inst
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Inst
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
Pick-up delay
Drop-of f delay
Sense
400D
323
420D
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
0.00
0.00
Norm
----------
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
Range
(Of f set
No.)
Units
5A rating
Model
Contents
1A rating
110D
400D
603
17000
Plant name
Plant name
no-name
604
605
606
607
608
17001
17162
17163
17164
17165
Description
Alarm1 Text
Alarm2 Text
Alarm3 Text
Alarm4 Text
ditto
Specif ied by
Specif ied by
Specif ied by
Specif ied by
Memorandum f or user
Alarm1 Text
Alarm2 Text
Alarm3 Text
Alarm4 Text
no-data
ALARM1
ALARM2
ALARM3
ALARM4
609
19001
IEC
0 - 254
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
19024
19096
19097
19098
19099
19100
19101
19102
19103
19104
19105
19106
19107
19084
19085
19086
19087
19088
19089
19090
19091
19092
19093
19094
19095
19108
19109
19110
19111
19112
19113
19114
19115
19116
19117
19118
19119
19120
19121
19122
19123
19124
19042
19025
19076
19077
19078
19079
19080
19081
19082
19083
19032
19034
19035
19036
19037
19038
19039
19041
SYADJ
IP1-1
IP1-2
IP1-3
IP1-4
SM1-1
SM1-2
SM1-3
SM1-4
GW1-1
GW1-2
GW1-3
GW1-4
IP2-1
IP2-2
IP2-3
IP2-4
SM2-1
SM2-2
SM2-3
SM2-4
GW2-1
GW2-2
GW2-3
GW2-4
SI1-1
SI1-2
SI1-3
SI1-4
SI2-1
SI2-2
SI2-3
SI2-4
SI3-1
SI3-2
SI3-3
SI3-4
SI4-1
SI4-2
SI4-3
SI4-4
SMODE
DEADT
GOINT
PG1-1
PG1-2
PG1-3
PG1-4
PG2-1
PG2-2
PG2-3
PG2-4
232C
IECBR
IECBLK
850BLK
850AUT
TSTMOD
GSECHK
PINGCHK
-9999 - 9999
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 255
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0-1
1 - 120
1 - 60
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
0 - 254
9.6 - 19.2 - 57.6
9.6 - 19.2
Normal - Blocked
Normal - Blocked
Of f - On
Of f - On
Of f - On
Of f - On
670
18036
FL
671
18024
BITRN
672
18000
Time
673
674
675
676
677
678
18001
18002
18003
18004
18060
18061
OC
EF
SEF
NOC
OV
UV
user
user
user
user
ms
min
s
0
192
168
19
172
255
255
255
0
192
168
19
1
192
168
19
173
255
255
255
0
192
168
19
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
120
60
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9.6
19.2
Normal
Normal
Of f
Of f
Of f
Of f
CH1 Gateway
IP Address of CH#2
Of f - On
Of f
0 - 128
100
0.1 - 5.0
Disturbance record
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.1 - 250.0
0.02 - 50.00
0.01 - 1.00
0.002 - 0.200
0.5 - 10.0
0.10 - 2.00
10.0 - 200.0
1.0 - 130.0
A
A
A
A
V
V
324
420D
2.0
------
10.0 / 2.00
3.0 / 0.60
-1.00 / 0.200
2.0 / 0.40
120.0
60.0
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Relay and Protection Scheme Setting Sheet
(No.)
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
(Offset
No.)
18062
18063
18005
18007
18008
18009
18010
18064
18065
18066
18067
18043
18044
18045
18046
18047
18048
18049
18050
18051
20000
20001
20002
20008
20009
20010
Range
Setting Device Name
Units
5A rating
ZOV
NOV
TRIP
OC
EF
SEF
NC
OV
UV
ZOV
NOV
TCSPEN
CBSMEN
TCAEN
IyAEN
OPTAEN
TCALM
IyALM
YVALUE
OPTALM
Display
Power
Current
Time sync
GMT
GMTm
Contents
1A rating
1.0 - 160.0
1.0 - 160.0
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On - Opt-On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
Off - On
1 - 10000
10 - 10000
1.0 - 2.0
100 - 5000
Pri - Sec - Pri-A
Send - Receive
Lag - Lead
Of - BI - IRI - IEC - SN
-12 - +12
-59 - +59
V
V
E6
ms
hrs
min
ditto
ditto
Disturbance record trigger use or not
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
ditto
Trip Circuit Supervision Enable
CB condition super visor enable
Trip CounterAlarm Enable
I^y Alarm Enable
Operate Time Alarm Enable
Trip Count Alarm Threshold
I^y Alarm
Y value
Operate Time Alarm Threshold
Metering
Metering
Metering
Time sync.
Time
Time
325
400D
420D
20.0
--
20.0
On
-On
----
On
On
--
On
On
On
On
On
--
On
Off
Off
Off
---
Off
Off
10000
----
10000
2.0
1000
Pri
Send
Lead
Of
0
0
User
setting
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
5. PLC default setting
Output
Signal
1536 OC1_BLOCK
1537 OC2_BLOCK
1538 OC3_BLOCK
1539 OC4_BLOCK
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544 EF1_BLOCK
1545 EF2_BLOCK
1546 EF3_BLOCK
1547 EF4_BLOCK
1548 EF1_PERMIT
1549 EF2_PERMIT
1550 EF3_PERMIT
1551 EF4_PERMIT
1552 SEF1_BLOCK
1553 SEF2_BLOCK
1554 SEF3_BLOCK
1555 SEF4_BLOCK
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560 NOC1_BLOCK
1561 NOC2_BLOCK
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568 UC1_BLOCK
1569 UC2_BLOCK
1570 CBF_BLOCK
1571
1572 THM_BLOCK
1573 THMA_BLOCK
1574 BCD_BLOCK
1575
1576 DFRQ1_BLOCK
1577 DFRQ2_BLOCK
1578 DFRQ3_BLOCK
1579 DFRQ4_BLOCK
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584 OV1_BLOCK
1585 OV2_BLOCK
1586 OV3_BLOCK
1587 OV4_BLOCK
1588 UV1_BLOCK
1589 UV2_BLOCK
1590 UV3_BLOCK
1591 UV4_BLOCK
1592 ZOV1_BLOCK
1593 ZOV2_BLOCK
1594
1595
1596 NOV1_BLOCK
1597 NOV2_BLOCK
1598
1599
1600 FRQ1_BLOCK
1601 FRQ2_BLOCK
1602 FRQ3_BLOCK
1603 FRQ4_BLOCK
1604 ARC_BLOCK
1605 ARC_READY
1606 ARC_INIT
1607 MANUAL_CLOSE
1608 ARC_NO_ACT
1609
1610
Timing
Cycle
30
X
X
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
[771]BI4_COMMAND
[770]BI3_COMMAND
326
Timer
Off On One
Time Value
Delay Delay Shot
None
X
X
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
Back
Norm
Up
Flip Flop
Release
Signal
Timer
Off On One
Time Value
Delay Delay Shot
None
CTF_BLOCK
VTF_BLOCK
EXT_CTF
EXT_VTF
EXT_TRIP-A
EXT_TRIP-B
EXT_TRIP-C
EXT_TRIP
TC_FAIL
CB_N/O_CONT
CB_N/C_CONT
X
X
[769]BI2_COMMAND
[1]CONSTANT_1
X
X
IND.RESET
[768]BI1_COMMAND
ARC-S1_COND
ARC-S2_COND
ARC-S3_COND
ARC-S4_COND
ARC-S5_COND
X
X
X
X
X
[412]VCHK
[412]VCHK
[412]VCHK
[412]VCHK
[412]VCHK
X
X
X
X
X
[371]GEN.TRIP
[371]GEN.TRIP
SGM_IY-A
SGM_IY-B
SGM_IY-C
X
X
X
[371]GEN.TRIP
[371]GEN.TRIP
[371]GEN.TRIP
X
X
X
OT_ALARM-A
OT_ALARM-B
OT_ALARM-C
X
X
X
[371]GEN.TRIP
[371]GEN.TRIP
[371]GEN.TRIP
X
X
X
FRQ_S1_TRIP
FRQ_S2_TRIP
FRQ_S3_TRIP
FRQ_S4_TRIP
X
X
X
X
[356]FRQ1_TRIP + [360]DFRQ1_TRIP
[357]FRQ2_TRIP + [361]DFRQ2_TRIP
[358]FRQ3_TRIP + [362]DFRQ3_TRIP
[359]FRQ4_TRIP + [363]DFRQ4_TRIP
X
X
X
X
CBF_INIT-A
CBF_INIT-B
CBF_INIT-C
CBF_INIT
TP_COUNT-A
TP_COUNT-B
TP_COUNT-C
TP_COUNT
327
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
OC1_INST_TP
OC2_INST_TP
OC3_INST_TP
OC4_INST_TP
EF1_INST_TP
EF2_INST_TP
EF3_INST_TP
EF4_INST_TP
SEF1_INST_TP
SEF2_INST_TP
SEF3_INST_TP
SEF4_INST_TP
328
Timer
Off On One
Time Value
Delay Delay Shot
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
329
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
330
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
331
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
332
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
333
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
334
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
335
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
336
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
337
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
338
Timer
Off On One
Time Value
Delay Delay Shot
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560 DISP.ALARM1
2561 DISP.ALARM2
2562 DISP.ALARM3
2563 DISP.ALARM4
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576 SYNC_CLOCK
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
339
Timer
Off On One
Time Value
Delay Delay Shot
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
ALARM_LED_SET
F.RECORD1
F.RECORD2
F.RECORD3
F.RECORD4
D.RECORD1
D.RECORD2
D.RECORD3
D.RECORD4
SET.GROUP1
SET.GROUP2
SET.GROUP3
SET.GROUP4
SET.GROUP5
SET.GROUP6
SET.GROUP7
SET.GROUP8
CON_TPMD1
CON_TPMD2
CON_TPMD3
CON_TPMD4
CON_TPMD5
340
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
CON_TPMD6
CON_TPMD7
CON_TPMD8
ARC_COM_RECV
PROT_COM_RECV
TPLED_RST_RCV
341
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
342
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
TEMP001
TEMP002
TEMP003
TEMP004
TEMP005
TEMP006
TEMP007
TEMP008
TEMP009
TEMP010
TEMP011
TEMP012
TEMP013
TEMP014
TEMP015
TEMP016
TEMP017
TEMP018
TEMP019
TEMP020
TEMP021
TEMP022
TEMP023
TEMP024
TEMP025
TEMP026
TEMP027
TEMP028
TEMP029
TEMP030
TEMP031
TEMP032
TEMP033
TEMP034
TEMP035
TEMP036
TEMP037
TEMP038
TEMP039
TEMP040
TEMP041
TEMP042
TEMP043
TEMP044
TEMP045
TEMP046
TEMP047
TEMP048
TEMP049
TEMP050
TEMP051
TEMP052
TEMP053
TEMP054
TEMP055
TEMP056
TEMP057
TEMP058
TEMP059
TEMP060
TEMP061
TEMP062
TEMP063
TEMP064
TEMP065
TEMP066
TEMP067
TEMP068
TEMP069
TEMP070
343
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
TEMP071
TEMP072
TEMP073
TEMP074
TEMP075
TEMP076
TEMP077
TEMP078
TEMP079
TEMP080
TEMP081
TEMP082
TEMP083
TEMP084
TEMP085
TEMP086
TEMP087
TEMP088
TEMP089
TEMP090
TEMP091
TEMP092
TEMP093
TEMP094
TEMP095
TEMP096
TEMP097
TEMP098
TEMP099
TEMP100
TEMP101
TEMP102
TEMP103
TEMP104
TEMP105
TEMP106
TEMP107
TEMP108
TEMP109
TEMP110
TEMP111
TEMP112
TEMP113
TEMP114
TEMP115
TEMP116
TEMP117
TEMP118
TEMP119
TEMP120
TEMP121
TEMP122
TEMP123
TEMP124
TEMP125
TEMP126
TEMP127
TEMP128
TEMP129
TEMP130
TEMP131
TEMP132
TEMP133
TEMP134
TEMP135
TEMP136
TEMP137
TEMP138
TEMP139
TEMP140
TEMP141
TEMP142
TEMP143
TEMP144
TEMP145
344
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
TEMP146
TEMP147
TEMP148
TEMP149
TEMP150
TEMP151
TEMP152
TEMP153
TEMP154
TEMP155
TEMP156
TEMP157
TEMP158
TEMP159
TEMP160
TEMP161
TEMP162
TEMP163
TEMP164
TEMP165
TEMP166
TEMP167
TEMP168
TEMP169
TEMP170
TEMP171
TEMP172
TEMP173
TEMP174
TEMP175
TEMP176
TEMP177
TEMP178
TEMP179
TEMP180
TEMP181
TEMP182
TEMP183
TEMP184
TEMP185
TEMP186
TEMP187
TEMP188
TEMP189
TEMP190
TEMP191
TEMP192
TEMP193
TEMP194
TEMP195
TEMP196
TEMP197
TEMP198
TEMP199
TEMP200
TEMP201
TEMP202
TEMP203
TEMP204
TEMP205
TEMP206
TEMP207
TEMP208
TEMP209
TEMP210
TEMP211
TEMP212
TEMP213
TEMP214
TEMP215
TEMP216
TEMP217
TEMP218
TEMP219
TEMP220
345
Timer
Off
On One
Delay Delay Shot
Time Value
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Output
Signal
Timing
Cycle
30
90
User
Logic expression
Turn
--
3036 TEMP221
3037 TEMP222
3038 TEMP223
3039 TEMP224
3040 TEMP225
3041 TEMP226
3042 TEMP227
3043 TEMP228
3044 TEMP229
3045 TEMP230
3046 TEMP231
3047 TEMP232
3048 TEMP233
3049 TEMP234
3050 TEMP235
3051 TEMP236
3052 TEMP237
3053 TEMP238
3054 TEMP239
3055 TEMP240
3056 TEMP241
3057 TEMP242
3058 TEMP243
3059 TEMP244
3060 TEMP245
3061 TEMP246
3062 TEMP247
3063 TEMP248
3064 TEMP249
3065 TEMP250
3066 TEMP251
3067 TEMP252
3068 TEMP253
3069 TEMP254
3070 TEMP255
3071 TEMP256
346
Timer
Off On One
Time Value
Delay Delay Shot
None
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
6. Disturbance record setting
Name
Range
Unit
SIG1
SIG2
SIG3
SIG4
SIG5
SIG6
SIG7
SIG8
SIG9
SIG10
SIG11
SIG12
SIG13
SIG14
SIG15
SIG16
SIG17
SIG18
SIG19
SIG20
SIG21
SIG22
SIG23
SIG24
SIG25
SIG26
SIG27
SIG28
SIG29
SIG30
SIG31
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
0 - 3071
No.
101
102
103
261
131
281
141
291
201
202
203
341
211
351
0
371
401
1604
403
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Default setting
Signal
110D
Signal Name
OC1-A
-OC1-B
-OC1-C
-OC1 TRIP
-EF1
x
EF1 TRIP
x
SEF1
x
SEF1-S1 TRIP
x
UV1-A
-UV1-B
-UV1-C
-UV1 TRIP
-ZOV1
x
ZOV1 TRIP
x
NA
GEN.TRIP
x
ARC READY T
x
ARC BLOCK
x
ARC SHOT
x
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
347
Model
400D
---
--
420D
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
-----
-------------
x
x
User Setting
Model
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
348
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix I
Commissioning Test Sheet (sample)
1. Relay identification
2. Preliminary check
3. Hardware check
4. Function test
5. Protection scheme test
6. Metering and recording check
7. Conjunctive test
349
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
1.
Relay identification
Type
Serial number
Model
System frequency
Station
Date
Circuit
Engineer
Protection scheme
Witness
Preliminary check
Ratings
CT shorting contacts
DC power supply
Power up
Wiring
Relay inoperative
alarm contact
Calendar and clock
3.
Hardware check
350
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.
Function test
Current setting
Measured current
Element
OC1-A
UC1-A
OC2-A
UC2-A
OC3-A
THM-A
OC4-A
THM-T
EF1
NOC1
EF2
NOC2
EF3
CBF-A
Current setting
Measured current
EF4
SEF1
SEF2
SEF3
SEF4
Curve setting
Multiplier setting
Changed current
Measured time
OC1-A
Current setting
Current setting
Current setting
EF1
Current setting
Current setting
Current setting
SEF1
Current setting
Current setting
Current setting
Current setting
Measured current
Element
OC1-A
SEF1
OC2-A
SEF2
OC3-A
SEF3
OC4-A
SEF4
EF1
NOC1
EF2
NOC2
EF3
EF4
351
Current setting
Measured current
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
4.2 Overvoltage and undervoltage elements test
(1) Operating value test
Element
Voltage
setting
Measured
voltage
Element
OV1
ZOV1
OV2
ZOV2
OV3
NOV1
OV4
NOV2
Voltage
setting
Measured
voltage
UV1
UV2
UV3
UV4
Voltage setting
Multiplier setting
Changed voltage
OV1
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
UV1
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
ZOV1
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
NOV1
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
Voltage setting
Measured time
Frequency setting
FRQ1
FRQ2
FRQ3
FRQ4
352
Measured frequency
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
5.
6.
7.
Conjunctive test
Scheme
Results
On load check
Tripping circuit
Reclosing circuit
353
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
354
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix J
Return Repair Form
355
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Type:
GRD140
(Example: Type:
Model:
GRD140
Model:
400D
Product No.:
Serial No.:
Date:
1.
2.
Fault records, event records or disturbance records stored in the relay and relay settings are
very helpful information to investigate the incident.
Please provide relevant information regarding the incident on floppy disk, or fill in the
attached fault record sheet and relay setting sheet.
356
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Fault Record
Date/Month/Year
/
:
Time
/
:
15:09:58.442)
Faulty phase:
Prefault values
Ia:
Ib :
Ic:
Ie:
Ise:
I1 :
I2 :
I2 / I1 :
Fault values
Ia:
Ib :
Ic:
Ie:
Ise:
I1 :
I2 :
I2 / I1 :
THM:
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Va :
Vb :
Vc :
Ves:
Vab:
Vbc:
Vca:
V0:
V1:
V2:
f:
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Hz
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Va :
Vb :
Vc :
Ves:
Vab:
Vbc:
Vca:
V0:
V1:
V2:
f:
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Hz
357
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.
What was the message on the LCD display at the time of the incident?
4.
5.
(Example: 10/July/2002)
6.
Customer
Name:
Company Name:
Address:
Telephone No.:
Facsimile No.:
Signature:
358
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix K
Technical Data
359
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
TECHNICAL DATA
Ratings
AC current In:
1A or 5A
AC voltage Vn:
100V to 120 V
Frequency:
50Hz or 60Hz
DC auxiliary supply:
maximum 12%
DC supply interruption:
Overload Ratings
AC current inputs:
AC voltage inputs:
Burden
AC voltage inputs:
DC power supply:
10W (quiescent)
15W (maximum)
Phase Inputs
Delay type:
DTL, IDMTL(complied with IEC 6055-151): IEC NI, IEC VI, IEC
EI, UK LTI, IEEE MI, IEEE VI, IEEE EI, US CO8 I, US CO2 STI
DTL delay:
Reset Type:
DTL delay:
95 to +95 in 1 steps
360
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Delay type:
DTL, IDMTL(complied with IEC 6055-151): IEC NI, IEC VI, IEC
EI, UK LTI, IEEE MI, IEEE VI, IEEE EI, US CO8 I, US CO2 STI
DTL delay:
Reset Type:
DTL delay:
95 to +95 in 1 steps
Delay Type:
DTL, IDMTL(complied with IEC 6055-151): IEC NI, IEC VI, IEC
EI, UK LTI, IEEE MI, IEEE VI, IEEE EI, US CO8 I, US CO2 STI
DTL delay:
Reset Type:
DTL delay:
95 to +95 in 1 steps
87.5, 90
DTL Delay:
Thermal alarm:
361
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Delay type:
DTL, IDMTL(complied with IEC 6055-151): IEC NI, IEC VI, IEC
EI, UK LTI, IEEE MI, IEEE VI, IEEE EI, US CO8 I, US CO2 STI
DTL delay:
Reset Type:
95 to +95 in 1 steps
Overvoltage Protection
DTL delay:
DO/PU ratio
10 98% in 1% steps
Undervoltage Protection
DTL delay:
Undervoltage Block
DTL delay:
DTL delay:
DTL delay:
Frequency UV Block
DTL delay:
362
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
CBF Protection
CBF threshold:
Autoreclose
0.01 10.00s
Sequences
in 0.01s steps
5 to 75 in 1 steps
UV element (SYUV)
10 to 150V in 1V steps
OV element (SYOV)
Voltage difference check (V)
10 to 150V in 1V steps
10 to 150V in 1V steps
0 to 150V in 1V steps
10 to 150V in 1V steps
Accuracy
Overcurrent Pick-ups:
100% of setting 2%
100%
Undercurrent Pick-up:
100% of setting 2%
100%
Overvoltage Pick-ups:
Undervoltage Pick-ups:
100% of setting 2%
100% of setting 2%
1% or 10ms
Frequency variation:
Point to point
Multi-core (straight)
15m (max.)
RS232C 9-way D-type female
363
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
364
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IRIG-B122
4k-ohm
4Vp-p to 10Vp-p
Screw terminal
50 ohm coaxial cable
Binary Inputs
Operating voltage
Response time:
Binary Outputs
GRD140-110D,
Auxiliary relay
GRD140-400D,
GRD140-420D,
Ratings:
Durability:
Operating time
Approx. 12ms
GRD140-401D,
Auxiliary relay
GRD140-421D
Ratings:
Operating time
Approx. 5ms
HBO1 to HBO4
Ratings:
Durability:
Operating time
Approx. 3ms
DC Supply Monitoring
Mechanical design
Weight
Case colour
4.5kg
Munsell No. 10YR8/1
Installation
Flush mounting
365
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE
Test
Standards
Details
Atmospheric Environment
Temperature
IEC60068-2-1/2
Humidity
IEC60068-2-3
Enclosure Protection
IEC60529
IP51
Mechanical Environment
Vibration
IEC60255-21-1
Response - Class 1
Endurance - Class 1
IEC60255-21-2
Seismic
IEC60255-21-3
Class 1
Dielectric Withstand
IEC60255-5
IEC60255-5
Electrical Environment
Electromagnetic Environment
High Frequency
Disturbance / Damped
Oscillatory Wave
IEC60255-22-1 Class 3,
IEC61000-4-12 / EN61000-4-12
Electrostatic
Discharge
IEC60255-22-2 Class 4,
IEC61000-4-2 / EN61000-4-2
Radiated RF
Electromagnetic
Disturbance
IEC60255-22-3 Class 3,
IEC61000-4-3 / EN61000-4-3
Fast Transient
Disturbance
IEC60255-22-4, IEC61000-4-4 /
EN61000-4-4
Surge Immunity
IEC60255-22-5,
IEC61000-4-5 / EN61000-4-5
HV ports: 2kV/1kV
PSU and I/O ports: 2kV/1kV
RS485 port: 1kV/ -
Conducted RF
Electromagnetic
Disturbance
IEC60255-22-6 Class 3,
IEC61000-4-6 / EN61000-4-6
Power Frequency
Disturbance
IEC60255-22-7, IEC61000-4-16
/ EN61000-4-16
Conducted and
Radiated Emissions
IEC60255-25 Class A,
EN55022 Class A,
IEC61000-6-4 / EN61000-6-4
Conducted emissions:
0.15 to 0.50MHz: <79dB (peak) or <66dB (mean)
0.50 to 30MHz: <73dB (peak) or <60dB (mean)
Radiated emissions (at 10m):
30 to 230MHz: <40dB
230 to 1000MHz: <47dB
366
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
89/336/EEC
73/23/EEC
367
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix L
Symbols Used in Scheme Logic
368
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Symbols used in the scheme logic and their meanings are as follows:
Signal names
Marked with
Marked with
: Signal number
Marked with
Signal No.
Signal name
Marked with [
"
Unmarked
Scheme switch
AND gates
A
B
&
Output
&
Output
C
A
B
A
1
B
C
1
1
Other cases
Output
1
0
A
1
B
C
1
0
Other cases
Output
1
0
A
1
B
C
0
0
Other cases
Output
1
0
C
A
B
&
Output
Output
A
0
B
C
0
0
Other cases
Output
0
1
Output
A
0
B
C
0
1
Other cases
Output
0
1
Output
A
0
B
C
1
1
Other cases
Output
0
1
OR gates
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
369
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Signal inversion
A
A
0
1
Output
Output
1
0
Timer
t
XXX:
Set time
XXX
0
XXX:
Set time
XXX
t
One-shot timer
A
Output
Output
XXX - YYY
S
F/F
Output
R
0
0
1
1
Output
No change
1
0
0
Scheme switch
A
Output
ON
Output
ON
370
A
Switch
1
ON
Other cases
Switch
ON
OFF
Output
1
0
Output
1
0
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
371
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix M
IEC60870-5-103: Interoperability
372
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IEC60870-5-103 Configurator
IEC103 configurator software is included in the same CD as RSM100, and can be installed
easily as follows:
Installation of IEC103 Configurator
Insert the CD-ROM (RSM100) into a CDROM drive to install this software on a PC.
Double click the Setup.exe of the folder IEC103Conf under the root directory, and
operate it according to the message.
When installation has been completed, the IEC103 Configurator will be registered in the start
menu.
Starting IEC103 Configurator
Click [Start][Programs][IEC103 Configurator][IECConf] to the IEC103 Configurator
software.
Note: The instruction manual for the IEC103 Configurator can be viewed by clicking the
[Help][Manual] in the IEC103 Configurator.
Requirements for IEC60870-5-103 master station
Polling cycle: 150ms or more
Timeout time (time to re-sending the request frame to relay): 100ms
IEC103 master
GR relay
Data request
Polling cycle:
150ms or more
Response frame
Data request
Response frame
IEC60870-5-103: Interoperability
1. Physical Layer
1.1 Electrical interface: EIA RS-485
A maximum number of 32 relays can be connected.
1.2 Optical interface
Glass fibre (option)
ST type connector (option)
1.3 Transmission speed
User setting: 9600 or 19200 bit/s
2. Application Layer
COMMON ADDRESS of ASDU
One COMMON ADDRESS OF ASDU (identical with station address)
373
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3. List of Information
The following items can be customized with the original software tool IEC103 configurator.
(For details, refer to IEC103 configurator manual No.6F2S0839.)
-
Items for Measurands: Type ID(3/9), INF, FUN, Number of measurand, Type of
measurand quantities
Common setting
Transmission cycle of Measurand frame
FUN of System function
Test mode, etc.
CAUTION: For the setting data written via RS232C to be effective, turn off the DC supply
to the relay and turn on again.
3. 1 IEC60870-5-103 Interface
3.1.1 Spontaneous events
The events created by the relay will be sent using Function type (FUN) / Information numbers
(INF) to the IEC60870-5-103 master station.
3.1.2 General interrogation
The GI request can be used to read the status of the relay, the Function types and Information
numbers that will be returned during the GI cycle are shown in the table below.
For details, refer to the standard IEC60870-5-103 section 7.4.3.
3.1.3 Cyclic measurements
The relay will produce measured values using Type ID=3 or 9 on a cyclical basis, this can be
read from the relay using a Class 2 poll. The rate at which the relay produces new measured
values can be customized.
3.1.4 Commands
The supported commands can be customized. The relay will respond to non-supported
commands with a cause of transmission (COT) negative acknowledgement of a command.
For details, refer to the standard IEC60870-5-103 section 7.4.4.
3.1.5 Test mode
In test mode, both spontaneous messages and polled measured values, intended for processing
in the control system, are designated by means of the CAUSE OF TRANSMISSION test
mode. This means that the CAUSE OF TRANSMISSION = 7 test mode is used for
messages normally transmitted with COT=1 (spontaneous) or COT=2 (cyclic).
For details, refer to the standard IEC60870-5-103 section 7.4.5.
3.1.6 Blocking of monitor direction
If blocking of the monitor direction is activated in the protection equipment, all indications and
measurands are no longer transmitted.
For details, refer to the standard IEC60870-5-103 section 7.4.6.
374
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
3.2 List of Information
The following are the default settings.
IEC103 Configurator Default setting
INF
Description
Contents
GI Type
ID
COT
FUN
DPI
Signal No. OFF ON
--
10
255
--
--
--
Time Synchronization
--
255
--
--
--
Reset FCB
--
219
--
--
--
Reset CU
Reset CU ACK
--
219
--
--
--
Start/Restart
Relay start/restart
--
219
--
--
--
Power On
1411
Not supported
Status Indications
16 Auto-recloser active
17 Teleprotection active
18 Protection active
GI
1, 7, 12
219
1413
19 LED reset
--
1, 7, 11, 12
219
1409
--
GI
11
219
1241
21 Test mode
GI
11
219
1242
23 Characteristic1
GI
1, 7, 11, 12
219
1243
24 Characteristic2
GI
1, 7, 11, 12
219
1244
25 Characteristic3
GI
1, 7, 11, 12
219
1245
26 Characteristic4
GI
1, 7, 11, 12
219
1246
27 Auxiliary input1
Binary input 1
No set
28 Auxiliary input2
Binary input 2
No set
29 Auxiliary input3
Binary input 3
No set
30 Auxiliary input4
Binary input 4
No set
GI
1, 7, 11, 12
219
Not supported
Not supported
Supervision Indications
32 Measurand supervision I
GI
1, 7
219
1266
33 Measurand supervision V
GI
1, 7
219
1268
GI
1, 7
219
1269
GI
1, 7
219
1270
386
37 I>>backup operation
No set
38 VT fuse failure
VT failure
39 Teleprotection disturbed
GI
1, 7
219
46 Group warning
Only alarming
GI
1, 7
219
1258
47 Group alarm
GI
1, 7
219
1252
48 Earth Fault L1
GI
1, 7
219
800
49 Earth Fault L2
GI
1, 7
219
801
50 Earth Fault L3
GI
1, 7
219
802
Not supported
GI
1, 7
219
803
GI
1, 7
219
804
375
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Description
Contents
GI
Type
ID
COT
FUN
DPI
Signal NO. OFF ON
Fault Indications
64
Start/pick-up L1
GI
1, 7
219
805
65
Start/pick-up L2
GI
1, 7
219
806
66
Start/pick-up L3
GI
1, 7
219
807
67
Start/pick-up N
GI
1, 7
219
808
68
General trip
Any trip
--
1, 7
219
371
--
2
2
69
Trip L1
--
1, 7
219
372
--
70
Trip L2
--
1, 7
219
373
--
71
Trip L3
--
1, 7
219
374
--
72
Trip I>>(back-up)
Back up trip
73
Fault location
--
1, 7
219
1048
--
--
74
Fault forward/line
Forward fault
--
1, 7
219
816
--
75
Fault reverse/Busbar
Reverse fault
--
1, 7
219
817
--
76
Teleprotection Signal
transmitted
77
N ot supported
78
Zone1
Zone 1 trip
N ot supported
79
Zone2
Zone 2 trip
N ot supported
80
Zone3
Zone 3 trip
N ot supported
81
Zone4
Zone 4 trip
N ot supported
82
Zone5
Zone 5 trip
N ot supported
83
Zone6
Zone 6 trip
84
General Start/Pick-up
GI
1, 7
219
1279
85
Breaker Failure
--
1, 7
219
818
--
86
N ot supported
87
N ot supported
88
N ot supported
89
90
Trip I>
--
1, 7
219
819
--
91
Trip I>>
--
1, 7
219
820
--
92
Trip IN>
--
1, 7
219
821
--
93
Trip IN>>
--
1, 7
219
822
--
--
1, 7
219
403
--
400
No set
N ot supported
N ot supported
N ot supported
Autoreclose indications
128 CB 'ON' by Autoreclose
129
CB 'ON' by long-time
Autoreclose
N ot supported
Autoreclose block
GI
Tbl
Offset
Data type
Coeff
219
26
short
0.1
376
1, 7
219
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Description
Contents
GI
Type
COT
ID
FUN
Max. No.
Measurands
144 Measurand I
Ib <meaurand I>
--
2, 7
219
--
2, 7
219
--
2, 7
219
--
2, 7
219
--
2, 7
219
148
Generic Function
240 Read Headings
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Not supported
Tbl
Limit
Coeff
Lower
Upper
144
Ib
80
long
4096
1.70667
145
Ib
80
long
4096
1.70667
Vab
24
long
4096
3.2252
Ib
80
long
4096
1.70667
Vab
24
long
4096
3.2252
216
long
-4096
4096
0.000538
146
147
148
224
long
-4096
4096
0.000538
Ie
152
long
4096
1.70667
Ve
144
long
4096
3.2252
Ia
72
long
4096
1.70667
Ib
80
long
4096
1.70667
Ic
88
long
4096
1.70667
Va
long
4096
3.2252
Vb
long
4096
3.2252
Vc
16
long
4096
3.2252
216
long
-4096
4096
0.000538
224
long
-4096
4096
0.000538
184
long
4096
0.68267
377
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Note Further to the aforementioned default settings for measurement, the following power
quantities, which are measured routinely in the relay, can also be transmitted. The recommended
settings for each power quantity in IEC103 configurator are shown below.
Quantity
Magnitude of phase
current
Magnitude of residual
current
Magnitude of zero
sequence current from
core balance CT
Magnitude of
symmetrical
component current
Ratio of negative to
positive sequence
current
Magnitude of phase
voltage
Magnitude of phaseto-phase voltage
Magnitude of residual
voltage, or of
reference voltage for
sync. check
Magnitude of
symmetrical
component voltage
Active power
Reactive power
Apparent power
Power factor
Coeff
Ia
72
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
Ib
80
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
Ic
88
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
Ie
152
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
Ise
160
long
4096
(0.00025/2.4)*2^12=0.42667
I1
128
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
I2
136
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
I0
120
long
4096
(0.001/2.4)*2^12=1.7067
I2/I1
168
long
1000
0.01
Va
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
Vb
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
Vc
16
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
Vab
24
long
4096
(0.06/110/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
Vbc
32
long
4096
(0.06/110/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
Vca
40
long
4096
(0.06/110/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
Ves
144
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
V1
56
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
V2
64
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
V0
48
long
4096
(0.06/63.5/1.2)*2^12=3.2252
216
long
-4096
4096
224
long
-4096
4096
232
long
4096
PF
208
long
-1000
1000
(0.001*0.06/63.5/2.4)*2^12
0.0016126
(0.001*0.06/63.5/2.4)*2^12
0.0016126
(0.001*0.06/63.5/2.4)*2^12
0.0016126
1
(0.001/1.2/50)*2^12=1.7067
Frequency
184
long
4096
Percentage of thermal
capacity
THM%
176
long
378
1000
0.01
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Note that the measured data that is transmitted from the relay should be multiplied by the following
coefficients, in order to correctly display these power quantities on SAS/SCADA.
Name
Ia, Ib, Ic,
Coefficient
Note
Unit
2.4*1[A]/2^12
1[A] rating
A
2.4*5[A]/2^12
I2/I1
Va, Vb, Vc, Ves,
V1, V2, V0
Vab, Vbc, Vca
0.1
1.2*63.5[V]/2^12=0.03223
1.2*110[V]/2^12=0.03223
2.4*1[A]*63.5[V]/2^12
P, Q, S
PF
f
THM%
2.4*5[A]*63.5[V]/2^12
0.001
1.2*50[Hz]/2^12=0.01465
1.2*60[Hz]/2^12=0.01758
1
5[A] rating
1[A] rating
W, Var,
VA 5[A] rating
Hz
%
379
50[Hz] operation
60[Hz] operation
-
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Description
Contents
Control
Type ID
direction
COT
FUN
--
255
Time synchronization
--
255
219
General commands
16
Auto-recloser on/off
ON/OFF
20
20
17
Teleprotection on/off
ON/OFF
20
20
219
18
Protection on/off
(*1)
ON/OFF
20
20
219
19
LED reset
ON
20
20
219
23
Activate characteristic 1
Setting Group 1
ON
20
20
219
24
Activate characteristic 2
Setting Group 2
ON
20
20
219
25
Activate characteristic 3
Setting Group 3
ON
20
20
219
26
Activate characteristic 4
Setting Group 4
ON
20
20
219
Generic functions
Read headings of all defined
240
groups
Not supported
241
Not supported
243
Not supported
244
Not supported
245
Not supported
248
Write entry
Not supported
249
Not supported
250
Not supported
(1) Note: While the relay receives the "Protection off" command, the "IN SERVICE LED" is off.
INF
Sig off
Sig on
16
2684
2684
17
2685
2685
18
2686
2686
19
2688
200
23
2640
1000
24
2641
1000
25
2642
1000
26
2643
1000
Rev
Valid time
0
0
0
: signal reverse
380
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Description
Contents
GRD140 supported
Yes
Yes
Disturban ce data
No
No
Private data
No
M easurand
Cu rren t L1
Ia
Co nfigurable
Cu rren t L2
Ib
Co nfigurable
Cu rren t L3
Ic
Co nfigurable
Voltage L1-E
Va
Co nfigurable
Voltage L2-E
Vb
Co nfigurable
Voltage L3-E
Vc
Co nfigurable
Active p ower P
Co nfigurable
Re active p ower Q
Co nfigurable
Frequ ency f
Co nfigurable
Voltage L1 - L2
Vab
Co nfigurable
381
Comment
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
[Legend]
GI: General Interrogation (refer to IEC60870-5-103 section 7.4.3)
Type ID: Type Identification (refer to IEC60870-5-103 section 7.2.1)
1 : time-tagged message
2 : time-tagged message with relative time
3 : measurands I
4 : time-tagged measurands with relative time
5 : identification
6 : time synchronization
8 : general interrogation termination
9 : measurands II
10: generic data
11: generic identification
20: general command
23: list of recorded disturbances
26: ready for transmission for disturbance data
27: ready for transmission of a channel
28: ready for transmission of tags
29: transmission of tags
30: transmission of disturbance values
31: end of transmission
COT: Cause of Transmission (refer to IEC60870-5-103 section 7.2.3)
1: spontaneous
2: cyclic
3: reset frame count bit (FCB)
4: reset communication unit (CU)
5: start / restart
6: power on
7: test mode
8: time synchronization
9: general interrogation
10: termination of general interrogation
11: local operation
12: remote operation
20: positive acknowledgement of command
21: negative acknowledgement of command
31: transmission of disturbance data
40: positive acknowledgement of generic write command
41: negative acknowledgement of generic write command
42: valid data response to generic read command
43: invalid data response to generic read command
44: generic write confirmation
FUN: Function type (refer to IEC60870-5-103 section 7.2.5.1)
DPI: Double-point Information (refer to IEC60870-5-103 section 7.2.6.5)
DCO: Double Command (refer to IEC60870-5-103 section 7.2.6.4)
382
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IEC103 setting data is recommended to be saved as follows:
(1) Naming for IEC103setting data
The file extension of IEC103 setting data is .csv. It is recommended that the revision name is
provided with a revision number in order to be able to accommodate future changes as follows:
First draft:
_01.csv
Second draft:
_02.csv
Third draft:
_03.csv
Revision number
The name is recommended in order to be able to discriminate the relay type such as
GRZ100 or GRL100, etc. The setting files remark field for IEC103 can accept up to 12
one-byte characters. It is utilized for control of IEC103 setting data.
383
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Troubleshooting
No.
Phenomena
Supposed causes
Check / Confirmation
Object
Communication
trouble (IEC103
communication is
not available.)
Procedure
BCU
RY
BCU
RY
BCU
Cable
Converter
BCU
cable
BCU
BCU
RY
384
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
No.
Phenomena
Supposed causes
Check / Confirmation
Object
Procedure
RY
SAS
RY
RY
BCU
RY
385
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix N
IEC61850: MICS & PICS
386
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Nodes
GRD140
GGIO_GOOSE
Yes
GSAL
--I: Logical Nodes for Interfacing and archiving
IARC
--IHMI
--ITCI
--ITMI
--A: Logical Nodes for Automatic control
ANCR
--ARCO
--ATCC
--AVCO
--M: Logical Nodes for Metering and measurement
MDIF
--MHAI
--MHAN
--MMTR
--MMXN
--MMXU
Yes
MSQI
Yes
MSTA
--S: Logical Nodes for Sensors and monitoring
SARC
--SIMG
--SIML
--SPDC
--X: Logical Nodes for Switchgear
XCBR
Yes
XSWI
--T: Logical Nodes for Instrument transformers
TCTR
--TVTR
--Y: Logical Nodes for Power transformers
YEFN
--YLTC
--YPSH
--YPTR
--Z: Logical Nodes for Further power system equipment
ZAXN
--ZBAT
--ZCAB
--ZCAP
--ZCON
--ZGEN
--ZGIL
--ZLIN
--ZMOT
--ZREA
--ZRRC
--ZSAR
--ZTCF
--ZTCR
---
387
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140
Yes
--Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
----Yes
Yes
--Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
------Yes
Yes
Yes
--------Yes
Yes
--Yes
Yes
---
388
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
LPHD class
Attribute Name
LNName
Data
PhyName
PhyHealth
OutOv
Proxy
InOv
NumPwrUp
WrmStr
WacTrg
PwrUp
PwrDn
PwrSupAlm
RsStat
Attr. Type
Explanation
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DPL
INS
SPS
SPS
SPS
INS
INS
INS
SPS
SPS
SPS
SPC
T M/O GRD140
SPS
INS
SPC
SPC
Run Diagnostics
LED reset
389
M
M
M
M
Y
Y
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
N
N
T M/O GRD140
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
Loc
OpTmh
Controls
Diag
LEDRs
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
T M/O GRD140
Local operation
Loc
SPS
External equipment health
EEHealth
INS
External equipment name plate
EEName
DPL
Operation counter resetable
OpCntRs
INC
Operation counter
OpCnt
INS
Operation time
OpTmh
INS
Data Sets (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Inherited and pecialized from Logical Node class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Control Blocks (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Inherited and pecialized from Logical Node class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Services (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Inherited and pecialized from Logical Node class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
LLNO class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
M
M
O
M
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
M
O
O
Y
N
O
O
Y
Y
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
PFRC class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD
Start
Op
ACT
Operate
BlkV
SPS
Blocked because of voltage
Settings
StrVal
ASG
Start Value df/dt
BlkVal
ASG
Voltage Block Value
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
PHAR class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD_ABC Start
Settings
HarRst
ING
Number of harmonic restrained
PhStr
ASG
Start Value
PhStop
ASG
Stop Value
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
390
M/O GRD140
M
O
M
M
O
Y
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
N
N
M/O GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
Y
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
PTOC class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD_ABC Start
Op
ACT_ABC Operate
TmASt
CSD
Active curve characteristic
Settings
TmACrv
CURVE
Operating Curve Type
StrVal
ASG
Start Value
TmMult
ASG
Time Dial Multiplier
MinOpTmms
ING
Minimum Operate Time
MaxOpTmms
ING
Maximum Operate Time
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
TypRsCrv
ING
Type of Reset Curve
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
DirMod
ING
Directional Mode
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
M
O
Y
Y
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
M
O
Y
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
Y
N
PTOF class
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
Resetable operation counter
OpCntRs
INC
Status Information
Str
ACD
Op
ACT
BlkV
SPS
Settings
Start
Operate
Blocked because of voltage
StrVal
BlkVal
OpDITmms
RsDITmms
ASG
ASG
ING
ING
391
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
PTOV class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD_ABC Start
Op
ACT_ABC Operate
TmVSt
CSD
Active curve characteristic
Settings
TmVCrv
CURVE
Operating Curve Type
StrVal
ASG
Start Value
TmMult
ASG
Time Dial Multiplier
MinOpTmms
ING
Minimum Operate Time
MaxOpTmms
ING
Maximum Operate Time
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
392
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
O
O
Y
Y
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
PTRC class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Tr
ACT_ABC Trip
Op
ACT
Operate (combination of subscribed Op from protection functions)
Str
ACD
Sum of all starts of all connected Logical Nodes
Settings
TrMod
ING
Trip Mode
TrPlsTmms
ING
Trip Pulse Time
M/O
GRD140
M
O
C
C
O
Y
N
N
O
O
N
N
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
N
N
O
M
O
O
O
Y
Y
Y
N
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
Condition C: At least one of the two status information (Tr, Op) shall be used.
PTTR class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Measured Values
Amp
MV
Current for thermal load model
Tmp
MV
Temperature for thermal load
TmpRl
MV
Relation between temperature and max. temperature
LodRsvAlm
MV
Load reserve to alarm
LodRsvTr
MV
Load reserve to trip
AgeRat
MV
Ageing rate
Status Information
Str
ACD
Start
Op
ACT
Operate
AlmThm
ACT
Thermal Alarm
TmTmpSt
CSD
Active curve characteristic
TmASt
CSD
Active curve characteristic
Settings
TmTmpCrv
CURVE
Characteristic Curve for temperature measurement
TmACrv
CURVE
Characteristic Curve for current measurement /Thermal model
TmpMax
ASG
Maximum allowed temperature
StrVal
ASG
Start Value
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
MinOpTmms
ING
Minimum Operate Time
MaxOpTmms
ING
Maximum Operate Time
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
ConsTms
ING
Time constant of the thermal model
AlmVal
ASG
Alarm Value
393
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
PTUC class
Attribute Name
LNName
Attr. Type
Explanation
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
O
O
Y
Y
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
M
O
Y
Y
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD_ABC Start
Op
ACT_ABC Operate
TmVSt
CSD
Active curve characteristic
Settings
TmACrv
CURVE
Operating Curve Type
StrVal
ASG
Start Value
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
TmMult
ASG
Time Dial Multiplier
MinOpTmms
ING
Minimum Operate Time
MaxOpTmms
ING
Maximum Operate Time
TypRsCrv
ING
Type of Reset Curve
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
DirMod
ING
Directional Mode
PTUV class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD_ABC Start
Op
ACT_ABC Operate
TmVSt
CSD
Active curve characteristic
Settings
TmVCrv
CURVE
Operating Curve Type
StrVal
ASG
Start Value
TmMult
ASG
Time Dial Multiplier
MinOpTmms
ING
Minimum Operate Time
MaxOpTmms
ING
Maximum Operate Time
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
394
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
PTUF class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD
Start
Op
ACT
Operate
BlkV
SPS
Blocked because of voltage
Settings
StrVal
ASG
Start Value (frequency)
BlkVal
ASG
Voltage Block Value
OpDlTmms
ING
Operate Delay Time
RsDlTmms
ING
Reset Delay Time
395
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
M
O
Y
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
Y
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
RBRF class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Status Information
Str
ACD_ABC Start, timer running
OpEx
ACT_ABC Breaker failure trip (external trip)
OpIn
ACT_ABC Operate, retrip (internal trip)
Settings
FailMod
ING
Breaker Failure Detection Mode (current, breaker status, both, other)
FailTmms
ING
Breaker Failure Time Delay for bus bar trip
SPTrTmms
ING
Single Pole Retrip Time Delay
TPTrTmms
ING
Three Pole Retrip Time Delay
DetValA
ASG
Current Detector Value
ReTrMod
ING
Retrip Mode
T
T
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
C
C
Y
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
M/O
GRD140
M
O
M
M
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Condition C: At least one of either data shall be used depending on the applied tripping schema.
RFLO class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Measured values
FDOhm
MV
Fault Distance in
FDkm
MV
Fault Distance in km
Status Information
FltLoop
INS
Fault Loop
Settings
LinLenKm
ASG
Line length in km
R1
ASG
Positive-sequence line resistance
X1
ASG
Positive-sequence line reactance
R0
ASG
Zero-sequence line resistance
X0
ASG
Zero-sequence line reactance
Z1Mod
ASG
Positive-sequence line impedance value
Z1Ang
ASG
Positive-sequence line impedance angle
Z0Mod
ASG
Zero-sequence line impedance value
Z0Ang
ASG
Zero-sequence line impedance angle
Rm0
ASG
Mutual resistance
Xm0
ASG
Mutual reactance
Zm0Mod
ASG
Mutual impedance value
Zm0Ang
ASG
Mutual impedance angle
396
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
RREC class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Controls
BlkRec
INC
Block Reclose
ChkRec
SPC
Check Reclosing
Status Information
Auto
SPC
Automatic Operation (external switch status)
Op
ACT
Operate (used here to provide close to XCBR)
AutoRecSt
INS
Auto Reclosing Status
Settings
Rec1Tmms
ING
First Reclose Time
Rec2Tmms
ING
Second Reclose Time
Rec3Tmms
ING
Third Reclose Time
PlsTmms
ING
Close Pulse Time
RclTmms
ING
Reclaim Time
397
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
O
N
N
O
M
M
N
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
RSYN class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Controls
RHz
SPC
Raise Frequency
LHz
SPC
Lower Frequency
RV
SPC
Raise Voltage
LV
SPC
Lower Voltage
Status Information
Rel
SPS
Release
VInd
SPS
Voltage Difference Indicator
AngInd
SPS
Angle Difference Indicator
HzInd
SPS
Frequency Difference Indicator
SynPrg
SPS
Synchronising in progress
Measured values
DifVClc
MV
Calculated Difference in Voltage
DifHzClc
MV
Calculated Difference in Frequency
DifAngClc
MV
Calculated Difference of Phase Angle
Settings
DifV
ASG
Difference Voltage
DifHz
ASG
Difference Frequency
DifAng
ASG
Difference Phase Angle
LivDeaMod
ING
Live Dead Mode
DeaLinVal
ASG
Dead Line Value
LivLinVal
ASG
Live Line Value
DeaBusVal
ASG
Dead Bus Value
LivBusVal
ASG
Live Bus Value
PlsTmms
ING
Close Pulse Time
BkrTmms
ING
Closing time of breaker
398
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
M
O
O
O
O
Y
N
N
N
N
O
O
O
N
N
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GGIO class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
EEHealth
INS
External equipment health (external sensor)
EEName
DPL
External equipment name plate
Loc
SPS
Local operation
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Measured values
AnIn
MV
Analogue input
Controls
SPCSO
SPC
Single point controllable status output
DPCSO
DPC
Double point controllable status output
ISCSO
INC
Integer status controllable status output
Status Information
IntIn
INS
Integer status input
Alm
SPS
General single alarm
Ind1
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind2
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind3
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind4
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind5
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind6
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind7
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind8
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind9
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind10
SPS
General indication (binary input)
:
:
:
Ind64
SPS
General indication (binary input)
399
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
O
O
O
N
N
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GGIO_GOOSE class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
EEHealth
INS
External equipment health (external sensor)
EEName
DPL
External equipment name plate
Loc
SPS
Local operation
OpCntRs
INC
Resetable operation counter
Measured values
AnIn
MV
Analogue input
Controls
SPCSO
SPC
Single point controllable status output
DPCSO
DPC
Double point controllable status output
ISCSO
INC
Integer status controllable status output
Status Information
IntIn
INS
Integer status input
Alm
SPS
General single alarm
Ind1
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind2
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind3
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind4
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind5
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind6
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind7
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind8
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind9
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind10
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind11
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind12
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind13
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind14
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind15
SPS
General indication (binary input)
Ind16
SPS
General indication (binary input)
400
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
O
O
O
N
N
N
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
MMXU class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
EEHealth
INS
External equipment health (external sensor)
Measured values
TotW
MV
Total Active Power (Total P)
TotVAr
MV
Total Reactive Power (Total Q)
TotVA
MV
Total Apparent Power (Total S)
TotPF
MV
Average Power factor (Total PF)
Hz
MV
Frequency
PPV
DEL
Phase to phase voltages (VL1VL2, )
PhV
WYE_ABCN Phase to ground voltages (VL1ER, )
A
WYE_ABDNPhase currents (IL1, IL2, IL3)
W
WYE
Phase active power (P)
VAr
WYE
Phase reactive power (Q)
VA
WYE
Phase apparent power (S)
PF
WYE
Phase power factor
Z
WYE
Phase Impedance
MSQI class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
EEHealth
INS
External equipment health (external sensor)
EEName
DPL
External equipment name plate
Measured values
SeqA
SEQ
Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Current
SeqV
SEQ
Positive, Negative and Zero Sequence Voltage
DQ0Seq
SEQ
DQ0 Sequence
ImbA
WYE
Imbalance current
ImbNgA
MV
Imbalance negative sequence current
ImbNgV
MV
Imbalance negative sequence voltage
ImbPPV
DEL
Imbalance phase-phase voltage
ImbV
WYE
Imbalance voltage
ImbZroA
MV
Imbalance zero sequence current
ImbZroV
MV
Imbalance zero sequence voltage
MaxImbA
MV
Maximum imbalance current
MaxImbPPV
MV
Maximum imbalance phase-phase voltage
MaxImbV
MV
Maximum imbalance voltage
401
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
N
N
C
C
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
XCBR class
Attribute Name
Attr. Type Explanation
LNName
Shall be inherited from Logical-Node Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
Common Logical Node Information
LN shall inherit all Mandatory Data from Common Logical Node Class
EEHealth
INS
External equipment health
EEName
DPL
External equipment name plate
OpCnt
INS
Operation counter
Controls
Pos
DPC
Switch position
BlkOpn
SPC
Block opening
BlkCls
SPC
Block closing
ChaMotEna
SPC
Charger motor enabled
Metered Values
SumSwARs
BCR
Sum of Switched Amperes, resetable
Status Information
CBOpCap
INS
Circuit breaker operating capability
POWCap
INS
Point On Wave switching capability
MaxOpCap
INS
Circuit breaker operating capability when fully charged
402
M/O
GRD140
M
O
O
M
N
N
Y
M
M
M
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
M
O
O
Y
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
SPS class
Attribute Name
DataName
DataAttribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
stVal
q
t
BOOLEAN
Quality
TimeStamp
subEna
subVal
subQ
subID
ST
ST
ST
dchg
qchg
Value/Value Range
Status
TRUE | FALSE
Substitution
SV
SV
TRUE | FALSE
SV
SV
configuration, description and extension
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
UNICODE STRING255
DC
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
Quality
VISIBLE STRING64
d
dU
cdcNs
cdcName
dataNs
Services
As defined in Table 13
INS class
Attribute Name
DataName
DataAttribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
stVal
q
t
INT32
Quality
TimeStamp
Value/Value Range
M/O/C
GRD140
M
M
M
Y
Y
Y
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
M/O/C
GRD140
M
M
M
Y(*1)
Y
Y
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
status
subEna
subVal
subQ
subID
ST
ST
ST
dchg
qchg
Substitution
SV
SV
SV
SV
configuration, description and extension
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
UNICODE STRING255
DC
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
BOOLEAN
INT32
Quality
VISIBLE STRING64
d
dU
cdcNs
cdcName
dataNs
Services
As defined in Table 13
403
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
ACT class
Attribute Name
DataName
DataAttribute
general
phsA
phsB
phsC
neut
q
t
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Value/Value Range
status
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
qchg
ST
configuration, description and extension
TimeStamp
CF
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
UNICODE STRING255
DC
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
Quality
TimeStamp
operTm
d
dU
cdcNs
cdcName
dataNs
Services
As defined in Table 13
ACT_ABC class
Attribute Name
DataName
DataAttribute
general
phsA
phsB
phsC
neut
q
t
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Value/Value Range
status
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
dchg
ST
qchg
ST
configuration, description and extension
TimeStamp
CF
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
UNICODE STRING255
DC
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
Quality
TimeStamp
operTm
d
dU
cdcNs
cdcName
dataNs
Services
As defined in Table 13
404
M/O/C
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
M
M
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
N
M/O/C
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
M
M
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
ACD class
Attribute
Name
DataName
DataAttribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
M/O/C
GRD140
M
M
Y
Y
GC_2 (1)
GC_2 (1)
GC_2 (2)
GC_2 (2)
GC_2 (3)
GC_2 (3)
GC_2 (4)
GC_2 (4)
M
M
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
M/O/C
GRD140
M
M
Y
Y
GC_2 (1)
GC_2 (1)
GC_2 (2)
GC_2 (2)
GC_2 (3)
GC_2 (3)
GC_2 (4)
GC_2 (4)
M
M
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
Y
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
general
dirGeneral
BOOLEAN
ENUMERATED
phsA
dirPhsA
phsB
dirPhsB
phsC
dirPhsC
neut
dirNeut
q
t
BOOLEAN
ENUMERATED
BOOLEAN
ENUMERATED
BOOLEAN
ENUMERATED
BOOLEAN
ENUMERATED
Quality
TimeStamp
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 13
ST
ST
dchg
dchg
ST dchg
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
ST dchg
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
ST dchg
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
ST dchg
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
ST qchg
ST
configuration, description and extension
DC
Text
DC
EX
EX
EX
ACD_ABC class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
status
general
BOOLEAN
ST dchg
dirGeneral
ENUMERATED
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward |
both
phsA
BOOLEAN
ST dchg
dirPhsA
ENUMERATED
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
phsB
BOOLEAN
ST dchg
dirPhsB
ENUMERATED
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
phsC
BOOLEAN
ST dchg
dirPhsC
ENUMERATED
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
neut
BOOLEAN
ST dchg
dirNeut
ENUMERATED
ST dchg
unknown | forward | backward
q
Quality
ST qchg
t
TimeStamp
ST
configuration, description and extension
d
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
dU
UNICODE STRING255
DC
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
Services
As defined in Table 13
405
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
MV class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
measured values
instMag
AnalogueValue
MX
mag
AnalogueValue
MX dchg
range
ENUMERATED
MX dchg
normal | high | low | high-high | low-low
|
q
Quality
MX qchg
t
TimeStamp
MX
substitution
subEna
BOOLEAN
SV
subVal
AnalogueValue
SV
subQ
Quality
SV
subID
VISIBLE STRING64
SV
configuration, description and extension
units
Unit
CF
see Annex A
db
INT32U
CF
0 100 000
zeroDb
INT32U
CF
0 100 000
sVC
ScaledValueConfig
CF
rangeC
RangeConfig
CF
smpRate
INT32U
CF
d
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
dU
UNICODE STRING255
DC
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
Services
As defined in Table 21
406
M/O/C
GRD140
O
M
O
N
Y
N
M
M
Y
Y
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
O
O
O
AC_SCAV
GC_CON
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
CMV class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
measured values
instCVal
Vector
MX
cVal
Vector
MX dchg
range
ENUMERATED
MX dchg
normal | high | low | high-high | low-low
|
q
Quality
MX qchg
t
TimeStamp
MX
substitution
subEna
BOOLEAN
SV
subVal
Vector
SV
subQ
Quality
SV
subID
VISIBLE STRING64
SV
configuration, description and extension
units
Unit
CF
see Annex A
db
INT32U
CF
0 100 000
zeroDb
INT32U
CF
0 100 000
rangeC
RangeConfig
CF
magSVC
ScaledValueConfig
CF
angSVC
ScaledValueConfig
CF
angRef
ENUMERATED
CF
V | A | other
smpRate
INT32U
CF
d
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
dU
UNICODE STRING255
DC
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
Services
As defined in Table 21
407
M/O/C
GRD140
O
M
O
N
Y
N
M
M
Y
Y
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
O
O
O
GC_CON
AC_SCAV
AC_SCAV
O
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
WYE class
Attribute
Name
DataName
Data
phsA
phsB
phsC
neut
net
res
DataAttribute
angRef
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
M/O/C
GRD140
GC_1
GC_1
GC_1
GC_1
GC_1
GC_1
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
ENUMERATED
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 21
WYE_ABCN class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
M/O/C
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
Data
phsA
CMV
GC_1
phsB
CMV
GC_1
phsC
CMV
GC_1
neut
CMV
GC_1
net
CMV
GC_1
res
CMV
GC_1
DataAttribute
configuration, description and extension
angRef
ENUMERATED
CF
Va | Vb | Vc | Aa | Ab | Ac | Vab | Vbc
O
| Vca | Vother | Aother
d
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
O
dU
UNICODE STRING255
DC
O
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
AC_DLNDA_M
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
AC_DLNDA_M
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
AC_DLN_M
Services
As defined in Table 21
408
N
N
N
N
N
N
GRD140
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DEL class
Attribute
Name
DataName
Data
phsAB
phsBC
phsCA
DataAttribute
angRef
Attribute Type
seqT
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
M/O/C
GRD140
GC_1
GC_1
GC_1
Y
Y
Y
ENUMERATED
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 21
SEQ class
Attribute
Name
DataName
Data
c1
c2
c3
DataAttribute
FC
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
N
N
N
N
N
N
M/O/C
GRD140
M
M
M
Y
Y
Y
ENUMERATED
phsRef
ENUMERATED
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 21
measured attributes
MX
pos-neg-zero | dir-quad-zero
configuration, description and extension
CF
A|B|C|
DC
Text
DC
EX
EX
EX
409
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
SPC class
Attribute
Name
DataName
DataAttribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
M/O/C
GRD140
AC_CO_M
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_SBO_N_M
AC_CO_SBOW_E_M
AC_CO _M
AC_CO_SBO_N_M and
AC_CO_SBOW_E_M
and
AC_CO_TA_E_M
AC_ST
AC_ST
AC_ST
AC_CO_O
N
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
N
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
AC_CO_O
M
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
ctlVal
operTm
origin
ctlNum
SBO
SBOw
Oper
Cancel
BOOLEAN
TimeStamp
Originator
INT8U_RO
VISIBLE STRING65
SBOW
Oper
Cancel
stVal
q
t
stSeld
BOOLEAN
Quality
TimeStamp
BOOLEAN
subEna
subVal
subQ
subID
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
Quality
VISIBLE STRING64
pulseConfig
PulseConfig
CtlModel
CtlModels
sboTimeout
INT32U
sboClass
SboClasses
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 31
CO
CO
CO, ST
CO, ST
CO
CO
CO
CO
ST
ST
ST
ST
0..255
dchg
qchg
FALSE | TRUE
dchg
substitution
SV
SV
FALSE | TRUE
SV
SV
configuration, description and extension
CF
CF
CF
CF
DC
Text
DC
EX
EX
EX
410
Y
Y
Y
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DPC class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
control and status
ctlVal
BOOLEAN
CO
off (FALSE) | on (TRUE)
operTm
TimeStamp
CO
origin
Originator_RO
CO, ST
ctlNum
INT8U_RO
CO, ST
0..255
stVal
CODED_ENUM
ST dchg
intermediate-state | off | on | bad-state
q
Quality
ST qchg
t
TimeStamp
ST
stSeld
BOOLEAN
ST dchg
substitution
subEna
BOOLEAN
SV
subVal
CODED_ENUM
SV
FALSE | TRUE
subQ
Quality
SV
subID
VISIBLE STRING64
SV
configuration, description and extension
pulseConfig PulseConfig
CF
CtlModel
CtlModels
CF
sboTimeout
INT32U
CF
sboClass
SboClasses
CF
d
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
Text
dU
UNICODE STRING255
DC
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
Services
As defined in Table 31
411
M/O/C
GRD140
AC_CO_M
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
M
M
M
AC_CO_O
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
AC_CO_O
M
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
INC class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
control and status
ctlVal
INT32
CO
operTm
TimeStamp
CO
origin
Originator
CO, ST
ctlNum
INT8U
CO, ST
0..255
SBO
VISIBLE STRING65
CO
SBOw
SBOW
CO
Oper
Oper
CO
Cancel
Cancel
CO
stVal
q
t
stSeld
INT32
Quality
TimeStamp
BOOLEAN
ST
ST
ST
ST
subEna
subVal
subQ
subID
BOOLEAN
INT32
Quality
VISIBLE STRING64
SV
SV
SV
SV
dchg
qchg
dchg
M/O/C
GRD140
AC_CO_M
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_SBO_N_M
AC_CO_SBOW_E_M
AC_CO _M
AC_CO_SBO_N_M
and
AC_CO_SBOW_E_M
and
AC_CO_TA_E_M
M
M
M
AC_CO_O
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
PICS_SUBST
N
N
N
N
M
AC_CO_O
AC_CO_O
O
O
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
substitution
FALSE | TRUE
CF
CF
CF
CF
CF
CF
DC
DC
EX
EX
EX
1 (maxVal minVal)
Text
412
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
ING class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
setVal
setVal
INT32
INT32
minVal
INT32
maxVal
INT32
stepSize
INT32U
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 39
Value/Value Range
setting
SP
SG, SE
configuration, description and extension
CF
CF
CF
1 (maxVal minVal)
DC
Text
DC
EX
EX
EX
M/O/C
GRD140
AC_NSG_M
AC_SG_M
Y(*3)
N
O
O
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
M/O/C
GRD140
AC_NSG_M
AC_SG_M
Y
N
O
AC_SCAV
O
O
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
ASG class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
setMag
setMag
AnalogueValue
AnalogueValue
units
Unit
sVC
ScaledValueConfig
minVal
AnalogueValue
maxVal
AnalogueValue
stepSize
AnalogueValue
d
VISIBLE STRING255
dU
UNICODE STRING255
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
Services
As defined in Table 42
Value/Value Range
setting
SP
SG, SE
configuration, description and extension
CF
see Annex A
CF
CF
CF
CF
1 (maxVal minVal)
DC
Text
DC
EX
EX
EX
413
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
DPL class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
configuration, description and extension
vendor
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
hwRev
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
swRev
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
serNum
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
model
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
location
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
Services
As defined in Table 45
LPL class
Attribute
Attribute Type
FC
TrgOp
Value/Value Range
Name
DataName
Inherited from Data Class (see IEC 61850-7-2)
DataAttribute
configuration, description and extension
vendor
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
swRev
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
d
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
dU
UNICODE STRING255
DC
configRev
VISIBLE STRING255
DC
ldNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
shall be included in LLN0 only;
for example "IEC 61850-7-4:2003"
lnNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
cdcName
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
dataNs
VISIBLE STRING255
EX
Services
As defined in Table 45
414
M/O/C
GRD140
M
O
O
O
O
O
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
M/O/C
GRD140
M
M
M
O
AC_LN0_M
AC_LN0_EX
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
N
AC_DLD_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLNDA_M
AC_DLN_M
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Server/
publisher
GRD140
c1
c1
Client-server roles
B11
Server side (of TWO-PARTYAPPLICATION-ASSOCIATION)
B12
Client side of (TWO-PARTYAPPLICATION-ASSOCIATION)
SCSMs supported
B21
SCSM: IEC61850-8-1 used
B22
SCSM: IEC61850-9-1 used
B23
SCSM: IEC61850-9-2 used
B24
SCSM: other
Generic substation event model (GSE)
B31
Publisher side
B32
Subscriber side
Transmission of sampled value model (SVC)
B41
Publisher side
B42
Subscriber side
Y
N
N
-
415
O
-
Y
Y
O
-
N
N
c2
c3
c4
c5
O
O
c2
c3
c4
c5
O
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
O
O
O
O
O
M
O
M
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
Remarks
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
M14
Multicast SVC
M15
Unicast SVC
M16
Time
M17
File Transfer
Server
S1
ServerDirectory
Application association
S2
Associate
S3
Abort
S4
Release
Logical device
S5
LogicalDeviceDirectory
Logical node
S6
LogicalNodeDirectory
S7
GetAllDataValues
Data
S8
GetDataValues
S9
SetDataValues
S10
GetDataDirectory
S11
GetDataDefinition
Data set
S12
GetDataSetValues
S13
SetDataSetValues
S14
CreateDataSet
S15
DeleteDataSet
S16
GetDataSetDirectory
Substitution
S17
SetDataValues
Setting group control
S18
SelectActiveSG
S19
SelectEditSG
S20
SetSGValues
S21
ConfirmEditSGValues
S22
GetSGValues
S23
GetSGCBValues
Reporting
Buffered report control block (BRCB)
S24
Report
S24-1
data-change (dchg)
S24-2
quality-change (qchg)
S24-3
data-update (dupd)
S25
GetBRCBValues
S26
SetBRCBValues
Unbuffered report control block (BRCB)
S27
Report
S27-1
data-change (dchg)
S27-2
quality-change (qchg)
S27-3
data-update (dupd)
S28
GetURCBValues
S29
SetURCBValues
Logging
Log control block
S30
GetLCBValues
S31
SetLCBValues
Log
S32
QueryLogByTime
S33
QueryLogAfter
S34
GetLogStatusValues
Generic substation event model (GSE)
O
O
M
O
416
O
O
M
O
N
N
Y
Y
M
M
M
M
M
M
Y
Y
Y
M
O
M
M
Y
Y
M
O
O
O
M
O
M
M
Y
N
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
O
M
O
O
O
O
Y
N
N
N
Y
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
c6
c6
c6
c6
c6
c6
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
c6
c6
c6
c6
c6
c6
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
M
O
M
M
N
N
c7
c7
M
M
M
M
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GOOSE-CONTROL-BLOCK
S35
SendGOOSEMessage
S36
GetGoReference
S37
GetGOOSEElementNumber
S38
GetGoCBValues
S39
SetGoCBValues
GSSE-CONTROL-BLOCK
S40
SendGSSEMessage
S41
GetGsReference
S42
GetGSSEElementNumber
S43
GetGsCBValues
S44
SetGsCBValues
Transmission of sampled value model (SVC)
Multicast SVC
S45
SendMSVMessage
S46
GetMSVCBValues
S47
SetMSVCBValues
Unicast SVC
S48
SendUSVMessage
S49
GetUSVCBValues
S50
SetUSVCBValues
Control
S51
Select
S52
SelectWithValue
S53
Cancel
S54
Operate
S55
CommandTermination
S56
TimeActivatedOperate
File Transfer
S57
GetFile
S58
SetFile
S59
DeleteFile
S60
GetFileAttributeValues
Time
T1
Time resolution of internal clock
T2
Time accuracy of internal clock
T3
Supported TimeStamp resolution
c8
O
O
O
O
c8
c9
c9
O
O
Y
N
N
Y
Y
c8
O
O
O
O
c8
c9
c9
O
O
N
N
N
N
N
c10
O
O
c10
O
O
N
N
N
c10
O
O
c10
O
O
N
N
N
M
M
O
M
M
O
O
O
O
M
O
O
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
O
O
O
O
M
O
O
O
Y
N
N
Y
1ms
1ms
1ms
T1
M Mandatory
O Optional
c1 shall be M if support for LOGICAL-DEVICE model has been declared.
c2 shall be M if support for LOGICAL-NODE model has been declared.
c3 shall be M if support for DATA model has been declared.
c4 shall be M if support for DATA-SET, Substitution, Report, Log Control, or Time model has been declared.
c5 shall be M if support for Report, GSE, or SV models has been declared.
c6 shall declare support for at least one (BRCB or URCB)
c7 shall declare support for at least one (QueryLogByTime or QueryLogAfter).
c8 shall declare support for at least one (SendGOOSEMessage or SendGSSEMessage)
c9 shall declare support if TWO-PARTY association is available.
c10 shall declare support for at least one (SendMSVMessage or SendUSVMessage).
417
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
A-Profile
shortcut
Profile Description
GRD140
Remarks
A1
A2
Client/server A-Profile
c1
c1
Y
GOOSE/GSE
c2
c2
Y
management A-Profile
A3
GSSE A-Profile
c3
c3
N
A4
TimeSync A-Profile
c4
c4
Y
c1 Shall be m if support for any service specified in Table 2 are declared within the ACSI basic conformance statement.
c2 Shall be m if support for any service specified in Table 6 are declared within the ACSI basic conformance statement.
c3 Shall be m if support for any service specified in Table 9 are declared within the ACSI basic conformance statement.
c4 Support for at least one other A-Profile shall be declared (e.g. in A1-A3) in order to claim conformance to IEC
61850-8-1.
A-Profile
shortcut
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
c1
c2
c3
c4
Profile Description
TCP/IP T-Profile
c1
c1
OSI T-Profile
c2
c2
GOOSE/GSE T-Profile
c3
c3
GSSE T-Profile
c4
c4
TimeSync T-Profile
o
o
Shall be m if support for A1 is declared. Otherwise, shall be 'i'.
Shall be o if support for A1 is declared. Otherwise, shall be 'i'.
Shall be m if support for A2 is declared. Otherwise, shall be 'i.
Shall be m if support for A3 is declared. Otherwise, shall be 'i.
418
GRD140
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Remarks
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
InitiateRequest
InitiateRequest
localDetailCalling
proposedMaxServOutstandingCalling
proposedMaxServOustandingCalled
initRequestDetail
InitiateRequestDetail
proposedVersionNumber
proposedParameterCBB
servicesSupportedCalling
additionalSupportedCalling
additionalCbbSupportedCalling
privilegeClassIdentityCalling
c1 Conditional upon Parameter CBB CSPI
InitiateRequest
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
c1
c1
c1
m
m
m
x
x
x
1 or greater
1 or greater
shall be 2.1
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
c1
c1
c1
m
m
m
x
x
x
1 or greater
1 or greater
shall be 2.1
InitiateResponse
localDetailCalled
negotiatedMaxServOutstandingCalling
negotiatedMaxServOustandingCalled
initResponseDetail
InitiateResponseDetail
negotiatedVersionNumber
negotiatedParameterCBB
servicesSupportedCalled
additionalSupportedCalled
additionalCbbSupportedCalled
privilegeClassIdentityCalled
c1 Conditional upon Parameter CBB CSPI
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
c1
c1
c1
m
m
m
x
x
x
1 or greater
1 or greater
shall be 2.1
419
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
c1
c1
c1
m
m
m
x
x
x
1 or greater
1 or greater
shall be 2.1
GRD140
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
GRD140
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
i
i
o
o
o
o
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
o
i
o
o
m
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
420
m
c1
m
o
c2
c3
c4
o
i
i
o
o
c5
c6
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
c14
i
GRD140
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Base
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
m
o
o
o
Client-CR
F/S Value/range
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
c9
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
c13
o
o
i
i
i
c8
c8
c8
i
c9
c11
i
c7
i
i
i
m
o
c10
c10
421
Base
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
m
o
o
o
Server-CR
F/S Value/range
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
c9
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
i
c13
o
c12
i
i
i
c8
c8
c8
i
c9
c11
i
c7
i
i
i
m
m
c10
c10
GRD140
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Base
Client-CR
F/S Value/range
Base
Server-CR
F/S Value/range
GRD140
defineAccessControlList
o
c10
o
c10
N
getAccessControlListAttributes
o
c10
o
c10
N
reportAccessControlledObjects
o
c10
o
c10
N
deleteAccessControlList
o
c10
o
c10
N
alterAccessControl
o
c10
o
c10
N
reconfigureProgramInvocation
o
c10
o
c10
N
c1 Shall be m if logical device or logical node model support is declared in ACSI basic conformance statement.
c2 Shall be m if logical node model support is declared in ACSI basic conformance statement or if support for the
MMS write service is declared.
c3 Shall be m if ACSI support for SetDataValues service is declared or implied.
c4 Shall be m if logical node model support is declared in ACSI basic conformance statement.
c5 Shall be m if data set support is declared in the ACSI basic conformance statement.
c6 Shall be m if support for defineNamedVariableList is declared.
c7 Shall be 'm' if support for ACSI Report or ACSI command termination is declared.
c8 Shall be 'm' if support for ACSI GetFile is declared.
c9 Shall be 'm' if support for ACSI SetFile is declared.
c10 Shall not be present since MMS minor version is declared to be 1.
c11 Shall be 'm' if support for ACSI GetFileAttributeValues is declared.
c12 Shall be 'm' if support for the ACSI log model is declared.
c13 Shall be 'm' if support for the ACSI QueryLogByTime or QueryLogAfter is declared.
c14 Shall be 'm' if support for the ACSI logical device model is declared.
Base
Server-CR
F/S
Value/range
STR1
o
o
o
c1
STR2
o
o
o
o
NEST
1
1 or greater
1
c2
VNAM
o
o
o
c1
VADR
o
o
o
o
VALT
o
o
o
c1
bit
x
x
x
x
TPY
o
o
o
o
VLIS
o
c1
o
c3
bit
x
x
x
x
bit
x
x
x
x
CEI
o
i
o
i
ACO
o
c4
o
c4
SEM
o
c4
o
c4
CSR
o
c4
o
c4
CSNC
o
c4
o
c4
CSPLC
o
c4
o
c4
CSPI
o
c4
o
c4
c1 Shall be m if ACSI logical node model support declared.
c2 Shall be five(5) or greater if ACSI logical node model support is declared.
c3 Shall be m if ACSI data set, reporting, GOOSE, or logging model support is declared.
c4 Shall not be present. Receiving implementations shall assume not supported.
422
GRD140
Y
N
Y(10)
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GetNameList
Request
ObjectClass
m
m
ObjectScope
m
m
DomainName
o
o
ContinueAfter
o
m
Response+
List Of Identifier
m
m
MoreFollows
m
m
ResponseError Type
m
m
NOTE Object class vmd' (formerly VMDSpecific in MMS V1.0)
ObjectClass, an MMS Reject shall be issued.
GRD140
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
Y
Y
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
m
m
Y
shall not appear. If a request contains this
Not applicable.
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
x
x
o
o
o
o
o
423
m
i
i
x
x
GRD140
Y
Y
Y
Y
GRD140
Y
N
N
N
N
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Read
Request
specificationWithResult
variableAccessSpecification
Response
variableAccessSpecification
listOfAccessResult
Request
variableAccessSpecification
listOfData
Response
failure
success
o
m
o
m
m
m
Y
Y
o
m
o
m
o
m
m
m
Y
Y
Server-CR
F/S
Value/range
Request
variableAccessSpecification
listOfAccessResult
m
m
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
Base
F/S
m
m
m
m
Value/range
Base
F/S
m
m
m
m
Value/range
GRD140
m
m
InformationReport
GRD140
o
m
Write
Server-CR
F/S
Value/range
GRD140
Y
Y
GRD140
o
o
o
o
m
m
m
x
Y
N
m
o
m
m
x
m
m
o
m
m
x
m
Y
N
Y
Not applicable.
424
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
GRD140
m
m
m
o
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
o
m
m
m
i
Y
Y
Y
N
Not applicable.
ReadJournal conformance statement
Not applicable.
JournalEntry conformance statement
Not applicable.
InitializeJournal conformance statement
Not applicable.
FileDirectory
Request
filespecification
continueAfter
Response+
listOfDirectoryEntry
MoreFollows
FileOpen
Request
filename
initialPosition
Response+
frsmID
fileAttributes
GRD140
o
o
o
o
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
GRD140
m
o
m
o
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
425
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
FileRead
Request
frsmID
Response+
fileData
MoreFollows
FileClose
Request
frsmID
Response+
GRD140
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
Y
Y
m
m
m
m
m
m
GRD140
Y
Y
GRD140
GOOSE Services
c1
c1
Y
SendGOOSEMessage
m
m
Y
GetGoReference
o
c3
N
GetGOOSEElementNumber
o
c4
N
GetGoCBValues
o
o
Y
SetGoCBValues
o
o
Y
GSENotSupported
c2
c5
N
GOOSE Control Block (GoCB)
o
o
Y
c1 Shall be m if support is declared within ACSI basic conformance statement.
c2 Shall be m if ACSI basic conformance support for either GetGoReference or GetGOOSEElementNumber is
declared.
c3 Shall be m if support for ACSI basic conformance of GetGoReference is declared.
c4 Shall be m if support for ACSI basic conformance of GetGOOSEElementNumber.
c5 Shall be m if no support for ACSI basic conformance of GetGOOSEElementNumber is declared.
Not applicable.
426
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
427
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix O
Inverse Time Characteristics
428
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
100
100
10
10
TMS
1.5
1.
TMS
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.1
1
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
100
Normal Inverse
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
Very Inverse
429
100
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IEC/UK Inverse Curves (EI)
(Time Multiplier TMS = 0.1 - 1.5)
1000
100
10
100
1000
1
TMS
1.5
1.0
0.1
TMS
1.5
10
1.0
0.5
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.01
1
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
100
Extremely Inverse
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
430
100
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IEEE Inverse Curves (MI)
(Time Multiplier TMS = 0.1 - 1.5)
10
10
100
100
TMS
1.5
1.0
0.5
TM
1
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
0.01
1
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
100
Moderately Inverse
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
Very Inverse
431
100
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
IEEE Inverse Curves (EI)
(Time Multiplier TMS = 0.1 - 1.5)
100
10
1
TMS
1.5
1.0
0.1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.01
1
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
100
Extremely Inverse
432
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
US Inverse Curves (CO8)
(Time Multiplier TMS = 0.1 - 1.5)
10
100
10
1
Operating Time (s)
TMS
1
TMS
1.5
1.0
0.5
1.5
0.1
1.0
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.01
0.01
1
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
100
CO8 Inverse
10
Current (Multiple of Setting)
433
100
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Appendix P
Ordering
434
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Ordering
Directional Overcurrent Relay
GRD140
Type:
Directional Overcurrent Relay
GRD140
Model:
-Model 110: Directional earth fault and directional sensitive
earth fault, 8BIs, 7BOs
110
400
420
401
421
Ratings:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
B
D
E
Miscellaneous:
None
435
6 F 2 S 0 8 9 7
Version-up Records
Version
No.
0.0
1.0
2.0
Date
Dec. 5, 2009
Feb. 1, 2010
Jun. 4, 2010
3.0
4.0
4.1
4.2
5.0
Revised Section
-1
2.1.1.1
2.1.2.2
2.1.8.1
2.2.1 to 2.2.4
2.4
3.2.3, 3.3.3, 3.3.4,
3.3.9, 3.4.2
4.2.1, 4.2.6.4, 4.2.7
Appendices
1
2.1.1.1
2.1.8.2
2.5.3
3.1.1 to 3.2.4
3.4.3
3.5
4.1.2
4.2, 4.2.4.2, 4.2.6.7,
4.2.6.9, 4.2.7.2
6.4.2
6.5.1.1
6.5.1.3, 6.5.1.6
6.6.1, 6.6.2
Appendices
Precaution
4.2.4.5, 4.2.6.4
6.4.3
Appendices
3.3.2, 3.3.4
4.2.6.4
Appendices
Appendix K
2.3.2
2.4
2.1.3.5
2.1.8.1
4.2.6.6
4.2.6.7
Appendix
Contents
First issue
Modified Table 1.1.1.
Modified the description (IEC60255-151 added).
Modified the description and Table 2.1.2.
Modified Figure 2.1.48.
Modified the description (IEC60255-127 added).
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified Appendix K.
Modified the description and Table 1.1.1 (added 41D).
Modified the description.
Added the setting table for CLP.
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified the description (Table 3.4.2 and setting rage table).
Modified the description.
Modified the description and Figure 4.1.1.
Modified the description.
Modified Figure 6.4.1.
Modified the description and added Figure 6.5.2.1.
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified Appendix C, F, G, H, K and P.
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified Appendix B and M.
Modified the description.
Modified the description.
Modified Appendix G and K.
Modified the description.
Modified the descriptions.
Modified Figure 2.1.32
Modified Figure 2.1.47
Modified the description
Modified the description
Modified Appendix K and M
436